EP1177298A1 - Autotaxin variants and uses to treat diseases of metabolism - Google Patents
Autotaxin variants and uses to treat diseases of metabolismInfo
- Publication number
- EP1177298A1 EP1177298A1 EP00930429A EP00930429A EP1177298A1 EP 1177298 A1 EP1177298 A1 EP 1177298A1 EP 00930429 A EP00930429 A EP 00930429A EP 00930429 A EP00930429 A EP 00930429A EP 1177298 A1 EP1177298 A1 EP 1177298A1
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- autotaxin
- amino acid
- nucleic acid
- seq
- polypeptide
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Withdrawn
Links
- 108050004000 Ectonucleotide pyrophosphatase/phosphodiesterase family member 2 Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 571
- 102100021977 Ectonucleotide pyrophosphatase/phosphodiesterase family member 2 Human genes 0.000 title claims abstract description 520
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 title abstract description 10
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 title abstract description 10
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 title abstract description 9
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 296
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 256
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 233
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 143
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 142
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 142
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 27
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 21
- 235000021588 free fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 234
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 189
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 93
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 75
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 74
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 63
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 62
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 claims description 59
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims description 41
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 35
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 claims description 35
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 claims description 35
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 33
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 claims description 32
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 32
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 claims description 31
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 claims description 31
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 claims description 28
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 claims description 28
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 claims description 27
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 24
- 230000003302 anti-idiotype Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 15
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 15
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 12
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000001608 teratocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000001072 type 2 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000004190 glucose uptake Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 abstract description 42
- 108010022198 alkylglycerophosphoethanolamine phosphodiesterase Proteins 0.000 abstract description 40
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 9
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 abstract description 8
- 208000032928 Dyslipidaemia Diseases 0.000 abstract description 7
- 208000017170 Lipid metabolism disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 7
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 abstract description 6
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 abstract description 6
- 206010022489 Insulin Resistance Diseases 0.000 abstract description 5
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 abstract description 5
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 abstract description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 abstract description 2
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 229
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 117
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 113
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 95
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 94
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 76
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 68
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 51
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 48
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 42
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 42
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 42
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 41
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 40
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 38
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 38
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 38
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 37
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 33
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 33
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 33
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 32
- 229910052770 Uranium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 32
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 32
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 28
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 28
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 28
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 27
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 27
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 26
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 25
- 210000001789 adipocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 25
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 24
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 23
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 22
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 22
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 22
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 21
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 20
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 19
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 19
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 18
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 18
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 17
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 17
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 17
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 17
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 17
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 16
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 16
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 16
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 16
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 16
- IYMAXBFPHPZYIK-BQBZGAKWSA-N Arg-Gly-Asp Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O IYMAXBFPHPZYIK-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 235000014680 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Nutrition 0.000 description 15
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 15
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 13
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 13
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 13
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 13
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 13
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 12
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 12
- -1 radioisotopes Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 12
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 12
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 241001452677 Ogataea methanolica Species 0.000 description 11
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 11
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 11
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 11
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 10
- 108090001050 Phosphoric Diester Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 102000004861 Phosphoric Diester Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 10
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 9
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 235000013601 eggs Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 9
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 9
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000005013 brain tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000006320 pegylation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 7
- NPGIHFRTRXVWOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oil red O Chemical compound Cc1ccc(C)c(c1)N=Nc1cc(C)c(cc1C)N=Nc1c(O)ccc2ccccc12 NPGIHFRTRXVWOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000000984 immunochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 102000006495 integrins Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108010044426 integrins Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 7
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 7
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 7
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 6
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 6
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000006539 extracellular acidification Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 6
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 229940027941 immunoglobulin g Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 6
- CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indomethacin Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(O)=O)C2=CC(OC)=CC=C2N1C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000004130 lipolysis Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000005229 liver cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 208000030159 metabolic disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000005932 reductive alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000018071 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010091135 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108090000621 Ribonuclease P Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000004167 Ribonuclease P Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 210000000577 adipose tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000002391 anti-complement effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108010008730 anticomplement Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 5
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000004899 motility Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 239000002987 primer (paints) Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-KQYNXXCUSA-N Cyclic adenosine monophosphate Chemical compound C([C@H]1O2)OP(O)(=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H]2N1C(N=CN=C2N)=C2N=C1 IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108700018351 Major Histocompatibility Complex Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N UNPD107823 Natural products O1C2COP(O)(=O)OC2C(O)C1N1C(N=CN=C2N)=C2N=C1 IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 4
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003636 conditioned culture medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940095074 cyclic amp Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002955 immunomodulating agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940121354 immunomodulator Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002608 insulinlike Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940047124 interferons Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000000865 mononuclear phagocyte system Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000003101 oviduct Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 4
- DAEPDZWVDSPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium pyruvate Chemical compound [Na+].CC(=O)C([O-])=O DAEPDZWVDSPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 230000020382 suppression by virus of host antigen processing and presentation of peptide antigen via MHC class I Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 4
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical group N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 108010021809 Alcohol dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000003174 Brain Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241001260012 Bursa Species 0.000 description 3
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100035882 Catalase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010053835 Catalase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000255581 Drosophila <fruit fly, genus> Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102100031780 Endonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 3
- KOSRFJWDECSPRO-WDSKDSINSA-N Glu-Glu Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O KOSRFJWDECSPRO-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100031132 Glucose-6-phosphate isomerase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010070600 Glucose-6-phosphate isomerase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000003746 Insulin Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010001127 Insulin Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000006992 Interferon-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010047761 Interferon-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 3
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 3
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101710175625 Maltose/maltodextrin-binding periplasmic protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100021969 Nucleotide pyrophosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 3
- 108091034057 RNA (poly(A)) Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108700005078 Synthetic Genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- KOSRFJWDECSPRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-L-glutamyl-L-glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(N)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O KOSRFJWDECSPRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010072041 arginyl-glycyl-aspartic acid Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010044715 asialofetuin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000009400 cancer invasion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013599 cloning vector Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012149 elution buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000002257 embryonic structure Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006167 equilibration buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 3
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012737 fresh medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108010055341 glutamyl-glutamic acid Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229960000905 indomethacin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005291 magnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 108010067588 nucleotide pyrophosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001322 periplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 3
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- UFTFJSFQGQCHQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N triformin Chemical compound O=COCC(OC=O)COC=O UFTFJSFQGQCHQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 3
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PDRJLZDUOULRHE-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-pyridin-2-ylpropanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=N1 PDRJLZDUOULRHE-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DFZVZEMNPGABKO-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-pyridin-3-ylpropanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CN=C1 DFZVZEMNPGABKO-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FQFVANSXYKWQOT-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-2-azaniumyl-3-pyridin-4-ylpropanoate Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=NC=C1 FQFVANSXYKWQOT-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VRYALKFFQXWPIH-PBXRRBTRSA-N (3r,4s,5r)-3,4,5,6-tetrahydroxyhexanal Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CC=O VRYALKFFQXWPIH-PBXRRBTRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 2
- KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XWHHYOYVRVGJJY-QMMMGPOBSA-N 4-fluoro-L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 XWHHYOYVRVGJJY-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091006112 ATPases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000057290 Adenosine Triphosphatases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000007698 Alcohol dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 244000105975 Antidesma platyphyllum Species 0.000 description 2
- 108050001427 Avidin/streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 2
- 244000063299 Bacillus subtilis Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000018185 Betula X alpestris Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000018212 Betula X uliginosa Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004638 Circular DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700010070 Codon Usage Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010062580 Concanavalin A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005636 Cyclic AMP Response Element-Binding Protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010045171 Cyclic AMP Response Element-Binding Protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920004937 Dexon® Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Digoxigenin Natural products C1CC(C2C(C3(C)CCC(O)CC3CC2)CC2O)(O)C2(C)C1C1=CC(=O)OC1 SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010042407 Endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000701959 Escherichia virus Lambda Species 0.000 description 2
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091029865 Exogenous DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108060002716 Exonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010067193 Formaldehyde transketolase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000698 Formate Dehydrogenases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010070675 Glutathione transferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102000004269 Granulocyte Colony-Stimulating Factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010017080 Granulocyte Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004457 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010017213 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100029100 Hematopoietic prostaglandin D synthase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010003272 Hyaluronate lyase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001974 Hyaluronidases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000006496 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010019476 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000026350 Inborn Genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000235058 Komagataella pastoris Species 0.000 description 2
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000157 Metallothionein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108020004485 Nonsense Codon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282320 Panthera leo Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010067902 Peptide Library Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000011755 Phosphoglycerate Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100027330 Phosphoribosylaminoimidazole carboxylase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- NBBJYMSMWIIQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propionic aldehyde Chemical compound CCC=O NBBJYMSMWIIQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010009460 RNA Polymerase II Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000009572 RNA Polymerase II Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091027981 Response element Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000000890 Somatomedin B domains Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108050007913 Somatomedin B domains Proteins 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101001099217 Thermotoga maritima (strain ATCC 43589 / DSM 3109 / JCM 10099 / NBRC 100826 / MSB8) Triosephosphate isomerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000373 Tissue Plasminogen Activator Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000003978 Tissue Plasminogen Activator Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108020005202 Viral DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700005077 Viral Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000030621 adenylate cyclase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108060000200 adenylate cyclase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- PMMURAAUARKVCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-ara-dHexp Natural products OCC1OC(O)CC(O)C1O PMMURAAUARKVCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003305 autocrine Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000837 carbohydrate group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000011089 carbon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910002091 carbon monoxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006037 cell lysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000038 chest Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012501 chromatography medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000027326 copulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920006237 degradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- QONQRTHLHBTMGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N digitoxigenin Natural products CC12CCC(C3(CCC(O)CC3CC3)C)C3C11OC1CC2C1=CC(=O)OC1 QONQRTHLHBTMGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-KCZCNTNESA-N digoxigenin Chemical compound C1([C@@H]2[C@@]3([C@@](CC2)(O)[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@]4(C)CC[C@H](O)C[C@H]4CC2)C[C@H]3O)C)=CC(=O)OC1 SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-KCZCNTNESA-N 0.000 description 2
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000013165 exonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000016361 genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000003205 genotyping method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003862 glucocorticoid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZJYYHGLJYGJLLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidinium thiocyanate Chemical compound SC#N.NC(N)=N ZJYYHGLJYGJLLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000009424 haa Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010044853 histidine-rich proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229960002773 hyaluronidase Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000016784 immunoglobulin production Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101150066555 lacZ gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020001756 ligand binding domains Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000007834 ligase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001638 lipofection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008263 liquid aerosol Substances 0.000 description 2
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- CWWARWOPSKGELM-SARDKLJWSA-N methyl (2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-5-amino-2-[[(2s)-5-amino-2-[[(2s)-1-[(2s)-6-amino-2-[[(2s)-1-[(2s)-2-amino-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]hexanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-5 Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)OC)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N)C1=CC=CC=C1 CWWARWOPSKGELM-SARDKLJWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037434 nonsense mutation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010027581 nucleoside triphosphate pyrophosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010035774 phosphoribosylaminoimidazole carboxylase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000000906 photoactive agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035479 physiological effects, processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001606 poly(lactic acid-co-glycolic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002704 polyhistidine Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001742 protein purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- RXWNCPJZOCPEPQ-NVWDDTSBSA-N puromycin Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](N2C3=NC=NC(=C3N=C2)N(C)C)O[C@@H]1CO RXWNCPJZOCPEPQ-NVWDDTSBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001850 reproductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sarcosine Chemical compound C[NH2+]CC([O-])=O FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940054269 sodium pyruvate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N α-tocopherol Chemical compound OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N 0.000 description 2
- DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N (2R)-6-amino-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R,3S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S,3S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[2-[[2-[[2-[(2-amino-1-hydroxyethylidene)amino]-3-carboxy-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1,5-dihydroxy-5-iminopentylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound C[C@@H]([C@@H](C(=N[C@@H](CS)C(=N[C@@H](C)C(=N[C@@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@@H](CCC(=N)O)C(=NC(CS)C(=N[C@H]([C@H](C)O)C(=N[C@H](CS)C(=N[C@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CS)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](C)N=C(CN=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C(CN=C(C(CS)N=C(C(CC(=O)O)N=C(CN)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N 0.000 description 1
- NTEDOEBWPRVVSG-FQUUOJAGSA-N (2s)-1-[(2r)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[(2s)-2-[(2-aminoacetyl)amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-carboxypropanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](NC(=O)CN)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(O)=O NTEDOEBWPRVVSG-FQUUOJAGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UJXJZOCXEZPHIE-YFKPBYRVSA-N (2s)-2-(2-hydroxyethylamino)-4-sulfanylbutanoic acid Chemical compound OCCN[C@H](C(O)=O)CCS UJXJZOCXEZPHIE-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JQFLYFRHDIHZFZ-RXMQYKEDSA-N (2s)-3,3-dimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC1(C)CCN[C@@H]1C(O)=O JQFLYFRHDIHZFZ-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CNPSFBUUYIVHAP-AKGZTFGVSA-N (2s)-3-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC1CCN[C@@H]1C(O)=O CNPSFBUUYIVHAP-AKGZTFGVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXGZFWDCXQRZKI-VKHMYHEASA-N (2s)-5-amino-2-nitramido-5-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound NC(=O)CC[C@@H](C(O)=O)N[N+]([O-])=O FXGZFWDCXQRZKI-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- CCAIIPMIAFGKSI-DMTCNVIQSA-N (2s,3r)-3-hydroxy-2-(methylazaniumyl)butanoate Chemical compound CN[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O CCAIIPMIAFGKSI-DMTCNVIQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNRFRJQMBSBXGO-CIUDSAMLSA-N (3s)-3-[[2-[[(2s)-2-amino-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-4-[[(1s)-1-carboxy-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O NNRFRJQMBSBXGO-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZCWLCBFPRFLKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-prop-2-ynoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound CC(O)COCC#C GZCWLCBFPRFLKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007445 2',5'-Oligoadenylate Synthetase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010086241 2',5'-Oligoadenylate Synthetase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OMGHIGVFLOPEHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dihydro-1h-pyrrol-1-ium-2-carboxylate Chemical compound OC(=O)C1NCC=C1 OMGHIGVFLOPEHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-diethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCO BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- APIXJSLKIYYUKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3 Isobutyl 1 methylxanthine Chemical compound O=C1N(C)C(=O)N(CC(C)C)C2=C1N=CN2 APIXJSLKIYYUKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUCJCNYUGIDSER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[[2-[5-(hydrazinylmethylideneamino)pentanoylamino]acetyl]amino]-3-pyridin-3-ylpropanoic acid Chemical compound NN=CNCCCCC(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC(O)=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 RUCJCNYUGIDSER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XEVFXAFXZZYFSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1C2CC1(C(=O)O)NC2 XEVFXAFXZZYFSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUPXYSSGJWIURR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-octoxypropane-1,2-diol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCOCC(O)CO GUPXYSSGJWIURR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004042 4-aminobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- HUDPLKWXRLNSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminophthalhydrazide Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C=2C1=CC(N)=CC=2 HUDPLKWXRLNSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005029 5' Flanking Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150049308 54 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FVFVNNKYKYZTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloro-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine Chemical group NC1=NC(N)=NC(Cl)=N1 FVFVNNKYKYZTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150096273 ADE2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000005475 Abelmoschus moschatus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000013563 Acid Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010051457 Acid Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000228431 Acremonium chrysogenum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000007469 Actins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000009346 Adenosine receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050000203 Adenosine receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010000239 Aequorin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000589155 Agrobacterium tumefaciens Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010025188 Alcohol oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100036826 Aldehyde oxidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100024321 Alkaline phosphatase, placental type Human genes 0.000 description 1
- KHOITXIGCFIULA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Alophen Chemical compound C1=CC(OC(=O)C)=CC=C1C(C=1N=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=C(OC(C)=O)C=C1 KHOITXIGCFIULA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000710929 Alphavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000856 Amylose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108020004491 Antisense DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002913 Asialoglycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000228212 Aspergillus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010003571 Astrocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000972773 Aulopiformes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001203868 Autographa californica Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000201370 Autographa californica nucleopolyhedrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003844 B-cell-activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102100029516 Basic salivary proline-rich protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100026189 Beta-galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000212384 Bifora Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701822 Bovine papillomavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000007809 Boyden Chamber assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102100021935 C-C motif chemokine 26 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100032528 C-type lectin domain family 11 member A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710167766 C-type lectin domain family 11 member A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000000584 Calmodulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041952 Calmodulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000178270 Canarypox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222128 Candida maltosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700198 Cavia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010035563 Chloramphenicol O-acetyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282552 Chlorocebus aethiops Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000011022 Chorionic Gonadotropin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010062540 Chorionic Gonadotropin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000031404 Chromosome Aberrations Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100007328 Cocos nucifera COS-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007644 Colony-Stimulating Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071942 Colony-Stimulating Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 1
- XZMCDFZZKTWFGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanamide Chemical compound NC#N XZMCDFZZKTWFGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N D-Luciferin Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CSC(C=2SC3=CC=C(O)C=C3N=2)=N1 IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dehydro-luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1=CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100040606 Dermatan-sulfate epimerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100229963 Drosophila melanogaster grau gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150013359 E7 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060006698 EGF receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067770 Endopeptidase K Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000003951 Erythropoietin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000394 Erythropoietin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010075944 Erythropoietin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100036509 Erythropoietin receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010020195 FLAG peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XZWYTXMRWQJBGX-VXBMVYAYSA-N FLAG peptide Chemical compound NCCCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XZWYTXMRWQJBGX-VXBMVYAYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282324 Felis Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001917 Ficoll Polymers 0.000 description 1
- BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fivefly Luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000012673 Follicle Stimulating Hormone Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079345 Follicle Stimulating Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150094690 GAL1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100028501 Galanin peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010064571 Gene mutation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700039691 Genetic Promoter Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004366 Glucose oxidase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010015776 Glucose oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010053070 Glutathione Disulfide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002527 Glycogen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010054017 Granulocyte Colony-Stimulating Factor Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100039622 Granulocyte colony-stimulating factor receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010092372 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016355 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010051696 Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100020948 Growth hormone receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101150069554 HIS4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002812 Heat-Shock Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010004889 Heat-Shock Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100027685 Hemoglobin subunit alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005902 Hemoglobin subunit alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100021519 Hemoglobin subunit beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005904 Hemoglobin subunit beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000175212 Herpesvirales Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000008949 Histocompatibility Antigens Class I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088652 Histocompatibility Antigens Class I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000928314 Homo sapiens Aldehyde oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001125486 Homo sapiens Basic salivary proline-rich protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000897493 Homo sapiens C-C motif chemokine 26 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000816698 Homo sapiens Dermatan-sulfate epimerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100121078 Homo sapiens GAL gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000976075 Homo sapiens Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000741885 Homo sapiens Protection of telomeres protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000829980 Homo sapiens Ral guanine nucleotide dissociation stimulator Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000716102 Homo sapiens T-cell surface glycoprotein CD4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000946843 Homo sapiens T-cell surface glycoprotein CD8 alpha chain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YZJSUQQZGCHHNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Homoglutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CCCC(N)=O YZJSUQQZGCHHNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N Hydroxyproline Chemical compound O[C@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000003332 Ilex aquifolium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000209027 Ilex aquifolium Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700002232 Immediate-Early Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010058683 Immobilized Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000177 Interleukin-11 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000646 Interleukin-3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002386 Interleukin-3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010038452 Interleukin-3 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010790 Interleukin-3 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000978 Interleukin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002616 Interleukin-5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004889 Interleukin-6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010038501 Interleukin-6 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010781 Interleukin-6 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002586 Interleukin-7 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090001007 Interleukin-8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002335 Interleukin-9 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015696 Interleukins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010063738 Interleukins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000285963 Kluyveromyces fragilis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000014663 Kluyveromyces fragilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001138401 Kluyveromyces lactis Species 0.000 description 1
- SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-2-aminopentanoic acid Chemical compound CCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-norVal-OH Natural products CCCC(N)C(O)=O SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HXEACLLIILLPRG-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-pipecolic acid Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@@H]1CCCC[NH2+]1 HXEACLLIILLPRG-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DZLNHFMRPBPULJ-VKHMYHEASA-N L-thioproline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CSCN1 DZLNHFMRPBPULJ-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- KKJQZEWNZXRJFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-trans-4-Methyl-2-pyrrolidinecarboxylic acid Chemical compound CC1CNC(C(O)=O)C1 KKJQZEWNZXRJFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000270322 Lepidosauria Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004882 Lipase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001060 Lipase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004367 Lipase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Luciferin Natural products CCc1c(C)c(CC2NC(=O)C(=C2C=C)C)[nH]c1Cc3[nH]c4C(=C5/NC(CC(=O)O)C(C)C5CC(=O)O)CC(=O)c4c3C DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010047357 Luminescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006830 Luminescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000012750 Membrane Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010090054 Membrane Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003792 Metallothionein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091092878 Microsatellite Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000713333 Mouse mammary tumor virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000969137 Mus musculus Metallothionein-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100243377 Mus musculus Pepd gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038895 Myc proto-oncogene protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710135898 Myc proto-oncogene protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100030856 Myoglobin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010062374 Myoglobin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003505 Myosin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060008487 Myosin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000000729 N-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091007491 NSP3 Papain-like protease domains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000221960 Neurospora Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091092724 Noncoding DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000320412 Ogataea angusta Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091008606 PDGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001734 PEG propionaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101150029183 PEP4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091007960 PI3Ks Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282520 Papio Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010034016 Paronychia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003992 Peroxidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000003993 Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000430 Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010053210 Phycocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000235648 Pichia Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000011653 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010076181 Proinsulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100038745 Protection of telomeres protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091008611 Protein Kinase B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000125945 Protoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100084022 Pseudomonas aeruginosa (strain ATCC 15692 / DSM 22644 / CIP 104116 / JCM 14847 / LMG 12228 / 1C / PRS 101 / PAO1) lapA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010009413 Pyrophosphatases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009609 Pyrophosphatases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100033810 RAC-alpha serine/threonine-protein kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005067 RNA Splice Sites Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002123 RNA extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006819 RNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100023320 Ral guanine nucleotide dissociation stimulator Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005091 Replication Origin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101800000684 Ribonuclease H Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000714474 Rous sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101150014136 SUC2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010077895 Sarcosine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002262 Schiff base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004753 Schiff bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 241000235347 Schizosaccharomyces pombe Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710961 Semliki Forest virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108700025832 Serum Response Element Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000710960 Sindbis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100038803 Somatotropin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010068542 Somatotropin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000256251 Spodoptera frugiperda Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000000019 Sterol Esterase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010055297 Sterol Esterase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000187747 Streptomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000037065 Subacute sclerosing leukoencephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010042297 Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010042573 Superovulation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100036011 T-cell surface glycoprotein CD4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100034922 T-cell surface glycoprotein CD8 alpha chain Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700026226 TATA Box Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000906446 Theraps Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010022394 Threonine synthase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000036693 Thrombopoietin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041111 Thrombopoietin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000253 Thyrotropin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100029337 Thyrotropin receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710150448 Transcriptional regulator Myc Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700019146 Transgenes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000255993 Trichoplusia ni Species 0.000 description 1
- 108030003004 Triphosphatases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000301083 Ustilago maydis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000015919 Ustilago maydis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- IXKSXJFAGXLQOQ-XISFHERQSA-N WHWLQLKPGQPMY Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C1=CNC=N1 IXKSXJFAGXLQOQ-XISFHERQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000269370 Xenopus <genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002494 Zein Polymers 0.000 description 1
- PCBMGUSDYHYVBQ-SOOFDHNKSA-N [4-amino-2-[(3R,4S,5R)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-5-yl]phosphonic acid Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)C=1N=C(NC1N)C1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO PCBMGUSDYHYVBQ-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-MVKANHKCSA-N [[(2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxy(32P)phosphoryl] phosphono hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO[32P](O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-MVKANHKCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KNYAHOBESA-N [[(2r,3s,4r,5r)-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] dihydroxyphosphoryl hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)O[32P](O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KNYAHOBESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001015 abdomen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003187 abdominal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004308 accommodation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108020002494 acetyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005421 acetyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical class C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940099424 adenocard Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012867 alanine scanning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010004469 allophycocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940087168 alpha tocopherol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940037003 alum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000000689 aminoacylating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012870 ammonium sulfate precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100001075 aneuploidy Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000036878 aneuploidy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005571 anion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003243 anti-lipolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005875 antibody response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000025171 antigen binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000831 antigen binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000000612 antigen-presenting cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003816 antisense DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001718 aryloxy-PEG Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000035578 autophosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- 108010028263 bacteriophage T3 RNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000013602 bacteriophage vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000012740 beta Adrenergic Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079452 beta Adrenergic Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010051210 beta-Fructofuranosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011953 bioanalysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008512 biological response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005415 bioluminescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029918 bioluminescence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010504 bond cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WVMHLYQJPRXKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N borane;n,n-dimethylmethanamine Chemical compound B.CN(C)C WVMHLYQJPRXKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001639 boron compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RJTANRZEWTUVMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;n-methylmethanamine Chemical compound [B].CNC RJTANRZEWTUVMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNTOJPXOCKCMKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;pyridine Chemical compound [B].C1=CC=NC=C1 NNTOJPXOCKCMKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005388 borosilicate glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyric aldehyde Natural products CCCC=O ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M caesium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cs+] AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000028861 calmodulin binding Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000084 calmodulin binding Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003943 catecholamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000021164 cell adhesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004671 cell-free system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108091092356 cellular DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000030570 cellular localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001429 chelating resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002038 chemiluminescence detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005081 chemiluminescent agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000005 chromosome aberration Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012411 cloning technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940047120 colony stimulating factors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007398 colorimetric assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- NKLPQNGYXWVELD-UHFFFAOYSA-M coomassie brilliant blue Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(OCC)=CC=C1NC1=CC=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 NKLPQNGYXWVELD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013601 cosmid vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011461 current therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyanogen bromide Chemical compound BrC#N ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001351 cycling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004163 cytometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005220 cytoplasmic tail Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000001151 cytotoxic T lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003398 denaturant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003935 denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000030609 dephosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006209 dephosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002086 dextran Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000633 dextran sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001085 differential centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002050 diffraction method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000004419 dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- PGUYAANYCROBRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy-selanyl-selanylidene-lambda5-phosphane Chemical compound OP(O)([SeH])=[Se] PGUYAANYCROBRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K dioxido-sulfanylidene-sulfido-$l^{5}-phosphane Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([S-])=S NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 208000016097 disease of metabolism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MWEQTWJABOLLOS-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;[[[5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-oxidophosphoryl] hydrogen phosphate;trihydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.[Na+].[Na+].C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1OC(COP(O)(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP(O)([O-])=O)C(O)C1O MWEQTWJABOLLOS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-hydroxyproline Natural products OC1C[NH2+]C(C([O-])=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002003 electron diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002308 embryonic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001671 embryonic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037149 energy metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006862 enzymatic digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001976 enzyme digestion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940105423 erythropoietin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003797 essential amino acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020776 essential amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethidium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005542 ethidium bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BFMKFCLXZSUVPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl but-3-enoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC=C BFMKFCLXZSUVPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001400 expression cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019688 fish Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZFKJVJIDPQDDFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescamine Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C(=O)OC1(C1=O)OC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZFKJVJIDPQDDFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001215 fluorescent labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940028334 follicle stimulating hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000013467 fragmentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006062 fragmentation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010230 functional analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012224 gene deletion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004545 gene duplication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003209 gene knockout Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000054767 gene variant Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 231100000118 genetic alteration Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000004077 genetic alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012252 genetic analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009395 genetic defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004110 gluconeogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940116332 glucose oxidase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019420 glucose oxidase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010046301 glucose peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006377 glucose transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YPZRWBKMTBYPTK-BJDJZHNGSA-N glutathione disulfide Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)NCC(O)=O)CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)NCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(O)=O YPZRWBKMTBYPTK-BJDJZHNGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940096919 glycogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002414 glycolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000035122 glycosylated proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005608 glycosylated proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010053299 glycyl-arginyl-glycyl-aspartyl-seryl-proline Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000122 growth hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- YQOKLYTXVFAUCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidine;isothiocyanic acid Chemical compound N=C=S.NC(N)=N YQOKLYTXVFAUCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003394 haemopoietic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940084986 human chorionic gonadotropin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001165 hydrophobic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004191 hydrophobic interaction chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- MWFRVMDVLYIXJF-BYPYZUCNSA-N hydroxyethylcysteine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CSCCO MWFRVMDVLYIXJF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052588 hydroxylapatite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960002591 hydroxyproline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000020346 hyperlipoproteinemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009610 hypersensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003692 ilium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002584 immunomodulator Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004001 inositols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PBGKTOXHQIOBKM-FHFVDXKLSA-N insulin (human) Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H]1CSSC[C@H]2C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=3NC=NC=3)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC1=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)CSSC[C@@H](C(N2)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CN)[C@@H](C)CC)[C@@H](C)CC)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)C1=CN=CN1 PBGKTOXHQIOBKM-FHFVDXKLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004155 insulin signaling pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940047122 interleukins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004068 intracellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002601 intratumoral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001573 invertase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011073 invertase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037427 ion transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003127 knee Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011813 knockout mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- HXEACLLIILLPRG-RXMQYKEDSA-N l-pipecolic acid Natural products OC(=O)[C@H]1CCCCN1 HXEACLLIILLPRG-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019421 lipase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005228 liver tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003141 lower extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N luminol Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C2=C1C(N)=CC=C2 HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000002934 lysing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001427 mPEG Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960003511 macrogol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000010311 mammalian development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010061289 metastatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HOVAGTYPODGVJG-ZFYZTMLRSA-N methyl alpha-D-glucopyranoside Chemical compound CO[C@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HOVAGTYPODGVJG-ZFYZTMLRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HOVAGTYPODGVJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl beta-galactoside Natural products COC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O HOVAGTYPODGVJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004570 mortar (masonry) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036457 multidrug resistance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000663 muscle cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002077 nanosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036963 noncompetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000287 oocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002611 ovarian Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000016087 ovulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- YPZRWBKMTBYPTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxidized gamma-L-glutamyl-L-cysteinylglycine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(=O)NC(C(=O)NCC(O)=O)CSSCC(C(=O)NCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CCC(N)C(O)=O YPZRWBKMTBYPTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002924 oxiranes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000242 pagocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000005298 paramagnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012753 partial hepatectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XYJRXVWERLGGKC-UHFFFAOYSA-D pentacalcium;hydroxide;triphosphate Chemical compound [OH-].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O XYJRXVWERLGGKC-UHFFFAOYSA-D 0.000 description 1
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004303 peritoneum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000020030 perry Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001006 phagokinetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- RXNXLAHQOVLMIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl 10-methylacridin-10-ium-9-carboxylate Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C2C=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 RXNXLAHQOVLMIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 101150009573 phoA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L phosphoramidate Chemical compound NP([O-])([O-])=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108010085336 phosphoribosyl-AMP cyclohydrolase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000005222 photoaffinity labeling Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZWLUXSQADUDCSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=O ZWLUXSQADUDCSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001817 pituitary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002826 placenta Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010031345 placental alkaline phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000191 poly(N-vinyl pyrrolidone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001583 poly(oxyethylated polyols) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010070958 polyaconitylated human serum albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002721 polycyanoacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000030683 polygenic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068984 polyvinyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019422 polyvinyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000020004 porter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000030795 positive regulation of cellular component movement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002600 positron emission tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium;[2-butyl-5-chloro-3-[[4-[2-(1,2,4-triaza-3-azanidacyclopenta-1,4-dien-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-yl]methanol Chemical compound [K+].CCCCC1=NC(Cl)=C(CO)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=N[N-]N=N2)C=C1 OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000229 preadipocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035935 pregnancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037452 priming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001500 prolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])(C(=O)[*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001938 protoplast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950010131 puromycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002510 pyrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002708 random mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150079601 recA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007894 restriction fragment length polymorphism technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001995 reticulocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012340 reverse transcriptase PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019515 salmon Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108700004121 sarkosyl Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940016590 sarkosyl Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013391 scatchard analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010845 search algorithm Methods 0.000 description 1
- JRPHGDYSKGJTKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K selenophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=[Se] JRPHGDYSKGJTKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004509 serum gonadotrophin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004017 serum-free culture medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091006024 signal transducing proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000034285 signal transducing proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000037432 silent mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002027 skeletal muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000813 small intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium cyanoborohydride Chemical compound [Na+].[B-]C#N BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KSAVQLQVUXSOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium lauroyl sarcosinate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)N(C)CC([O-])=O KSAVQLQVUXSOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000001082 somatic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001562 sternum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010018381 streptavidin-binding peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002536 stromal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004114 suspension culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001308 synthesis method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001839 systemic circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940037128 systemic glucocorticoids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- NPDBDJFLKKQMCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butylglycine Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(N)C(O)=O NPDBDJFLKKQMCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000814 tetanus toxoid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940036555 thyroid hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005495 thyroid hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000984 tocofersolan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-IMJSIDKUSA-N trans-4-Hydroxy-L-proline Natural products O[C@@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037317 transdermal delivery Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014621 translational initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001733 tresyl monomethoxy PEG Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002264 triphosphate group Chemical class [H]OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])O* 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000439 tumor marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000003390 tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001493 tyrosinyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009452 underexpressoin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000701366 unidentified nuclear polyhedrosis viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002987 valine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])(C(*)=O)C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000003501 vero cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108700026220 vif Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005019 zein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093612 zein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002076 α-tocopherol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000004835 α-tocopherol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/52—Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/43—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/46—Hydrolases (3)
- A61K38/465—Hydrolases (3) acting on ester bonds (3.1), e.g. lipases, ribonucleases
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K48/00—Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy
Definitions
- the present invention relates generally to a new biologically active polypeptide and to a new form of therapy.
- the present invention relates to the treatment of metabolic diseases with autotaxin.
- Lipolysis Alterations in lipolysis are associated with diabetes, and conditions such as obesity and dyslipidemia. These diseases are complicated by elevated levels of circulating free fatty acid in the form of triglycerides, which is an important risk factor for the development of atherosclerosis.
- the activation of lipolysis increases fatty acids from triglycerols, which are predominantly stored in adipocytes (Arner, Diabetes Reviews 4:450 (1996)).
- Lipolysis is controlled by hormone-sensitive lipase, which in turn is regulated by a variety of agents including insulin, catecholamines, glucocorticoids, thyroid hormones, growth hormone, and adenosine (Large and Arner, Diabetes & Metabolism 24:409 (1998)).
- NIDDM Non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus
- NIDDM patients and their first-degree relatives demonstrate insulin resistance at the level of skeletal muscle and adipose tissue. This suggests a possible primary role for a defect in the insulin signal transduction cascade that results in stimulation of glucose transport and glycogen synthesis.
- the signaling defect could involve any protein in the insulin signal transduction pathway, defects in pathways that interface with the insulin signal pathway, or defects in molecules essential for cellular function (DeFronzo, Diabetes Reviews 5:177 (1997)). Although specific genetic defects have been identified in rare syndromes of NIDDM, no specific defect has yet been defined as pathogenic in common forms of human NIDDM.
- NIDDM is a polygenic disease (DeFronzo, Diabetes Reviews 5:177 (1997); Lowe, “Diabetes Mellitus,” Principles of Molecular Medicine, (Jameson, ed.), pages 433- 442 (Humana Press Inc. 1998)).
- the present invention provides new human and rat autotaxin proteins and nucleotide sequences encoding the proteins.
- the present invention also provides new methods for treating metabolic diseases and conditions with autotaxin.
- Figure 1 shows the insulin-mediated uptake of 2-deoxyglucose by differentiated 3T3 LI cells in the absence or presence of autotaxin (ATX). Glucose uptake is shown as the percent of maximal uptake observed with 1500 pM recombinant human insulin treatment (minus background).
- Autotaxin is a basic glycoprotein cytokine that was first isolated from the conditioned medium of A2058 human melanoma cells (Stracke et al., J. Biol. Chem. 267:2524 (1992)).
- Autocrine Motility Factors in Human Cytokines, Vol. II, Aggarwal and Gutterman (eds.), pages 258-285 (Blackwell Science Ltd. 1996); Stracke et al, "Autotaxin, Autocrine Motility Factor,” in Brain Tumor Invasion: Biological, Clinical, and Therapeutic Considerations, Mikkelsen et al. (eds.), pages 343-355 (Wiley-Liss, Inc.
- autotaxin also has adenosine-5'- triphosphatase (ATPase; EC 3.6.1.3.) and ATP pyrophosphatase (EC 3.6.1.8.) activities (Clair et al, J. Biol. Chem. 272:996 (1997)).
- Site-directed mutagenesis of the autotaxin phosphodiesterase catalytic site (Y 201 MRPVYPTKTFPN 213 ) has revealed that a phosphorylation of an amino acid at position 210 is required for autotaxin to undergo autophosphorylation, for autotaxin to exhibit phosphodiesterase activity, and for motility-stimulating activities (Lee et al, J. Biol. Chem.
- Autotaxin has significant identity to a family of proteins that includes a marker of B-cell activation (PC-1), a rat brain nucleotide pyrophosphatase (PD-l ⁇ ), and a rat neural differentiation antigen (gpl30 RB13"6 ) (Goding et al, Immun. Rev. 161:11 (1998); Stracke et al, "Autotaxin, Autocrine Motility Factor," in Brain Tumor Invasion: Biological, Clinical, and Therapeutic Considerations, Mikkelsen et al. (eds.), pages 343-355 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1998)). Although PC-1 and gp ⁇ O* 313"6 are predominantly cell surface glycoproteins, autotaxin is secreted, following cleavage near its transmembrane domain and proximal to the somatomedin B domains.
- PC-1 and gp ⁇ O* 313"6 are predominantly cell surface glycoproteins, autotaxin is secreted,
- a new form of rat autotaxin was identified while screening for secreted polypeptides that are produced by adipocytes and that affect the metabolism of cultured hepatic cells.
- This new rat autotaxin has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and is encoded by the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l .
- Features of the autotaxin include a putative transmembrane domain (amino acid residues 5 to 15 of SEQ ID NO:2) and an RGD binding domain (amino acid residues 122 to 124 of SEQ ID NO:2).
- this form of rat autotaxin can be distinguished from PD-l ⁇ at least on the basis that the new rat autotaxin comprises the sequence "VPECPAGFVR" (amino acid residues 149 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2), which PD-l ⁇ lacks, while PD-l ⁇ comprises the sequence "AETGKFRGSKHENKKNLNGSVEPRK” (amino acid residues 591 to 615 of SEQ ID NO:6), which the new rat autotaxin lacks.
- VPECPAGFVR amino acid residues 149 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2
- PD-l ⁇ comprises the sequence "AETGKFRGSKHENKKNLNGSVEPRK” (amino acid residues 591 to 615 of SEQ ID NO:6), which the new rat autotaxin lacks.
- autotaxin is expressed from a novel promoter, which is located upstream of the previously characterized autotaxin promoter. Accordingly, this form of autotaxin may be expressed in manner that allows a novel form of regulation of the autotaxin gene. Experiments also show that autotaxin can inhibit the differentiation of adipocytes in vitro. See Example 1.
- human autotaxin polypeptide has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9, while an exemplary nucleotide sequence that encodes this amino acid sequence is provided by SEQ ID NO:8.
- novel human autotaxin include: a putative transmembrane domain (amino acid residues 8 to 26 of SEQ ID NO:9), a putative cleavage site at Ser 44 /Asp 45 of SEQ ID NO:9, an RGD binding domain (amino acid residues 123 to 125 of SEQ ID NO:9), and a putative phosphodiesterase active site (amino acid residues 197 to 209 of SEQ ID NO:9).
- autotaxin binds various cell types, including cultured murine muscle cells, rat muscle soleus and gastrocnemius, and liver cells.
- autotaxin binding capacity was observed to increase at least 20-fold following adipocyte differentiation of murine 3T3 LI cells.
- the effects of autotaxin on adipocyte and liver cells, and the enzymatic activity of autotaxin indicate that autotaxin can be used to treat diseases of metabolism such as obesity, dyslipidemia, and diabetes.
- autotaxin administration will increase the insulin signaling in adipose tissue by producing substrate for adenosine receptors, which are present in adipocyte cell membranes.
- Adenosine is known to decrease lipolysis via inhibition of adenylyl cyclase (Large and Arner, Diabetes & Metabolism 24:409 (1998)). Moreover, the enhanced insulin-like signaling will result in an inhibition of lipolysis and lowered serum free fatty acids. Lowered serum free fatty acids may cause decreased hepatic gluconeogenesis, which could result in decreased serum glucose levels, and an increase in insulin sensitivity.
- the binding of autotaxin to adipocyte and liver cells can provide additional insulin-like signaling, such as the activation of phosphatidylinositol 3 kinase and protein kinase B.
- This signaling may be a consequence of the binding of autotaxin via its RGD domain to cell-surface integrins.
- activated integrin associates with insulin receptors and that integrin activation potentiates the insulin-signaling pathway (Schneller et al, EMBO J. 16:5600 (1997); Guilherme et al, J. Biol. Chem. 273:22899 (1998)).
- RGD domain is present in the new rat autotaxin at amino acid residues 122 to 124 of SEQ ID NO:2.
- RGD domains are also present in human autotaxin isolated from melanoma cells (Murata et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:30419 (1994); GenBank accession No. L35594; amino acid residues 127 to 129 of SEQ ID NO:4), human autotaxin isolated from teratocarcinoma cells (Lee et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 218:114 (1996); GenBank accession No.
- L46720 amino acid residues 127 to 129 of SEQ ID NO:5
- a new form of human autotaxin described herein amino acid residues 123 to 125 of SEQ ID NO:9
- rat autotaxin isolated from brain tissue Narita et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:28235 (1994); GenBank accession No. 1083752 or No. BAA05910; amino acid residues 126 to 128 of SEQ ID NO:6).
- Autotaxin may provide insulin-like signaling by binding to a cell surface receptor that, when activated, enhances insulin receptor signaling by a variety of means, including phosphorylation of tyrosine residues, incorporation of accessory signaling proteins into larger complexes, and the like.
- the formation of such large complexes may increase the efficiency of insulin receptor signaling.
- the present invention provides isolated polypeptides comprising an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 90% identical to amino acid residues 32 to 858 of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the isolated polypeptide specifically binds with an antibody that specifically binds with a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, with the provision that the isolated polypeptide is not an autotaxin selected from the group consisting of human melanoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L35594), human teratocarcinoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L46720), and rat brain autotaxin (GenBank accession Nos. 1083752 and BAA05910).
- human melanoma autotaxin GenBank accession No. L35594
- human teratocarcinoma autotaxin GenBank accession No. L46720
- rat brain autotaxin GenBank accession Nos. 1083752 and BAA05910
- the present invention also includes isolated polypeptides comprising either the amino acid sequence of amino acid residues 32 to 858 of SEQ ID NO:2 or the amino acid sequence of amino acid residues 45 to 859 of SEQ ID NO:9, as well as autotaxin polypeptides, comprising amino acid residues 149 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2.
- the present invention also provides variant autotaxin polypeptides, wherein the amino acid sequence of the variant polypeptide shares an identity with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 selected from the group consisting of at least 70% identity, at least 80% identity, at least 90% identity, at least 95% identity, or greater than 95% identity, and wherein any difference between the amino acid sequence of the variant polypeptide and the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 is due to one or more conservative amino acid substitutions, with the provision that the variant autotaxin polypeptide is not an autotaxin selected from the group consisting of human melanoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L35594), human teratocarcinoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L46720), and rat brain autotaxin (GenBank accession Nos. 1083752 and BAA05910).
- the variant autotaxin polypeptide is not an autotaxin selected from the group consisting of human melanoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L3559
- the present invention further provides antibodies and antibody fragments that specifically bind with such polypeptides.
- exemplary antibodies include polyclonal antibodies, murine monoclonal antibodies, humanized antibodies derived from murine monoclonal antibodies, and human monoclonal antibodies.
- Illustrative antibody fragments include F(ab') 2 , F(ab) 2 , Fab', Fab, Fv, scFv, and minimal recognition units.
- An exemplary antibody or antibody fragment binds an autotaxin epitope comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of amino acid residues 143 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 149 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2, and amino acid residues 585 to 595 of SEQ ID NO:2.
- the present invention also contemplates anti-idiotype antibodies, or anti-idiotype antibody fragments, that specifically bind with an antibody or antibody fragment that binds with an autotaxin polypeptide described herein.
- the present invention also includes compositions comprising a carrier and a protein, peptide, polypeptide, antibody, or anti-idiotype antibody described herein.
- the present invention further includes isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode an autotaxin polypeptide, wherein the nucleic acid molecule is either (a) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, or (b) a nucleic acid molecule that remains hybridized following stringent wash conditions to a nucleic acid molecule consisting of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or the complement of SEQ ID NO:l, with the provision that the isolated nucleic acid molecule does not encode an autotaxin selected from the group consisting of human melanoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L35594), human teratocarcinoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L46720), and rat brain autotaxin (GenBank accession Nos. 1083752 and BAA05910).
- the nucleic acid molecule is either (a) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, or (
- Illustrative nucleic acid molecules include those in which any difference between the amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid molecule and the corresponding amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 is due to a conservative amino acid substitution.
- the present invention further contemplates isolated nucleic acid molecules, comprising the nucleotide sequence of either nucleotides 223 to nucleotide 2703 of SEQ ID NO: 1 or nucleotides 237 to 2681 of SEQ ID NO:9.
- the present invention also includes vectors and expression vectors comprising such nucleic acid molecules.
- Such expression vectors may comprise a transcription promoter, and a transcription terminator, wherein the promoter is operably linked with the nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the nucleic acid molecule is operably linked with the transcription terminator.
- the present invention further includes recombinant host cells comprising these vectors and expression vectors.
- Illustrative host cells include bacterial, yeast, avian, fungal, insect, mammalian, and plant cells.
- Recombinant host cells comprising such expression vectors can be used to produce autotaxin polypeptides by culturing such recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector and that produce the autotaxin protein, and, optionally, isolating the autotaxin protein from the cultured recombinant host cells.
- the present invention also includes methods of treating a subject for a condition associated with elevated serum lipids, comprising the administration of autotaxin or an autotaxin analog, wherein the administration decreases, in the subject, at least one of the level of serum triglyceride or the level of fatty acid bound to albumin in the serum.
- Examples of such conditions include obesity, dyslipidemia, and diabetes, such as non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus.
- the present invention also provides methods of decreasing the serum level of free fatty acid in a subject, comprising the administration of autotaxin or an autotaxin analog, wherein the treatment decreases, in the subject, at least one of the level of serum triglyceride or the level of fatty acid bound to albumin in the serum.
- the autotaxin can be administered as a pharmaceutical composition that comprises autotaxin polypeptide and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- suitable pharmaceutical compositions have a form selected from the group consisting of liquid form, solid form, and aerosol form.
- the autotaxin can be recombinant autotaxin or natural autotaxin.
- An illustrative autotaxin analog is an anti-idiotype antibody.
- a suitable autotaxin polypeptide can further comprise a water-soluble polymer, wherein the water-soluble polymer is conjugated to the autotaxin polypeptide.
- the water-soluble polymer can be polyethylene glycol.
- Autotaxin or autotaxin analog can also be administered as a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a nucleic acid molecule encoding an autotaxin or autotaxin analog.
- the pharmaceutical composition can comprise at least one of an expression vector that comprises the nucleic acid molecule or a recombinant virus that comprises the expression vector.
- the present invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of autotaxin or an autotaxin analog, as well as pharmaceutical compositions that comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of an expression vector, or a recombinant virus that comprises an expression vector.
- Suitable expression vectors comprise a nucleic acid molecule that encodes autotaxin or an autotaxin analog, a transcription promoter, and a transcription terminator, wherein the promoter is operably linked with the nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the nucleic acid molecule is operably linked with the transcription terminator.
- the present invention further provides recombinant viruses that comprise such expression vectors.
- the present invention also provides fusion proteins comprising an autotaxin moiety and an antibody, or antibody fragment.
- An illustrative antibody fragment is an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, such as a human F c fragment.
- the present invention further includes isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode such fusion proteins.
- the present invention also provides methods for stimulating glucose uptake by a cell, comprising the administration of autotaxin, or an autotaxin analog, to the cell. If the cell is a cultured cell, then the administration decreases the concentration of glucose in the culture medium. If the autotaxin, or autotaxin analog, is administered to a mammalian subject, then the administration decreases the concentration of glucose in the blood of the subject. Suitable subjects include subjects having diabetes, such as non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus. An illustrative mammalian subject is a human subject, although, the method can be applied in a veterinary setting as well.
- the autotaxin, or autotaxin analog can be administered as a composition comprising a polypeptide, a nucleic acid molecule that encodes autotaxin (or an autotaxin analog), or as a virus that comprises such a nucleic acid molecule.
- insulin is administered prior to the administration of autotaxin (or an autotaxin analog), concomitantly with the administration of autotaxin (or an autotaxin analog), or following the administration of autotaxin (or an autotaxin analog).
- the present invention further provides compositions that comprise an autotaxin for use as a medicament. Moreover, the present invention provides the use of an autotaxin polypeptide for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a condition associated with an elevated serum glucose level, an elevated serum lipid level, or an elevated serum free fatty acid level.
- the present invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an autotaxin polypeptide that comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of (a) amino acid residues 45 to 859 of SEQ ID NO:9, (b) amino acid residues 32 to 858 of SEQ ID NO:2, (c) amino acid residues 49 to 915 of SEQ ID NO:4, (d) amino acid residues 49 to 863 of SEQ ID NO:5, and (e) amino acid residues 36 to 885 of SEQ ID NO:6.
- Additional pharmaceutical compositions comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a polypeptide consisting of an amino acid sequence selected from the amino acid sequences of (a) to (e).
- compositions comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a polypeptide that comprises, or consists, of an amino acid sequence of about 20, about 30, about 60, or about 100 contiguous amino acids of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of (a) amino acid residues 45 to 859 of SEQ ID NO:9, (b) amino acid residues 32 to 858 of SEQ ID NO:2, (c) amino acid residues 49 to 915 of SEQ ID NO:4, (d) amino acid residues 49 to 863 of SEQ ID NO:5, and (e) amino acid residues 36 to 885 of SEQ ID NO:6.
- the present invention includes pharmaceutical compositions that comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of rat brain nucleotide pyrophosphatase (PD-l ⁇ ), or rat neural differentiation antigen (gpnO* 813"6 ).
- PD-l ⁇ rat brain nucleotide pyrophosphatase
- gpnO* 813"6 rat neural differentiation antigen
- the amino acid sequences of these polypeptides are known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Goding et al, Immun. Rev. 161:11 (1998).
- pharmaceutical compositions can comprise soluble forms of PD-l ⁇ or gpOO 1 ⁇ 13"6 .
- nucleic acid or “nucleic acid molecule” refers to polynucleotides, such as deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid (RNA), oligonucleotides, fragments generated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and fragments generated by any of ligation, scission, endonuclease action, and exonuclease action.
- Nucleic acid molecules can be composed of monomers that are naturally- occurring nucleotides (such as DNA and RNA), or analogs of naturally-occurring nucleotides (e.g., ⁇ -enantiomeric forms of naturally-occurring nucleotides), or a combination of both.
- Modified nucleotides can have alterations in sugar moieties and/or in pyrimidine or purine base moieties.
- Sugar modifications include, for example, replacement of one or more hydroxyl groups with halogens, alkyl groups, amines, and azido groups, or sugars can be functionalized as ethers or esters.
- the entire sugar moiety can be replaced with sterically and electronically similar structures, such as aza-sugars and carbocyclic sugar analogs.
- modifications in a base moiety include alkylated purines and pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other well-known heterocyclic substitutes.
- Nucleic acid monomers can be linked by phosphodiester bonds or analogs of such linkages.
- nucleic acid molecule also includes so- called “peptide nucleic acids,” which comprise naturally-occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone. Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded.
- nucleic acid molecule refers to a nucleic acid molecule having a complementary nucleotide sequence and reverse orientation as compared to a reference nucleotide sequence.
- sequence 5' ATGCACGGG 3' is complementary to 5' CCCGTGCAT 3'.
- contig denotes a nucleic acid molecule that has a contiguous stretch of identical or complementary sequence to another nucleic acid molecule. Contiguous sequences are said to "overlap" a given stretch of a nucleic acid molecule either in their entirety or along a partial stretch of the nucleic acid molecule.
- degenerate nucleotide sequence denotes a sequence of nucleotides that includes one or more degenerate codons as compared to a reference nucleic acid molecule that encodes a polypeptide.
- Degenerate codons contain different triplets of nucleotides, but encode the same amino acid residue (i.e., GAU and GAC triplets each encode Asp).
- structural gene refers to a nucleic acid molecule that is transcribed into messenger RNA (mRNA), which is then translated into a sequence of amino acids characteristic of a specific polypeptide.
- an "isolated nucleic acid molecule” is a nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genomic DNA of an organism.
- a DNA molecule that encodes a growth factor that has been separated from the genomic DNA of a cell is an isolated DNA molecule.
- Another example of an isolated nucleic acid molecule is a chemically-synthesized nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genome of an organism.
- a nucleic acid molecule that has been isolated from a particular species is smaller than the complete DNA molecule of a chromosome from that species.
- nucleic acid molecule construct is a nucleic acid molecule, either single- or double-stranded, that has been modified through human intervention to contain segments of nucleic acid combined and juxtaposed in an arrangement not existing in nature.
- Linear DNA denotes non-circular DNA molecules having free 5' and 3' ends.
- Linear DNA can be prepared from closed circular DNA molecules, such as plasmids, by enzymatic digestion or physical disruption.
- cDNA complementary DNA
- cDNA is a single-stranded DNA molecule that is formed from an mRNA template by the enzyme reverse transcriptase. Typically, a primer complementary to portions of mRNA is employed for the initiation of reverse transcription.
- cDNA to refer to a double- stranded DNA molecule consisting of such a single-stranded DNA molecule and its complementary DNA strand.
- the term “cDNA” also refers to a clone of a cDNA molecule synthesized from an RNA template.
- a “promoter” is a nucleotide sequence that directs the transcription of a structural gene.
- a promoter is located in the 5' non-coding region of a gene, proximal to the transcriptional start site of a structural gene. Sequence elements within promoters that function in the initiation of transcription are often characterized by consensus nucleotide sequences. These promoter elements include RNA polymerase binding sites, TATA sequences, CAAT sequences, differentiation-specific elements (DSEs; McGehee et al, Mol Endocrinol 7:551 (1993)), cyclic AMP response elements (CREs), serum response elements (SREs; Treisman, Seminars in Cancer Biol.
- DSEs differentiation-specific elements
- CREs cyclic AMP response elements
- SREs serum response elements
- GREs glucocorticoid response elements
- binding sites for other transcription factors such as CRE/ATF (O'Reilly et al, J. Biol. Chem. 267: 9938 (1992)), AP2 (Ye et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:25128 (1994)), SP1, cAMP response element binding protein (CREB; Loeken, Gene Expr. 3:253 (1993)) and octamer factors (see, in general, Watson et al, eds., Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th ed. (The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc. 1987), and Lemaigre and Rousseau, Biochem. J.
- a promoter contains essential nucleotide sequences for promoter function, including the TATA box and start of transcription. By this definition, a core promoter may or may not have detectable activity in the absence of specific sequences that may enhance the activity or confer tissue specific activity.
- a “regulatory element” is a nucleotide sequence that modulates the activity of a core promoter.
- a regulatory element may contain a nucleotide sequence that binds with cellular factors enabling transcription exclusively or preferentially in particular cells, tissues, or organelles. These types of regulatory elements are normally associated with genes that are expressed in a "cell-specific,” “tissue-specific,” or “organelle-specific” manner.
- the autotaxin regulatory element preferentially induces gene expression in adipocytes and brain tissue.
- An “enhancer” is a type of regulatory element that can increase the efficiency of transcription, regardless of the distance or orientation of the enhancer relative to the start site of transcription.
- Heterologous DNA refers to a DNA molecule, or a population of DNA molecules, that does not exist naturally within a given host cell.
- DNA molecules heterologous to a particular host cell may contain DNA derived from the host cell species (i.e., endogenous DNA) so long as that host DNA is combined with non-host DNA (i.e., exogenous DNA).
- a DNA molecule containing a non-host DNA segment encoding a polypeptide operably linked to a host DNA segment comprising a transcription promoter is considered to be a heterologous DNA molecule.
- a heterologous DNA molecule can comprise an endogenous gene operably linked with an exogenous promoter.
- a DNA molecule comprising a gene derived from a wild-type cell is considered to be heterologous DNA if that DNA molecule is introduced into a mutant cell that lacks the wild-type gene.
- polypeptide is a polymer of amino acid residues joined by peptide bonds, whether produced naturally or synthetically. Polypeptides of less than about 10 amino acid residues are commonly referred to as “peptides.”
- a “protein” is a macromolecule comprising one or more polypeptide chains.
- a protein may also comprise non-peptidic components, such as carbohydrate groups. Carbohydrates and other non-peptidic substituents may be added to a protein by the cell in which the protein is produced, and will vary with the type of cell. Proteins are defined herein in terms of their amino acid backbone structures; substituents such as carbohydrate groups are generally not specified, but may be present nonetheless.
- a peptide or polypeptide encoded by a non-host DNA molecule is a "heterologous" peptide or polypeptide.
- an "integrated genetic element” is a segment of DNA that has been incorporated into a chromosome of a host cell after that element is introduced into the cell through human manipulation.
- integrated genetic elements are most commonly derived from linearized plasmids that are introduced into the cells by electroporation or other techniques. Integrated genetic elements are passed from the original host cell to its progeny.
- a "cloning vector” is a nucleic acid molecule, such as a plasmid, cosmid, or bacteriophage, which has the capability of replicating autonomously in a host cell.
- Cloning vectors typically contain one or a small number of restriction endonuclease recognition sites that allow insertion of a nucleic acid molecule in a determinable fashion without loss of an essential biological function of the vector, as well as nucleotide sequences encoding a marker gene that is suitable for use in the identification and selection of cells transformed with the cloning vector.
- Marker genes typically include genes that provide tetracycline resistance or ampicillin resistance.
- an “expression vector” is a nucleic acid molecule encoding a gene that is expressed in a host cell.
- an expression vector comprises a transcription promoter, a gene, and a transcription terminator. Gene expression is usually placed under the control of a promoter, and such a gene is said to be “operably linked to” the promoter.
- a regulatory element and a core promoter are operably linked if the regulatory element modulates the activity of the core promoter.
- a “recombinant host” is a cell that contains a heterologous nucleic acid molecule, such as a cloning vector or expression vector.
- a recombinant host is a cell that produces autotaxin from an expression vector. This type of autotaxin is referred to as "recombinant autotaxin.”
- autotaxin can be produced by a cell that is a "natural source” of autotaxin, and that lacks an expression vector. This type of autotaxin is referred to as "natural autotaxin.”
- “Integrative transformants” are recombinant host cells, in which heterologous DNA has become integrated into the genomic DNA of the cells.
- a “fusion protein” is a hybrid protein expressed by a nucleic acid molecule comprising nucleotide sequences of at least two genes.
- a fusion protein can comprise at least part of an autotaxin polypeptide fused with a polypeptide that binds an affinity matrix.
- Such a fusion protein provides a means to isolate large quantities of autotaxin using affinity chromatography.
- Receptor denotes a cell-associated protein that binds to a bioactive molecule termed a "ligand.” This interaction mediates the effect of the ligand on the cell.
- Receptors can be membrane bound, cytosolic or nuclear; monomeric (e.g., thyroid stimulating hormone receptor, beta-adrenergic receptor) or multimeric (e.g., PDGF receptor, growth hormone receptor, IL-3 receptor, GM-CSF receptor, G-CSF receptor, erythropoietin receptor and IL-6 receptor).
- Membrane-bound receptors are characterized by a multi-domain structure comprising an extracellular ligand-binding domain and an intracellular effector domain that is typically involved in signal transduction. In certain membrane-bound receptors, the extracellular ligand-binding domain and the intracellular effector domain are located in separate polypeptides that comprise the complete functional receptor.
- the binding of ligand to receptor results in a conformational change in the receptor that causes an interaction between the effector domain and other molecule(s) in the cell, which in turn leads to an alteration in the metabolism of the cell.
- Metabolic events that are often linked to receptor-ligand interactions include gene transcription, phosphorylation, dephosphorylation, increases in cyclic AMP production, mobilization of cellular calcium, mobilization of membrane lipids, cell adhesion, hydrolysis of inositol lipids and hydrolysis of phospholipids.
- secretory signal sequence denotes a DNA sequence that encodes a peptide (a "secretory peptide") that, as a component of a larger polypeptide, directs the larger polypeptide through a secretory pathway of a cell in which it is synthesized.
- secretory peptide a DNA sequence that encodes a peptide that, as a component of a larger polypeptide, directs the larger polypeptide through a secretory pathway of a cell in which it is synthesized.
- the larger polypeptide is commonly cleaved to remove the secretory peptide during transit through the secretory pathway.
- isolated polypeptide is a polypeptide that is essentially free from contaminating cellular components, such as carbohydrate, lipid, or other proteinaceous impurities associated with the polypeptide in nature.
- a preparation of isolated polypeptide contains the polypeptide in a highly purified form, i.e., at least about 80%o pure, at least about 90% pure, at least about 95% pure, greater than 95% pure, or greater than 99% pure.
- SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
- isolated does not exclude the presence of the same polypeptide in alternative physical forms, such as dimers or alternatively glycosylated or derivatized forms.
- amino-terminal and “carboxyl-terminal” are used herein to denote positions within polypeptides. Where the context allows, these terms are used with reference to a particular sequence or portion of a polypeptide to denote proximity or relative position. For example, a certain sequence positioned carboxyl-terminal to a reference sequence within a polypeptide is located proximal to the carboxyl terminus of the reference sequence, but is not necessarily at the carboxyl terminus of the complete polypeptide.
- expression refers to the biosynthesis of a gene product. For example, in the case of a structural gene, expression involves transcription of the structural gene into mRNA and the translation of mRNA into one or more polypeptides.
- splice variant is used herein to denote alternative forms of RNA transcribed from a gene. Splice variation arises naturally through use of alternative splicing sites within a transcribed RNA molecule, or less commonly between separately transcribed RNA molecules, and may result in several mRNAs transcribed from the same gene. Splice variants may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence. The term splice variant is also used herein to denote a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant of an mRNA transcribed from a gene.
- immunomodulator includes cytokines, stem cell growth factors, lymphotoxins, co-stimulatory molecules, hematopoietic factors, and synthetic analogs of these molecules.
- complement/anti-complement pair denotes non-identical moieties that form a non-covalently associated, stable pair under appropriate conditions.
- biotin and avidin are prototypical members of a complement/anti-complement pair.
- Other exemplary complement/anti-complement pairs include receptor/ligand pairs, antibody/antigen (or hapten or epitope) pairs, sense/antisense polynucleotide pairs, and the like.
- the complement/anti-complement pair preferably has a binding affinity of less than 10 9 M '1 .
- an "anti-idiotype antibody” is an antibody that binds with the variable region domain of an immunoglobulin.
- an anti-idiotype antibody binds with the variable region of an anti-autotaxin antibody, and thus, an anti-idiotype antibody mimics an epitope of autotaxin.
- an “antibody fragment” is a portion of an antibody such as F(ab') 2 , F(ab) 2 , Fab', Fab, and the like. Regardless of structure, an antibody fragment binds with the same antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody. For example, an anti-autotaxin monoclonal antibody fragment binds with an epitope of autotaxin.
- antibody fragment also includes a synthetic or a genetically engineered polypeptide that binds to a specific antigen, such as polypeptides consisting of the light chain variable region, "Fv” fragments consisting of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains, recombinant single chain polypeptide molecules in which light and heavy variable regions are connected by a peptide linker ("scFv proteins”), and minimal recognition units consisting of the amino acid residues that mimic the hypervariable region.
- scFv proteins recombinant single chain polypeptide molecules in which light and heavy variable regions are connected by a peptide linker
- a “chimeric antibody” is a recombinant protein that contains the variable domains and complementary determining regions derived from a rodent antibody, while the remainder of the antibody molecule is derived from a human antibody.
- Humanized antibodies are recombinant proteins in which murine complementarity determining regions of a monoclonal antibody have been transferred from heavy and light variable chains of the murine immunoglobulin into a human variable domain.
- a "therapeutic agent” is a molecule or atom, which is conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a conjugate, which is useful for therapy.
- therapeutic agents include drugs, toxins, immunomodulators, chelators, boron compounds, photoactive agents or dyes, and radioisotopes.
- detectable label is a molecule or atom, which can be conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a molecule useful for diagnosis.
- detectable labels include chelators, photoactive agents, radioisotopes, fluorescent agents, paramagnetic ions, or other marker moieties.
- affinity tag is used herein to denote a polypeptide segment that can be attached to a second polypeptide to provide for purification or detection of the second polypeptide or provide sites for attachment of the second polypeptide to a substrate.
- Affinity tags include a poly- histidine tract, protein A (Nilsson et al, EMBO J. 4:1015 (1985); Nilsson et al, Methods Enzymol 198:3 (1991)), glutathione S transferase (Smith and Johnson, Gene 67:31 (1988)), Glu-Glu affinity tag (Grussenmeyer et al, Proc.
- naked antibody is an entire antibody, as opposed to an antibody fragment, which is not conjugated with a therapeutic agent. Naked antibodies include both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, as well as certain recombinant antibodies, such as chimeric and humanized antibodies.
- antibody component includes both an entire antibody and an antibody fragment.
- An “immunoconjugate” is a conjugate of an antibody component with a therapeutic agent or a detectable label.
- antibody fusion protein refers to a recombinant molecule that comprises an antibody component and a therapeutic agent.
- therapeutic agents suitable for such fusion proteins include immunomodulators ("antibody-immunomodulator fusion protein”) and toxins ("antibody -toxin fusion protein”).
- a “target polypeptide” or a “target peptide” is an amino acid sequence that comprises at least one epitope, and that is expressed on a target cell, such as a tumor cell, or a cell that carries an infectious agent antigen.
- T cells recognize peptide epitopes presented by a major histocompatibility complex molecule to a target polypeptide or target peptide and typically lyse the target cell or recruit other immune cells to the site of the target cell, thereby killing the target cell.
- antigenic peptide is a peptide, which will bind a major histocompatibility complex molecule to form an MHC-peptide complex, which is recognized by a T cell, thereby inducing a cytotoxic lymphocyte response upon presentation to the T cell.
- antigenic peptides are capable of binding to an appropriate major histocompatibility complex molecule and inducing a cytotoxic T cells response, such as cell lysis or specific cytokine release against the target cell, which binds or expresses the antigen.
- the antigenic peptide can be bound in the context of a class I or class II major histocompatibility complex molecule, on an antigen presenting cell or on a target cell.
- RNA polymerase II catalyzes the transcription of a structural gene to produce mRNA.
- a nucleic acid molecule can be designed to contain an RNA polymerase II template in which the RNA transcript has a sequence that is complementary to that of a specific mRNA.
- the RNA transcript is termed an "anti- sense RNA” and a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the anti-sense RNA is termed an "anti-sense gene.”
- Anti-sense RNA molecules are capable of binding to mRNA molecules, resulting in an inhibition of mRNA translation.
- an “anti-sense oligonucleotide specific for autotaxin” or an “autotaxin anti-sense oligonucleotide” is an oligonucleotide having a sequence (a) capable of forming a stable triplex with a portion of the autotaxin gene, or (b) capable of forming a stable duplex with a portion of an mRNA transcript of the autotaxin gene.
- a "ribozyme” is a nucleic acid molecule that contains a catalytic center.
- the term includes RNA enzymes, self-splicing RNAs, self-cleaving RNAs, and nucleic acid molecules that perform these catalytic functions.
- a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a ribozyme is termed a "ribozyme gene.”
- an “external guide sequence” is a nucleic acid molecule that directs the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, resulting in the cleavage of the mRNA by RNase P.
- a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an external guide sequence is termed an "external guide sequence gene.”
- variant autotaxin gene refers to nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is a modification of SEQ ID NO:2. Such variants include naturally-occurring polymorphisms of autotaxin genes, as well as synthetic genes that contain conservative amino acid substitutions of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. Additional variant forms of autotaxin genes are nucleic acid molecules that contain insertions or deletions of the nucleotide sequences described herein. A variant autotaxin gene can be identified by determining whether the gene hybridizes with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or its complement, under stringent conditions.
- variant autotaxin does not include the following proteins: (1) human autotaxin isolated from melanoma cells (Murata et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:30419 (1994)), which is encoded by the nucleotide sequence having GenBank accession No. L35594, (2) human autotaxin isolated from teratocarcinoma cells (Lee et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 218:114 (1996)), which is encoded by the nucleotide sequence having GenBank accession No. L46720, and (3) rat autotaxin isolated from brain tissue (Narita et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:28235 (1994)), which is encoded by the nucleotide sequence having GenBank accession No. 1083752.
- Variant autotaxin genes can also be identified by sequence comparison.
- Two amino acid sequences have "100% amino acid sequence identity” if the amino acid residues of the two amino acid sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence.
- two nucleotide sequences have "100% nucleotide sequence identity” if the nucleotide residues of the two nucleotide sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Sequence comparisons can be performed using standard software programs such as those included in the LASERGENE bioinformatics computing suite, which is produced by DNASTAR (Madison, Wisconsin).
- a variant gene or polypeptide encoded by a variant gene is functionally characterized by at least one of: (1) type I phosphodiesterase activity, (2) ability to bind integrin, (3) ability to inhibit the differentiation of adipocytes, (4) ability to enhance the insulin-mediated uptake of 2- deoxy-glucose by differentiated 3T3 LI cells, and (5) ability to bind specifically to an anti-autotaxin antibody.
- allelic variant is used herein to denote any of two or more alternative forms of a gene occupying the same chromosomal locus. Allelic variation arises naturally through mutation, and may result in phenotypic polymorphism within populations. Gene mutations can be silent (no change in the encoded polypeptide) or may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence.
- allelic variant is also used herein to denote a protein encoded by an allelic variant of a gene.
- ortholog denotes a polypeptide or protein obtained from one species that is the functional counterpart of a polypeptide or protein from a different species. Sequence differences among orthologs are the result of speciation. "Paralogs" are distinct but structurally related proteins made by an organism. Paralogs are believed to arise through gene duplication. For example, ⁇ - globin, ⁇ -globin, and myoglobin are paralogs of each other.
- a "functional fragment" of an autotaxin gene refers to a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a portion of an autotaxin polypeptide which has at least one of the biological activities described herein.
- a functional fragment of an autotaxin gene can comprise a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, and encode a polypeptide capable of binding integrin or inhibiting the differentiation of adipocytes. Due to the imprecision of standard analytical methods, molecular weights and lengths of polymers are understood to be approximate values. When such a value is expressed as "about” X or “approximately” X, the stated value of X will be understood to be accurate to ⁇ 10%.
- Nucleic acid molecules encoding a rat autotaxin gene can be obtained by screening a rat cDNA or genomic library using polynucleotide probes based upon SEQ ID NO:l . These techniques are standard and well-established.
- a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a rat autotaxin gene can be isolated from a rat cDNA library.
- the first step would be to prepare the cDNA library by isolating RNA from a tissue, such as fat tissue, using methods well-known to those of skill in the art.
- RNA isolation techniques must provide a method for breaking cells, a means of inhibiting RNase-directed degradation of RNA, and a method of separating RNA from DNA, protein, and polysaccharide contaminants.
- total RNA can be isolated by freezing tissue in liquid nitrogen, grinding the frozen tissue with a mortar and pestle to lyse the cells, extracting the ground tissue with a solution of phenol/chloroform to remove proteins, and separating RNA from the remaining impurities by selective precipitation with lithium chloride (see, for example, Ausubel et al. (eds.), Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 3 rd Edition, pages 4-1 to 4-6 (John Wiley & Sons 1995) ["Ausubel (1995)”]; Wu et al, Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 33-41 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997) ["Wu (1997)”]).
- total RNA can be isolated from a suitable tissue by extracting ground tissue with guanidinium isothiocyanate, extracting with organic solvents, and separating RNA from contaminants using differential centrifugation (see, for example, Chirgwin et al, Biochemistry 18:52 (1979); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-6; Wu (1997) at pages 33-41).
- poly(A) + RNA In order to construct a cDNA library, poly(A) + RNA must be isolated from a total RNA preparation. Poly(A) + RNA can be isolated from total RNA using the standard technique of oligo(dT)-cellulose chromatography (see, for example, Aviv and Leder, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69:1408 (1972); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-11 to 4- 12).
- Double-stranded cDNA molecules are synthesized from poly(A) + RNA using techniques well-known to those in the art. (see, for example, Wu (1997) at pages 41-46). Moreover, commercially available kits can be used to synthesize double- stranded cDNA molecules. For example, such kits are available from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD), CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Promega Corporation (Madison, WI) and STRATAGENE (La Jolla, CA).
- a cDNA library can be prepared in a vector derived from bacteriophage, such as a ⁇ gtlO vector. See, for example, Huynh et al, "Constructing and Screening cDNA Libraries in ⁇ gtlO and ⁇ gtl l," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach Vol. I, Glover (ed.), page 49 (IRL Press, 1985); Wu (1997) at pages 47-52.
- double-stranded cDNA molecules can be inserted into a plasmid vector, such as a PBLUESCRIPT vector (STRATAGENE; La Jolla, CA), a LAMDAGEM-4 (Promega Corp.) or other commercially available vectors.
- a plasmid vector such as a PBLUESCRIPT vector (STRATAGENE; La Jolla, CA), a LAMDAGEM-4 (Promega Corp.) or other commercially available vectors.
- Suitable cloning vectors also can be obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA).
- the cDNA library is inserted into a prokaryotic host, using standard techniques.
- a cDNA library can be introduced into competent E. coli DH5 cells, which can be obtained, for example, from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD).
- a rat genomic library can be prepared by means well-known in the art
- Genomic DNA can be isolated by lysing tissue with the detergent Sarkosyl, digesting the lysate with proteinase K, clearing insoluble debris from the lysate by centrifugation, precipitating nucleic acid from the lysate using isopropanol, and purifying resuspended DNA on a cesium chloride density gradient.
- Genomic DNA fragments that are suitable for the production of a genomic library can be obtained by the random shearing of genomic DNA or by the partial digestion of genomic DNA with restriction endonucleases.
- Genomic DNA fragments can be inserted into a vector, such as a bacteriophage or cosmid vector, in accordance with conventional techniques, such as the use of restriction enzyme digestion to provide appropriate termini, the use of alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining of DNA molecules, and ligation with appropriate ligases. Techniques for such manipulation are well-known in the art (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307- 327).
- Nucleic acid molecules that encode a rat autotaxin gene can also be obtained using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) with oligonucleotide primers having nucleotide sequences that are based upon the nucleotide sequences of the autotaxin gene, as described herein.
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- General methods for screening libraries with PCR are provided by, for example, Yu et al. , "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction to Screen Phage Libraries," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 211-215 (Humana Press, Inc. 1993).
- a library containing cDNA or genomic clones can be screened with one or more polynucleotide probes based upon S ⁇ Q ID NO:l, using standard methods (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-1 to 6-11).
- Anti-autotaxin antibodies produced as described below, can also be used to isolate DNA sequences that encode rat autotaxin genes from cDNA libraries.
- the antibodies can be used to screen ⁇ gtl 1 expression libraries, or the antibodies can be used for immunoscreening following hybrid selection and translation (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-12 to 6-16; Margolis et al, "Screening ⁇ expression libraries with antibody and protein probes," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 1-14 (Oxford University Press 1995)).
- an autotaxin gene can be obtained by synthesizing nucleic acid molecules using mutually priming long oligonucleotides and the nucleotide sequences described herein (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-8 to 8-9).
- Sources of human autotaxin include A2058 human melanoma cells (ATCC Number: CRL-11147; American Type Culture Collection; Manassas, VA), human teratocarcinoma cell line Ntera2Dl, human neuroblastoma tumor tissues, a neuroblastoma cell line (SMS-KAN), and normal human liver (Stracke et al, J. Biol. Chem. 267:2524 (1992); Lee et al, Biochem. Biophys.
- nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can also be synthesized with "gene machines” using protocols such as the phosphoramidite method. If chemically-synthesized double stranded DNA is required for an application such as the synthesis of a gene or a gene fragment, then each complementary strand is made separately.
- the production of short genes (60 to 80 base pairs) is technically straightforward and can be accomplished by synthesizing the complementary strands and then annealing them.
- Nucleic acid molecules that encode human autotaxin having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 can also be obtained by any of the various methods described above using the nucleic acid and amino acid sequences disclosed herein.
- the sequence of an autotaxin cDNA or autotaxin genomic fragment can be determined using standard methods. Autotaxin polynucleotide sequences disclosed herein can also be used as probes or primers to clone 5' non-coding regions of an autotaxin gene. In view of the tissue-specific expression observed for autotaxin by northern blotting, this gene region is expected to provide for preferential expression in brain tissue and adipocytes. Promoter elements from an autotaxin gene could thus be used to direct the tissue-specific expression of heterologous genes in, for example, transgenic animals or patients treated with gene therapy. The identification of genomic fragments containing an autotaxin promoter or regulatory element can be achieved using well-established techniques, such as deletion analysis (see, generally, Ausubel (1995)).
- Cloning of 5' flanking sequences also facilitates production of autotaxin proteins by "gene activation," as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,670. Briefly, expression of an endogenous autotaxin gene in a cell is altered by introducing into the autotaxin locus a DNA construct comprising at least a targeting sequence, a regulatory sequence, an exon, and an unpaired splice donor site.
- the targeting sequence is an autotaxin 5' non-coding sequence that permits homologous recombination of the construct with the endogenous autotaxin locus, whereby the sequences within the construct become operably linked with the endogenous autotaxin coding sequence.
- an endogenous autotaxin promoter can be replaced or supplemented with other regulatory sequences to provide enhanced, tissue-specific, or otherwise regulated expression.
- SEQ ID NOs:3 and 10 are degenerate nucleotide sequences that encompass all nucleic acid molecules that encode the autotaxin polypeptides of SEQ ID NOs:2 and 9, respectively. Those skilled in the art will recognize that these degenerate sequences provide all RNA sequences encoding the corresponding amino acid sequences, by substituting U for T.
- the present invention contemplates autotaxin polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotide 130 to nucleotide 2703 of SEQ ID NO:l, and their RNA equivalents.
- the present invention also contemplates autotaxin polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotide 105 to nucleotide 2681 of SEQ ID NO:8, and their RNA equivalents.
- Table 1 sets forth the one-letter codes used within SEQ ID NO: 3 to denote degenerate nucleotide positions.
- “Resolutions” are the nucleotides denoted by a code letter.
- “Complement” indicates the code for the complementary nucleotide(s). For example, the code Y denotes either C or T, and its complement R denotes A or G, A being complementary to T, and G being complementary to C.
- degenerate codons used in SEQ ID NOs:3 and 10 encompassing all possible codons for a given amino acid, are set forth in Table 2.
- degenerate codon representative of all possible codons encoding an amino acid.
- WSN can, in some circumstances, encode arginine
- MGN can, in some circumstances, encode serine
- some polynucleotides encompassed by the degenerate sequence may encode variant amino acid sequences, but one of ordinary skill in the art can easily identify such variant sequences by reference to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9. Variant sequences can be readily tested for functionality as described herein.
- preferential codon usage or “preferential codons” is a term of art referring to protein translation codons that are most frequently used in cells of a certain species, thus favoring one or a few representatives of the possible codons encoding each amino acid (See Table 2).
- the amino acid threonine (Thr) may be encoded by ACA, ACC, ACG, or ACT, but in mammalian cells ACC is the most commonly used codon; in other species, for example, insect cells, yeast, viruses or bacteria, different Thr codons may be preferential.
- Preferential codons for a particular species can be introduced into the polynucleotides of the present invention by a variety of methods known in the art.
- preferential codon sequences into recombinant DNA can, for example, enhance production of the protein by making protein translation more efficient within a particular cell type or species. Therefore, the degenerate codon sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 3 or SEQ ID NO: 10 serves as a template for optimizing expression of polynucleotides in various cell types and species commonly used in the art and disclosed herein. Sequences containing preferential codons can be tested and optimized for expression in various species, and tested for functionality as disclosed herein.
- the present invention further provides variant polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules that represent counterparts from other species (orthologs). These species include, but are not limited to mammalian, avian, amphibian, reptile, fish, insect and other vertebrate and invertebrate species. Of particular interest are autotaxin polypeptides from mammalian species, including human, mouse, porcine, rat, ovine, bovine, canine, feline, equine, and other primate polypeptides. These autotaxins can be cloned using information and compositions provided by the present invention in combination with conventional cloning techniques.
- SEQ ID NO:l represents a single allele of rat autotaxin, and that allelic variation and alternative splicing are expected to occur. Allelic variants of this sequence can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals according to standard procedures. Allelic variants of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:l or SEQ ID NO:8, including those containing silent mutations and those in which mutations result in amino acid sequence changes, are within the scope of the present invention, as are proteins which are allelic variants of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9.
- cDNA molecules generated from alternatively spliced mRNAs, which retain the properties of the autotaxin polypeptide are included within the scope of the present invention, as are polypeptides encoded by such cDNAs and mRNAs.
- Allelic variants and splice variants of these sequences can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals or tissues according to standard procedures known in the art.
- isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode rat autotaxin can hybridize to nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a sequence complementary thereto, under "stringent conditions.”
- stringent conditions are selected to be about 5°C lower than the thermal melting point (T m ) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH.
- T m is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe.
- a nucleic acid molecule encoding a variant autotaxin polypeptide can be hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) at 42°C overnight in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5xSSC (lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution (lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400, 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone, and 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin), 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 ⁇ g/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA.
- 5xSSC lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate
- 50 mM sodium phosphate pH 7.6
- 5x Denhardt's solution lOOx Den
- hybridization mixture can be incubated at a higher temperature, such as about 65°C, in a solution that does not contain formamide.
- premixed hybridization solutions are available (e.g., EXPRESSHYB Hybridization Solution from CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc.), and hybridization can be performed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
- the nucleic acid molecules can be washed to remove non-hybridized nucleic acid molecules under stringent conditions, or under highly stringent conditions.
- Typical stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 55 - 65°C. That is, nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant autotaxin polypeptide remain hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: l (or its complement) following stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65°C, including 0.5x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55°C, or 2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
- One of skill in the art can readily devise equivalent conditions, for example, by substituting SSPE for SSC in the wash solution.
- Typical highly stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 50 - 65°C.
- SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
- nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant autotaxin polypeptide remain hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under highly stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, including O.lx SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50°C, or 0.2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
- the present invention also provides isolated autotaxin polypeptides that have a substantially similar sequence identity to the polypeptides of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:9, or their orthologs.
- substantially similar sequence identity is used herein to denote polypeptides having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:2, or their orthologs.
- variant autotaxin does not include the following proteins: (1) human autotaxin isolated from melanoma cells (Murata et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:30419 (1994)), which is encoded by the nucleotide sequence having GenBank accession No.
- the present invention also contemplates autotaxin variant nucleic acid molecules that can be identified using two criteria: a determination of the similarity between the encoded polypeptide with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and a hybridization assay, as described above.
- autotaxin variants include nucleic acid molecules (1) that remain hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) following stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65 °C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
- autotaxin variants can be characterized as nucleic acid molecules (1) that remain hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) following highly stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
- Percent sequence identity is determined by conventional methods. See, for example, Altschul et al, Bull. Math. Bio. 48:603 (1986), and Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 59: 10915 (1992). Briefly, two amino acid sequences are aligned to optimize the alignment scores using a gap opening penalty of 10, a gap extension penalty of 1, and the "BLOSUM62" scoring matrix of Henikoff and Henikoff (ibid.) as shown in Table 3 (amino acids are indicated by the standard one- letter codes). The percent identity is then calculated as: ([Total number of identical matches]/ [length of the longer sequence plus the number of gaps introduced into the longer sequence in order to align the two sequences])(100).
- the "FASTA" similarity search algorithm of Pearson and Lipman is a suitable protein alignment method for examining the level of identity shared by an amino acid sequence disclosed herein and the amino acid sequence of a putative autotaxin variant.
- the FASTA algorithm is described by Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Nat 'l Acad. Sci. USA 55:2444 (1988), and by Pearson, Meth. Enzymol 183:63 (1990).
- the ten regions with the highest density of identities are then rescored by comparing the similarity of all paired amino acids using an amino acid substitution matrix, and the ends of the regions are "trimmed" to include only those residues that contribute to the highest score.
- the trimmed initial regions are examined to determine whether the regions can be joined to form an approximate alignment with gaps.
- the highest scoring regions of the two amino acid sequences are aligned using a modification of the Needleman-Wunsch-Sellers algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, J. Mol Biol. 48:444 (1970); Sellers, SIAMJ. Appl. Math. 26:181 (1974)), which allows for amino acid insertions and deletions.
- FASTA can also be used to determine the sequence identity of nucleic acid molecules using a ratio as disclosed above.
- the ktup value can range between one to six, preferably from four to six.
- the present invention includes nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having a conservative amino acid change, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9. That is, variants can be obtained that contain one or more amino acid substitutions of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9, in which an alkyl amino acid is substituted for an alkyl amino acid in an autotaxin amino acid sequence, an aromatic amino acid is substituted for an aromatic amino acid in an autotaxin amino acid sequence, a sulfur-containing amino acid is substituted for a sulfur-containing amino acid in an autotaxin amino acid sequence, a hydroxy- containing amino acid is substituted for a hydroxy-containing amino acid in an autotaxin amino acid sequence, an acidic amino acid is substituted for an acidic amino acid in an autotaxin amino acid sequence, a basic amino acid is substituted for a basic amino acid in an autotaxin amino acid sequence, or a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid is substituted for a dibasic monocarboxy
- a “conservative amino acid substitution” is illustrated by a substitution among amino acids within each of the following groups: (1) glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine, (2) phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan, (3) serine and threonine, (4) aspartate and glutamate, (5) glutamine and asparagine, and (6) lysine, arginine and histidine.
- variant autotaxin polypeptides that have an amino acid sequence that differs from SEQ ID NO:2 can be obtained by substituting valine for alanine 93 , valine for alanine 194 , threonine for serine 236 , lysine for arginine 265 , and threonine for serine 289 . Additional variants can be obtained by producing polypeptides having two or more of these amino acid substitutions.
- the BLOSUM62 table is an amino acid substitution matrix derived from about 2,000 local multiple alignments of protein sequence segments, representing highly conserved regions of more than 500 groups of related proteins (Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Nat'/ Acad. Sci. USA 59:10915 (1992)). Accordingly, the BLOSUM62 substitution frequencies can be used to define conservative amino acid substitutions that may be introduced into the amino acid sequences of the present invention. Although it is possible to design amino acid substitutions based solely upon chemical properties (as discussed above), the language "conservative amino acid substitution” preferably refers to a substitution represented by a BLOSUM62 value of greater than -1. For example, an amino acid substitution is conservative if the substitution is characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of 0, 1, 2, or 3.
- preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 1 (e.g., X, 2 or 3), while more preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 2 (e.g., 2 or 3).
- Particular variants of rat autotaxin are characterized by having at least
- Conservative amino acid changes in an autotaxin gene can be introduced by substituting nucleotides for the nucleotides recited in SEQ ID NO:l .
- Such "conservative amino acid” variants can be obtained, for example, by oligonucleotide- directed mutagenesis, linker-scanning mutagenesis, mutagenesis using the polymerase chain reaction, and the like (see Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-10 to 8-22; and McPherson (ed.), Directed Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press 1991)).
- the ability of such variants to inhibit the differentiation of adipocytes can be determined using a standard method, such as the assay described herein.
- a variant autotaxin polypeptide can be identified by the ability to specifically bind anti-autotaxin antibodies.
- the proteins of the present invention can also comprise non-naturally occurring amino acid residues.
- Non-naturally occurring amino acids include, without limitation, tra «5-3-methylproline, 2,4-methanoproline, cw-4-hydroxyproline, trans-4- hydroxyproline, N-methylglycine, ⁇ // -threonine, methylthreonine, hydroxyethylcysteine, hydroxyethylhomocysteine, nitroglutamine, homoglutamine, pipecolic acid, thiazolidine carboxylic acid, dehydroproline, 3- and 4-methylproline, 3,3-dimethylproline, tert-leucine, norvaline, 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4- azaphenylalanine, and 4-fluorophenylalanine.
- coli cells are cultured in the absence of a natural amino acid that is to be replaced (e.g., phenylalanine) and in the presence of the desired non-naturally occurring amino acid(s) (e.g., 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azaphenylalanine, or 4- fluorophenylalanine).
- the non-naturally occurring amino acid is incorporated into the protein in place of its natural counterpart. See, Koide et al, Biochem. 33:1410 (1994).
- Naturally occurring amino acid residues can be converted to non-naturally occurring species by in vitro chemical modification. Chemical modification can be combined with site-directed mutagenesis to further expand the range of substitutions (Wynn and Richards, Protein Sci. 2:395 (1993)).
- a limited number of non-conservative amino acids, amino acids that are not encoded by the genetic code, non-naturally occurring amino acids, and unnatural amino acids may be substituted for autotaxin amino acid residues.
- Essential amino acids in the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified according to procedures known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells, Science 244A08X (1989), Bass et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 55:4498 (1991), Coombs and Corey, "Site- Directed Mutagenesis and Protein Engineering,” in Proteins: Analysis and Design, Angeletti (ed.), pages 259-31 1 (Academic Press, Inc. 1998)).
- sequence analysis can be used to identify autotaxin receptor binding sites
- location of autotaxin receptor binding domains can also be determined by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear magnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction or photoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contact site amino acids. See, for example, de Vos et al, Science 255:306 (1992), Smith et al, J. Mol Biol 224:899 (1992), and Wlodaver et al, FEBS Lett. 309:59 (1992).
- autotaxin labeled with biotin or FITC can be used for expression cloning of autotaxin receptors.
- variants of the disclosed autotaxin nucleotide and polypeptide sequences can also be generated through DNA shuffling as disclosed by Stemmer, Nature 370:389 (1994), Stemmei, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 9T ⁇ 0141 (1994), and international publication No. WO 97/20078. Briefly, variant DNA molecules are generated by in vitro homologous recombination by random fragmentation of a parent DNA followed by reassembly using PCR, resulting in randomly introduced point mutations. This technique can be modified by using a family of parent DNA molecules, such as allelic variants or DNA molecules from different species, to introduce additional variability into the process. Selection or screening for the desired activity, followed by additional iterations of mutagenesis and assay provides for rapid "evolution" of sequences by selecting for desirable mutations while simultaneously selecting against detrimental changes.
- Mutagenesis methods as disclosed herein can be combined with high- throughput, automated screening methods to detect activity of cloned, mutagenized polypeptides in host cells.
- Mutagenized DNA molecules that encode biologically active polypeptides, or polypeptides that bind with anti-autotaxin antibodies can be recovered from the host cells and rapidly sequenced using modern equipment. These methods allow the rapid determination of the importance of individual amino acid residues in a polypeptide of interest, and can be applied to polypeptides of unknown structure.
- the present invention also includes "functional fragments" of autotaxin polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules encoding such functional fragments.
- Routine deletion analyses of nucleic acid molecules can be performed to obtain functional fragments of a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an autotaxin polypeptide.
- DNA molecules having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l or SEQ ID NO: 8 can be digested with Bal3X nuclease to obtain a series of nested deletions. The fragments are then inserted into expression vectors in proper reading frame, and the expressed polypeptides are isolated and tested for biological activity, or for the ability to bind anti-autotaxin antibodies.
- exonuclease digestion is to use oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis to introduce deletions or stop codons to specify production of a desired fragment.
- particular fragments of an autotaxin gene can be synthesized using the polymerase chain reaction.
- rat autotaxin produced by cultured cells indicates that one form of autotaxin consists of amino acid residues 32 to 858 of SEQ ID NO:2.
- This example of a functional fragment includes the RGD binding site.
- Another example of a functional fragment is a polypeptide consisting of the first 500 amino acids of SEQ ID NO:2, which would contain the portion of autotaxin associated with phosphodiesterase activity.
- a functional fragment of the human autotaxin having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 includes the RGD binding site at amino acids 123 to 125.
- Another functional fragment of this form of autotaxin comprises amino acids 197 to 209, the putative phosphodiesterase active site.
- the present invention also contemplates functional fragments of an autotaxin gene that has amino acid changes, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9.
- a variant autotaxin gene can be identified on the basis of structure by determining the level of identity with nucleotide and amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9, as discussed above.
- An alternative approach to identifying a variant gene on the basis of structure is to determine whether a nucleic acid molecule encoding a potential variant autotaxin gene can hybridize to a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l or SEQ ID NO: 8, as discussed above.
- the present invention also provides polypeptide fragments or peptides comprising an epitope-bearing portion of an autotaxin polypeptide described herein.
- Such fragments or peptides may comprise an "immunogenic epitope," which is a part of a protein that elicits an antibody response when the entire protein is used as an immunogen.
- Immunogenic epitope-bearing peptides can be identified using standard methods (see, for example, Geysen et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 81:3998 (1983)).
- polypeptide fragments or peptides may comprise an "antigenic epitope," which is a region of a protein molecule to which an antibody can specifically bind.
- Certain epitopes consist of a linear or contiguous stretch of amino acids, and the antigenicity of such an epitope is not disrupted by denaturing agents. It is known in the art that relatively short synthetic peptides that can mimic epitopes of a protein can be used to stimulate the production of antibodies against the protein (see, for example, Sutcliffe et al, Science 219:660 (1983)). Accordingly, antigenic epitope- bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention are useful to raise antibodies that bind with the polypeptides described herein.
- Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides can contain at least four to ten amino acids, at least ten to fifteen amino acids, or about 15 to about 30 amino acids of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9. Such epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides can be produced by fragmenting an autotaxin polypeptide, or by chemical peptide synthesis, as described herein. Moreover, epitopes can be selected by phage display of random peptide libraries (see, for example, Lane and Stephen, Curr. Opin. Immunol. 5:268 (1993), and Cortese et al, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol 7:6X6 (1996)).
- variant autotaxin gene encodes a polypeptide that is characterized by its biological activity, as described herein, or by the ability to bind specifically to an anti-autotaxin antibody. More specifically, variant autotaxin genes encode polypeptides, which exhibit at least 50%, or even greater than 70, 80, or 90%, of the activity of polypeptide encoded by the autotaxin gene described herein.
- any autotaxin polypeptide including variants and fusion proteins, one of ordinary skill in the art can readily generate a fully degenerate polynucleotide sequence encoding that variant using the information set forth in Tables 1 and 2 above.
- the present invention includes a computer-readable medium encoded with a data structure that provides at least one of the following sequences: SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:9, and SEQ ID NO: 10.
- Suitable forms of computer-readable media include magnetic media and optically-readable media. Examples of magnetic media include a hard or fixed drive, a random access memory (RAM) chip, a floppy disk, digital linear tape (DLT), a disk cache, and a ZIP disk.
- Optically readable media are exemplified by compact discs (e.g., CD-read only memory (ROM), CD-rewritable (RW), and CD-recordable), and digital versatile/video discs (DVD) (e.g., DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, and DVD+RW).
- compact discs e.g., CD-read only memory (ROM), CD-rewritable (RW), and CD-recordable
- DVD digital versatile/video discs
- Fusion proteins of autotaxin can be used to express autotaxin in a recombinant host, and to isolate expressed autotaxin. As described below, particular autotaxin fusion proteins also have uses in diagnosis and therapy.
- One type of fusion protein comprises a peptide that guides an autotaxin polypeptide from a recombinant host cell.
- a secretory signal sequence also known as a signal peptide, a leader sequence, prepro sequence or pre sequence
- the secretory signal sequence may be derived from autotaxin, a suitable signal sequence may also be derived from another secreted protein or synthesized de novo.
- the secretory signal sequence is operably linked to an autotaxin-encoding sequence such that the two sequences are joined in the correct reading frame and positioned to direct the newly synthesized polypeptide into the secretory pathway of the host cell.
- Secretory signal sequences are commonly positioned 5' to the nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide of interest, although certain secretory signal sequences may be positioned elsewhere in the nucleotide sequence of interest (see, e.g., Welch et ⁇ l, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743; Holland et ⁇ l, U.S. Patent No. 5,143,830).
- yeast signal sequence is preferred for expression in yeast cells.
- suitable yeast signal sequences are those derived from yeast mating phermone ⁇ -factor (encoded by the MF ⁇ l gene), invertase (encoded by the SUC2 gene), or acid phosphatase (encoded by the PH05 gene). See, for example, Romanos et ⁇ l. , "Expression of Cloned Genes in Yeast," in DNA Cloning 2: A Practical Approach, 2 nd Edition, Glover and Hames (eds.), pages 123-167 (Oxford University Press 1995).
- autotaxin can be expressed as a fusion protein comprising a glutathione S-transferase polypeptide.
- Glutathione S-transferease fusion proteins are typically soluble, and easily purifiable from E. coli lysates on immobilized glutathione columns.
- an autotaxin fusion protein comprising a maltose binding protein polypeptide can be isolated with an amylose resin column, while a fusion protein comprising the C-terminal end of a truncated Protein A gene can be purified using IgG-Sepharose.
- Peptide tags that are useful for isolating heterologous polypeptides expressed by either prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells include polyHistidine tags (which have an affinity for nickel-chelating resin), c-myc tags, calmodulin binding protein (isolated with calmodulin affinity chromatography), substance P, the RYIRS tag (which binds with anti-RYIRS antibodies), the Glu-Glu tag, and the FLAG tag (which binds with anti-FLAG antibodies). See, for example, Luo et al, Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 329:2X5 (1996), Morganti et al, Biotechnol Appl. Biochem. 23:61 (1996), and Zheng et al, Gene 186:55 (1997). Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptide tags are available, for example, from Sigma-Aldrich Corporation (St. Louis, MO).
- the present invention also contemplates that the use of the secretory signal sequence contained in the autotaxin polypeptides of the present invention to direct other polypeptides into the secretory pathway.
- a signal fusion polypeptide may be made wherein a secretory signal sequence derived from amino acid residues 1 to 31 of SEQ ID NO:2 is operably linked to another polypeptide using methods known in the art and disclosed herein.
- the secretory signal sequence contained in the fusion polypeptides of the present invention is preferably fused amino-terminally to an additional peptide to direct the additional peptide into the secretory pathway.
- Such constructs have numerous applications known in the art.
- these novel secretory signal sequence fusion constructs can direct the secretion of an active component of a normally non-secreted protein, such as a receptor.
- a normally non-secreted protein such as a receptor.
- Such fusions may be used in a transgenic animal or in a cultured recombinant host to direct peptides through the secretory pathway.
- exemplary polypeptides include pharmaceutically active molecules such as Factor Vila, proinsulin, insulin, follicle stimulating hormone, tissue type plasminogen activator, tumor necrosis factor, interleukins (e.g., interleukin-1 (IL-1), IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL- 10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-14, and IL-15), colony stimulating factors (e.g., granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF) and granulocyte macrophage-colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF)), interferons (e.g., interferons- ⁇ , - ⁇ , - ⁇ , - ⁇ , and -x), the stem cell growth factor designated "SI factor,” erythropoietin, and thrombopoietin.
- interleukins e.g., interleukin-1 (IL
- the autotaxin secretory signal sequence contained in the fusion polypeptides of the present invention is preferably fused amino-terminally to an additional peptide to direct the additional peptide into the secretory pathway. Fusion proteins comprising an autotaxin secretory signal sequence can be constructed using standard techniques.
- fusion protein comprises an autotaxin polypeptide and an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, typically an F c fragment, which contains two or three constant region domains and a hinge region but lacks the variable region.
- an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region typically an F c fragment
- F c fragment an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region
- Chang et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,723,125 describe a fusion protein comprising a human interferon and a human immunoglobulin Fc fragment.
- the C-terminal of the interferon is linked to the N-terminal of the Fc fragment by a peptide linker moiety.
- An example of a peptide linker is a peptide comprising primarily a T cell inert sequence, which is immunologically inert.
- An exemplary peptide linker has the amino acid sequence: GGSGG SGGGG SGGGG S (SEQ ID NO:7).
- a preferred Fc moiety is a human ⁇ 4 chain, which is stable in solution and has little or no complement activating activity.
- the present invention contemplates an autotaxin fusion protein that comprises an autotaxin moiety and a human Fc fragment, wherein the C-terminus of the autotaxin moiety is attached to the N-terminus of the Fc fragment via a peptide linker, such as a peptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7.
- the autotaxin moiety can be an autotaxin molecule or a fragment thereof.
- an autotaxin fusion protein comprises an IgG sequence, an autotaxin moiety covalently joined to the amino terminal end of the IgG sequence, and a signal peptide that is covalently joined to the amino terminal of the autotaxin moiety, wherein the IgG sequence consists of the following elements in the following order: a hinge region, a CH 2 domain, and a CH 3 domain. Accordingly, the IgG sequence lacks a CH, domain.
- the autotaxin moiety displays an autotaxin activity, as described herein, such as the ability to bind with an autotaxin receptor, or the ability to inhibit the differentiation of adipocytes.
- Fusion proteins comprising an autotaxin moiety and an Fc moiety can be used, for example, as an in vitro assay tool.
- the presence of an autotaxin receptor in a biological sample can be detected using an autotaxin-immunoglobulin fusion protein, in which the autotaxin moiety is used to target the cognate receptor, and a macromolecule, such as Protein A or anti-Fc antibody, is used to detect the bound fusion protein-receptor complex.
- fusion proteins can be used to identify agonists and antagonists that interfere with the binding of autotaxin to its receptor.
- hybrid autotaxin proteins can be constructed using regions or domains of the inventive autotaxin in combination with those of other insulin-like, or heterologous proteins (see, for example, Picard, Cur. Opin. Biology 5:51 1 (1994)). These methods allow the determination of the biological importance of larger domains or regions in a polypeptide of interest. Such hybrids may alter reaction kinetics, binding, constrict or expand the substrate specificity, or alter tissue and cellular localization of a polypeptide, and can be applied to polypeptides of unknown structure.
- Fusion proteins can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art by preparing each component of the fusion protein and chemically conjugating them. Alternatively, a polynucleotide encoding both components of the fusion protein in the proper reading frame can be generated using known techniques and expressed by the methods described herein. General methods for enzymatic and chemical cleavage of fusion proteins are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) at pages 16-19 to 16-25.
- polypeptides of the present invention can be produced in recombinant host cells following conventional techniques.
- a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide must be operably linked to regulatory sequences that control transcriptional expression in an expression vector and then, introduced into a host cell.
- expression vectors can include translational regulatory sequences and a marker gene, which is suitable for selection of cells that carry the expression vector.
- Expression vectors that are suitable for production of a foreign protein in eukaryotic cells typically contain (1) prokaryotic DNA elements coding for a bacterial replication origin and an antibiotic resistance marker to provide for the growth and selection of the expression vector in a bacterial host; (2) eukaryotic DNA elements that control initiation of transcription, such as a promoter; and (3) DNA elements that control the processing of transcripts, such as a transcription termination/polyadenylation sequence.
- expression vectors can also include nucleotide sequences encoding a secretory sequence that directs the heterologous polypeptide into the secretory pathway of a host cell.
- an autotaxin expression vector may comprise an autotaxin gene and a secretory sequence derived from an autotaxin gene or another secreted gene.
- Autotaxin proteins of the present invention may be expressed in mammalian cells.
- suitable mammalian host cells include African green monkey kidney cells (Vero; ATCC CRL 1587), human embryonic kidney cells (293- HEK; ATCC CRL 1573), baby hamster kidney cells (BHK-21, BHK-570; ATCC CRL 8544, ATCC CRL 10314), canine kidney cells (MDCK; ATCC CCL 34), Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO-K1 ; ATCC CCL61 ; CHO DG44 [Chasin et al, Som. Cell. Molec. Genet.
- rat pituitary cells GHl ; ATCC CCL82
- HeLa S3 cells ATCC CCL2.2
- rat hepatoma cells H-4-II-E
- COS-1 ATCC CRL 1650
- murine embryonic cells NIH- 3T3; ATCC CRL 1658.
- Narita et al, J. Biol Chem. 269:28235 (1994) have described the expression of recombinant rat autotaxin in COS-7 and human astrocytoma cell line (U87 cells).
- the transcriptional and translational regulatory signals may be derived from viral sources, such as adenovirus, bovine papilloma virus, simian virus, or the like, in which the regulatory signals are associated with a particular gene which has a high level of expression.
- viral sources such as adenovirus, bovine papilloma virus, simian virus, or the like, in which the regulatory signals are associated with a particular gene which has a high level of expression.
- Suitable transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences also can be obtained from mammalian genes, such as actin, collagen, myosin, and metallothionein genes.
- Transcriptional regulatory sequences include a promoter region sufficient to direct the initiation of RNA synthesis.
- Suitable eukaryotic promoters include the promoter of the mouse metallothionein I gene (Hamer et al, J. Molec. Appl. Genet. 1:213 (1982)), the TK promoter of Herpes virus (McKnight, Cell 31:355 (1982)), the SV40 early promoter (Benoist et al, Nature 290:304 (1981)), the Rous sarcoma virus promoter (Gorman et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci.
- a prokaryotic promoter such as the bacteriophage T3 RNA polymerase promoter
- a prokaryotic promoter can be used to control autotaxin gene expression in mammalian cells if the prokaryotic promoter is regulated by a eukaryotic promoter (Zhou et al, Mol Cell. Biol. 10:4529 (1990), and Kaufman et al, Nucl Acids Res. 7P:4485 (1991)).
- An expression vector can be introduced into host cells using a variety of standard techniques including calcium phosphate transfection, liposome-mediated transfection, microprojectile-mediated delivery, electroporation, and the like.
- the transfected cells are selected and propagated to provide recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector stably integrated in the host cell genome.
- Techniques for introducing vectors into eukaryotic cells and techniques for selecting such stable transformants using a dominant selectable marker are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) and by Murray (ed.), Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols (Humana Press 1991).
- one suitable selectable marker is a gene that provides resistance to the antibiotic neomycin.
- selection is carried out in the presence of a neomycin-type drug, such as G-418 or the like.
- Selection systems can also be used to increase the expression level of the gene of interest, a process referred to as "amplification.” Amplification is carried out by culturing transfectants in the presence of a low level of the selective agent and then increasing the amount of selective agent to select for cells that produce high levels of the products of the introduced genes.
- a suitable amplifiable selectable marker is dihydrofolate reductase, which confers resistance to methotrexate.
- drugs resistance genes e.g., hygromycin resistance, multi-drug resistance, puromycin acetyltransferase
- markers that introduce an altered phenotype such as green fluorescent protein, or cell surface proteins such as CD4, CD8, Class I MHC, placental alkaline phosphatase may be used to sort transfected cells from untransfected cells by such means as FACS sorting or magnetic bead separation technology.
- Autotaxin polypeptides can also be produced by cultured mammalian cells using a viral delivery system.
- viruses for this purpose include adenovirus, herpesvirus, vaccinia virus and adeno-associated virus (AAV).
- Adenovirus a double-stranded DNA virus, is currently the best studied gene transfer vector for delivery of heterologous nucleic acid (for a review, see Becker et al, Meth. Cell Biol 43:161 (1994), and Douglas and Curiel, Science & Medicine 4:44 (1997)).
- Advantages of the adenovirus system include the accommodation of relatively large DNA inserts, the ability to grow to high-titer, the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and flexibility that allows use with a large number of available vectors containing different promoters.
- Adenovirus vector-infected human 293 cells ATCC Nos. CRL-1573, 45504, 45505
- Adenovirus vector-infected human 293 cells can be grown as adherent cells or in suspension culture at relatively high cell density to produce significant amounts of protein (see Gamier et al, Cytotechnol. 75:145 (1994)).
- Autotaxin may also be expressed in other higher eukaryotic cells, such as avian, fungal, insect, yeast, or plant cells.
- the baculovirus system provides an efficient means to introduce cloned Autotaxin genes into insect cells.
- Suitable expression vectors are based upon the Autographa calif ornica multiple nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), and contain well-known promoters such as Drosophila heat shock protein (hsp) 70 promoter, Autographa calif ornica nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate-early gene promoter (/e-7) and the delayed early 39K promoter, baculovirus plO promoter, and the Drosophila metallothionein promoter.
- hsp Drosophila heat shock protein
- /e-7 Autographa calif ornica nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate-early gene promoter
- the delayed early 39K promoter baculovirus plO promoter
- baculovirus plO promoter
- a second method of making recombinant baculovirus utilizes a transposon-based system described by Luckow (Luckow, et al, J. Virol. 67:4566 (1993)).
- This system which utilizes transfer vectors, is sold in the BAC-to-BAC kit (Life Technologies, Rockville, MD).
- This system utilizes a transfer vector, PFASTBAC (Life Technologies) containing a Tn7 transposon to move the DNA encoding the autotaxin polypeptide into a baculovirus genome maintained in E. coli as a large plasmid called a "bacmid.” See, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol. 77:971 (1990), Bonning, et al, J. Gen.
- transfer vectors can include an in-frame fusion with DNA encoding an epitope tag at the C- or N-terminus of the expressed autotaxin polypeptide, for example, a Glu-Glu epitope tag (Grussenmeyer et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. 52:7952 (1985)).
- a transfer vector containing an autotaxin gene is transformed into E. coli, and screened for bacmids, which contain an interrupted lacZ gene indicative of recombinant baculovirus.
- the bacmid DNA containing the recombinant baculovirus genome is then isolated using common techniques.
- the recombinant virus or bacmid is used to transfect host cells.
- suitable insect host cells include cell lines derived from IPLB-S/ ⁇ l, a Spodoptera frugiperda pupal ovarian cell line, such as 9 (ATCC CRL 1711), S21A ⁇ , and 5 21 (Invitrogen Corporation; San Diego, CA), as well as Drosophila Schneider-2 cells, and the HIGH FIVEO cell line (Invitrogen) derived from Trichoplusia ni (U.S. Patent No. 5,300,435).
- Commercially available serum-free media can be used to grow and to maintain the cells.
- Suitable media are Sf900 IITM (Life Technologies) or ESF 921TM (Expression Systems) for the Sf9 cells; and Ex-cellO405TM (JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, KS) or Express FiveOTM (Life Technologies) for the T. ni cells.
- the cells are typically grown up from an inoculation density of approximately 2-5 x 10 5 cells to a density of 1-2 x 10 6 cells at which time a recombinant viral stock is added at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 0.1 to 10, more typically near 3.
- MOI multiplicity of infection
- yeast cells can also be used to express the genes described herein.
- Yeast species of particular interest in this regard include Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia pastoris, and Pichia methanolica.
- Suitable promoters for expression in yeast include promoters from GAL1 (galactose), PGK (phosphoglycerate kinase), ADH (alcohol dehydrogenase), AOX1 (alcohol oxidase), HIS4 (histidinol dehydrogenase), and the like.
- GAL1 galactose
- PGK phosphoglycerate kinase
- ADH alcohol dehydrogenase
- AOX1 alcohol oxidase
- HIS4 histidinol dehydrogenase
- These vectors include Yip-based vectors, such as YIp5, YRp vectors, such as YRpl7, YEp vectors such as YEpl3 and YCp vectors, such as YCpl9.
- Methods for transforming S. cerevisiae cells with exogenous DNA and producing recombinant polypeptides therefrom are disclosed by, for example, Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kawasaki et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373, Brake, U.S. Patent No. 4,870,008, Welch et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743, and Murray et al, U.S. Patent No.
- Transformed cells are selected by phenotype determined by the selectable marker, commonly drug resistance or the ability to grow in the absence of a particular nutrient (e.g., leucine).
- a suitable vector system for use in Saccharomyces cerevisiae is the POT1 vector system disclosed by Kawasaki et al. (U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373), which allows transformed cells to be selected by growth in glucose-containing media. Additional suitable promoters and terminators for use in yeast include those from glycolytic enzyme genes (see, e.g., Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kingsman et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,615,974, and Bitter, U.S. Patent No.
- Aspergillus cells may be utilized according to the methods of McKnight et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,935,349. Methods for transforming Acremonium chrysogenum are disclosed by Sumino et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,162,228. Methods for transforming Neurospora are disclosed by Lambowitz, U.S. Patent No. 4,486,533.
- Pichia methanolica as host for the production of recombinant proteins is disclosed by Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,716,808, Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,736,383, Raymond et al, Yeast 74:11-23 (1998), and in international publication Nos. WO 97/17450, WO 97/17451, WO 98/02536, and WO 98/02565.
- DNA molecules for use in transforming P. methanolica will commonly be prepared as double-stranded, circular plasmids, which are preferably linearized prior to transformation.
- the promoter and terminator in the plasmid be that of a P.
- methanolica gene such as a P. methanolica alcohol utilization gene (A UG1 or A UG2).
- Other useful promoters include those of the dihydroxyacetone synthase (DHAS), formate dehydrogenase (FMD), and catalase (CAT) genes.
- DHAS dihydroxyacetone synthase
- FMD formate dehydrogenase
- CAT catalase
- methanolica ADE2 gene which encodes phosphoribosyl-5- aminoimidazole carboxylase (AIRC; EC 4.1.1.21), and which allows ade2 host cells to grow in the absence of adenine.
- methanolica ADE2 gene which encodes phosphoribosyl-5- aminoimidazole carboxylase (AIRC; EC 4.1.1.21), and which allows ade2 host cells to grow in the absence of adenine.
- a UG1 and A UG2 methanol utilization genes
- host cells deficient in vacuolar protease genes PEP4 and PRB1 are preferred. Electroporation is used to facilitate the introduction of a plasmid containing DNA encoding a polypeptide of interest into P. methanolica cells.
- methanolica cells can be transformed by electroporation using an exponentially decaying, pulsed electric field having a field strength of from 2.5 to 4.5 kV/cm, preferably about 3.75 kV/cm, and a time constant (t) of from 1 to 40 milliseconds, most preferably about 20 milliseconds.
- Expression vectors can also be introduced into plant protoplasts, intact plant tissues, or isolated plant cells.
- Methods for introducing expression vectors into plant tissue include the direct infection or co-cultivation of plant tissue with Agrobacterium tumefaciens, microprojectile-mediated delivery, DNA injection, electroporation, and the like. See, for example, Horsch et al, Science 227:1229 (1985), Klein et al, Biotechnology 70:268 (1992), and Miki et al, "Procedures for Introducing Foreign DNA into Plants," in Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Glick et al. (eds.), pages 67-88 (CRC Press, 1993).
- autotaxin genes can be expressed in prokaryotic host cells.
- Suitable promoters that can be used to express autotaxin polypeptides in a prokaryotic host are well-known to those of skill in the art and include promoters capable of recognizing the T4, T3, Sp6 and T7 polymerases, the P R and P L promoters of bacteriophage lambda, the trp, recA, heat shock, lacUVS, tac, Ipp-lacSpr, phoA, and lacZ promoters of E. coli, promoters of B.
- subtilis subtilis, the promoters of the bacteriophages of Bacillus, Streptomyces promoters, the int promoter of bacteriophage lambda, the bla promoter of pBR322, and the CAT promoter of the chloramphenicol acetyl transferase gene.
- Prokaryotic promoters have been reviewed by Glick, J. Ind. Microbiol. 7:277 (1987), Watson et al, Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th Ed. (Benjamin Cummins 1987), and by Ausubel et al. (1995j.
- Suitable prokaryotic hosts include E. coli and Bacillus subtilus.
- Suitable strains of E. coli include BL21(D ⁇ 3), BL21(DE3)pLysS, BL21(DE3)pLysE, DH1, DH4I, DH5, DH5I, DH5IF', DH5IMCR, DH10B, DH10B/p3, DH11S, C600, HB101, JM101, JM105, JM109, JM1 10, K38, RR1, Y1088, Y1089, CSH18, ER1451, and ER1647 (see, for example, Brown (ed.), Molecular Biology Labfax (Academic Press 1991)).
- Suitable strains of Bacillus subtilus include BR151, YB886, Mil 19, MI 120, and B170 (see, for example, Hardy, "Bacillus Cloning Methods,” in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach, Glover (ed.) (IRL Press 1985)).
- the polypeptide When expressing an autotaxin polypeptide in bacteria such as E. coli, the polypeptide may be retained in the cytoplasm, typically as insoluble granules, or may be directed to the periplasmic space by a bacterial secretion sequence. In the former case, the cells are lysed, and the granules are recovered and denatured using, for example, guanidine isothiocyanate or urea. The denatured polypeptide can then be refolded and dimerized by diluting the denaturant, such as by dialysis against a solution of urea and a combination of reduced and oxidized glutathione, followed by dialysis against a buffered saline solution.
- the denaturant such as by dialysis against a solution of urea and a combination of reduced and oxidized glutathione
- the polypeptide can be recovered from the periplasmic space in a soluble and functional form by disrupting the cells (by, for example, sonication or osmotic shock) to release the contents of the periplasmic space and recovering the protein, thereby obviating the need for denaturation and refolding.
- polypeptides of the present invention can be synthesized by exclusive solid phase synthesis, partial solid phase methods, fragment condensation or classical solution synthesis. These synthesis methods are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 55:2149 (1963), Stewart et al, "Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis” (2nd Edition), (Pierce Chemical Co. 1984), Bayer and Rapp, Chem. Pept. Prot.
- Polypeptides of the present invention can comprise at 15, 20, 25, or 30 contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO:2.
- polypeptides can comprise 15, 20, 25, or 30 contiguous amino acids of amino acid residues 135 to 172 of SEQ ID NO:2.
- the polypeptides comprise 40, 50, 100, or more contiguous residues of SEQ ID NO:2.
- such polypeptides can comprise 50 contiguous amino acids of amino acid residues 545 to 655 of SEQ ID NO:2.
- Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptides and polypeptides are useful as polymerase chain reaction primers and probes.
- polypeptides of the present invention can be purified to at least about 80% purity, to at least about 90% purity, to at least about 95% purity, or even greater than 95% purity with respect to contaminating macromolecules, particularly other proteins and nucleic acids, and free of infectious and pyrogenic agents.
- the polypeptides of the present invention may also be purified to a pharmaceutically pure state, which is greater than 99.9% pure.
- Certain preparations comprise a purified polypeptide that is substantially free of other polypeptides, particularly other polypeptides of animal origin.
- Fractionation and/or conventional purification methods can be used to obtain preparations of autotaxin purified from natural sources (e.g., adipocytes), and recombinant autotaxin polypeptides and fusion autotaxin polypeptides purified from recombinant host cells.
- natural sources e.g., adipocytes
- ammonium sulfate precipitation and acid or chaotrope extraction may be used for fractionation of samples.
- Exemplary purification steps may include hydroxyapatite, size exclusion, FPLC and reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography. Suitable chromatographic media include derivatized dextrans, agarose, cellulose, polyacrylamide, specialty silicas, and the like. PEI, DEAE, QAE and Q derivatives are preferred.
- Exemplary chromatographic media include those media derivatized with phenyl, butyl, or octyl groups, such as Phenyl- Sepharose FF (Pharmacia), Toyopearl butyl 650 (Toso Haas, Montgomery ville, PA), Octyl-Sepharose (Pharmacia) and the like; or polyacrylic resins, such as Amberchrom CG 71 (Toso Haas) and the like.
- Phenyl- Sepharose FF Pharmacia
- Toyopearl butyl 650 Toso Haas, Montgomery ville, PA
- Octyl-Sepharose Pharmacia
- polyacrylic resins such as Amberchrom CG 71 (Toso Haas) and the like.
- Suitable solid supports include glass beads, silica- based resins, cellulosic resins, agarose beads, cross-linked agarose beads, polystyrene beads, cross-linked polyacrylamide resins and the like that are insoluble under the conditions in which they are to be used. These supports may be modified with reactive groups that allow attachment of proteins by amino groups, carboxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, hydroxyl groups and/or carbohydrate moieties.
- Examples of coupling chemistries include cyanogen bromide activation, N-hydroxysuccinimide activation, epoxide activation, sulfhydryl activation, hydrazide activation, and carboxyl and amino derivatives for carbodiimide coupling chemistries. These and other solid media are well known and widely used in the art, and are available from commercial suppliers. Selection of a particular method for polypeptide isolation and purification is a matter of routine design and is determined in part by the properties of the chosen support (see, for example, Affinity Chromatography: Principles & Methods (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology 1988), and Doonan, Protein Purification Protocols (The Humana Press 1996)).
- Example 2 illustrates the use of concanavilin A affinity chromatography to purify autotaxin.
- autotaxin isolation and purification can be devised by those of skill in the art.
- anti-autotaxin antibodies obtained as described below, can be used to isolate large quantities of protein by immunoaffinity purification.
- methods for binding ligands, such as autotaxin, to receptor polypeptides bound to support media are well known in the art.
- the polypeptides of the present invention can also be isolated by exploitation of particular properties.
- immobilized metal ion adsorption (IMAC) chromatography can be used to purify histidine-rich proteins, including those comprising polyhistidine tags. Briefly, a gel is first charged with divalent metal ions to form a chelate (Sulkowski, Trends in Biochem. 5:1 (1985)). Histidine-rich proteins will be adsorbed to this matrix with differing affinities, depending upon the metal ion used, and will be eluted by competitive elution, lowering the pH, or use of strong chelating agents.
- IMAC immobilized metal ion adsorption
- a fusion of the polypeptide of interest and an affinity tag may be constructed to facilitate purification.
- an affinity tag e.g., maltose-binding protein, an immunoglobulin domain
- Autotaxin polypeptides or fragments thereof may also be prepared through chemical synthesis, as described below.
- Autotaxin polypeptides may be monomers or multimers; glycosylated or non-glycosylated; PEGylated or non- PEGylated; and may or may not include an initial methionine amino acid residue.
- an autotaxin variant can be functionally characterized by its ability to specifically bind with an anti-autotaxin antibody, or by a biological activity that affects metabolism. Illustrative assays that measure such biological activity are described below.
- a polypeptide produced by an autotaxin variant gene is considered to be an autotaxin agonist if the polypeptide exhibits a biological activity.
- an autotaxin variant gene product that lacks biological activity may be an autotaxin antagonist.
- These biologically-inactive autotaxin variants can be initially identified on the basis of hybridization analysis, sequence identity determination, or by the ability to specifically bind anti-autotaxin antibody.
- An autotaxin antagonist can be further characterized by its ability to inhibit the biological response induced by autotaxin or by an autotaxin agonist. This inhibitory effect may result, for example, from the competitive or non-competitive binding of the antagonist to the autotaxin receptor.
- Autotaxin its agonists and antagonists are valuable in both in vivo and in vitro uses.
- autotaxin or an agonist, can be used to inhibit the differentiation of adipocytes to maintain cultures of undifferentiated cells.
- Antagonists are also useful as research reagents for characterizing sites of interaction between autotaxin and its receptor.
- pharmaceutical compositions comprising autotaxin antagonists can be used to inhibit autotaxin activity.
- One general class of autotaxin analogs are agonists or antagonists having an amino acid sequence that is a mutation of the amino acid sequences disclosed herein.
- Another general class of autotaxin analogs is provided by anti-idiotype antibodies, and fragments thereof, as described below.
- recombinant antibodies comprising anti-idiotype variable domains can be used as analogs (see, for example, Monfardini et ⁇ l, Proc. Assoc. Am. Physicians 108:420 (1996)). Since the variable domains of anti- idiotype autotaxin antibodies mimic autotaxin, these domains can provide either autotaxin agonist or antagonist activity.
- Lim and Langer, J. Interferon Res. 75:295 (1993) describe anti-idiotypic interferon- ⁇ antibodies that have the properties of either interferon- ⁇ agonists or antagonists.
- a third approach to identifying autotaxin analogs is provided by the use of combinatorial 'ibraries.
- Methods for constructing and screening phage display and other combinatorial libraries are provided, for example, by Kay et al. , Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins (Academic Press 1996), Verdine, U.S. Patent No. 5,783,384, Kay, et. al, U.S. Patent No. 5,747,334, and Kauffman et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,723,323.
- One method of determining whether an autotaxin variant is functional is to test the ability of the variant to inhibit the differentiation of adipocytes, as described in Example 1 with 7F2 cells.
- a putative autotaxin variant can be tested for the ability to induce adipocyte differentiation using 3T3-L1 preadipocytes (ATCC No. CL-173; American Type Culture Collection; Manassas, VA; Green, U.S. Patent No. 4,003,789).
- 3T3-L1 preadipocytes ATCC No. CL-173; American Type Culture Collection; Manassas, VA; Green, U.S. Patent No. 4,003,789
- Methods for inducing the differentiation of 3T3-L1 cells are described, for example, by Student et al, J. Biol. Chem. 255:4745 (1980). Briefly, 3T3-L1 cells are incubated in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium containing 10% fetal calf serum and penicillin/streptomycin (100 units/ml each).
- differentiation is induced by incubating the cells in medium containing 10% fetal calf serum, dexamethasone (about 1 ⁇ M), insulin (about 160 nM or about 10 ⁇ g/ml), and 3- isobutyl-1-methylxanthine (about 0.5 mM).
- An experimental group is additionally treated with the putative autotaxin variant to inhibit differentiation. Following two days of treatment, the medium is replaced with fresh medium containing 10% fetal calf serum, and the cells are incubated for three to five days. After this incubation, the cells are treated with Oil Red O stain to determine whether treatment with the putative autotaxin variant inhibited the formation of lipid droplets, which is an indication of adipocyte differentiation.
- a modified Boyden chamber assay can be used to measure the stimulation of cell motility by autotaxin variants (Stracke et al, J. Biol. Chem. 264:2X544 (1989); Stracke et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,449,753).
- a phagokinetic track motility assay provides another approach (Siletti et al, Cancer Res. 57:3507 (1991)).
- autotaxin activity can be identified as the ability to enhance the insulin-mediated uptake of glucose.
- Example 3 illustrates this type of assay.
- Type I phosphodiesterase enzymatic activity of autotaxin variants can be measured, for example, using the modification of the method of Razzell, Methods Enzymol 6:236 (1963), as described by Murata et al. J. Biol. Chem. 269:30419 (1994). Briefly, samples are assayed in a 100 ⁇ l volume containing 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.9), and 5 mM ?-nitrophenyl thymidine-5'-monophosphate. After a 30 minute incubation at 37°C, the reactions are terminated by addition of 900 ⁇ l of 0.1 N NaOH, and the amount of product formed is determined by measuring absorbance at 410 nm.
- hydrolysis of phosphodiester bonds can be detected using a radiolabeled substrate, such as [ ⁇ - 32 P]ATP, [ ⁇ - 32 P]ATP. and [ ⁇ - 2 P]GTP (Clair et al, J. Biol. Chem. 272:996 (1997))
- a radiolabeled substrate such as [ ⁇ - 32 P]ATP, [ ⁇ - 32 P]ATP. and [ ⁇ - 2 P]GTP (Clair et al, J. Biol. Chem. 272:996 (1997)
- the activity of autotaxin can be measured by a silicon-based biosensor microphysiometer, which measures the extracellular acidification rate or proton excretion associated with receptor binding and subsequent cellular responses.
- An exemplary device is the CYTOSENSOR Microphysiometer manufactured by Molecular Devices Corp. (Sunnyvale, CA).
- a variety of cellular responses, such as cell proliferation, ion transport, energy production, inflammatory response, regulatory and receptor activation, and the like, can be measured by this method (see, for example, McConnell et al, Science 257:1906 (1992), Pitchford et al, Meth. Enzymol. 228:84 (1997), Arimilli et al, J. Immunol. Meth.
- the microphysiometer can be used for assaying adherent or non-adherent eukaryotic or prokaryotic cells. Since energy metabolism is coupled with the use of cellular ATP, any event that alters cellular ATP levels, such as receptor activation and the initiation of signal transduction, will cause a change in cellular acid section. For example, the studies of the present inventor have indicated that both insulin and autotaxin induce intracellular signaling via STAT or SRE signaling pathways.
- the microphysiometer directly measures cellular responses to various stimuli, including autotaxin, its agonists, or antagonists.
- the microphysiometer can be used to measure responses of an autotaxin responsive eukaryotic cell, compared to a control eukaryotic cell that does not respond to autotaxin polypeptide.
- Autotaxin responsive eukaryotic cells comprise cells into which a receptor for autotaxin has been transfected to create a cell that is responsive to autotaxin, or cells that are naturally responsive to autotaxin (e.g., liver cells, 7F2 cells, 3T3 LI cells, and the like).
- Autotaxin modulated cellular responses are measured by a change (e.g., an increase or decrease in extracellular acidification) in the response of cells exposed to autotaxin, compared with control cells that have not been exposed to autotaxin.
- a microphysiometer can be used to identify cells, tissues, or cell lines which respond to an autotaxin stimulated pathway, and which express a functional autotaxin receptor.
- cells that express a functional autotaxin receptor can be identified by (a) providing test cells, (b) incubating a first portion of the test cells in the absence of autotaxin, (c) incubating a second portion of the test cells in the presence of autotaxin, and (d) detecting a change (e.g., an increase or decrease in extracellular acidification rate, as measured by a microphysiometer) in a cellular response of the second portion of the test cells, as compared to the first portion of the test cells, wherein such a change in cellular response indicates that the test cells express a functional autotaxin receptor.
- An additional negative control may be included in which a portion of the test cells is incubated with autotaxin and an anti-autotaxin antibody to inhibit the binding of autotaxin with its cognate receptor.
- the microphysiometer also provides one means to identify autotaxin agonists.
- agonists of autotaxin can be identified by a method, comprising the steps of (a) providing cells responsive to autotaxin, (b) incubating a first portion of the cells in the absence of a test compound, (c) incubating a second portion of the cells in the presence of a test compound, and (d) detecting a change, for example, an increase or diminution, in a cellular response of the second portion of the cells as compared to the first portion of the cells, wherein such a change in cellular response indicates that the test compound is an autotaxin agonist.
- An illustrative change in cellular response is a measurable change in extracellular acidification rate, as measured by a microphysiometer.
- incubating a third portion of the cells in the presence of autotaxin and in the absence of a test compound can be used as a positive control for the autotaxin responsive cells, and as a control to compare the agonist activity of a test compound with that of autotaxin.
- An additional control may be included in which a portion of the cells is incubated with a test compound (or autotaxin) and an anti- autotaxin antibody to inhibit the binding of the test compound (or autotaxin) with the autotaxin receptor.
- the microphysiometer also provides a means to identify autotaxin antagonists.
- autotaxin antagonists can be identified by a method, comprising the steps of (a) providing cells responsive to autotaxin, (b) incubating a first portion of the cells in the presence of autotaxin and in the absence of a test compound, (c) incubating a second portion of the cells in the presence of both autotaxin and the test compound, and (d) comparing the cellular responses of the first and second cell portions, wherein a decreased response by the second portion, compared with the response of the first portion, indicates that the test compound is an autotaxin antagonist.
- An illustrative change in cellular response is a measurable change extracellular acidification rate, as measured by a microphysiometer.
- Autotaxin, its analogs, and anti-iodiotype autotaxin antibodies can be used to identify and to isolate autotaxin receptors.
- proteins and peptides of the present invention can be immobilized on a column and used to bind receptor proteins from membrane preparations that are run over the column (Hermanson et al. (eds.), Immobilized Affinity Ligand Techniques, pages 195-202 (Academic Press 1992)).
- Radiolabeled or affinity labeled autotaxin polypeptides can also be used to identify or to localize autotaxin receptors in a biological sample (see, for example, Deutscher (ed.), Methods in Enzymol, vol.
- Antibodies to autotaxin can be obtained, for example, using the product of an autotaxin expression vector or autotaxin isolated from a natural source as an antigen. Particularly useful anti-autotaxin antibodies "bind specifically" with autotaxin. Antibodies are considered to be specifically binding if the antibodies exhibit at least one of the following two properties: (1) antibodies bind to autotaxin with a threshold level of binding activity, and (2) antibodies do not significantly cross-react with polypeptides related to autotaxin.
- antibodies specifically bind if they bind to an autotaxin polypeptide, peptide or epitope with a binding affinity (K a ) of 10 6 M “1 or greater, preferably 10 7 M “1 or greater, more preferably 10 8 M “1 or greater, and most preferably 10 9 M “1 or greater.
- K a binding affinity
- the binding affinity of an antibody can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, by Scatchard analysis (Scatchard, Ann. NY Ac ⁇ d. Sci. 51:660 (1949)).
- antibodies do not significantly cross-react with related polypeptide molecules, for example, if they detect autotaxin, but not known polypeptides using a standard Western blot analysis.
- Examples of known related polypeptides are orthologs and proteins from the same species that are members of a protein family.
- specifically-binding anti-autotaxin antibodies bind with the autotaxin described herein, but not with known autotaxin proteins discussed above.
- Suitable antibodies include antibodies that bind with autotaxin in regions having a low sequence similarity with other autotaxins. Such regions include, for example, amino acid residues 143 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 149 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2, or amino acid residues 585 to 595 of SEQ ID NO:2.
- General methods of making anti-autotaxin peptide antibodies are described by Murata et ⁇ l., J. Biol. Chem. 269:30419 (1994), and Narita et ⁇ l, J. Biol. Chem. 269:28235 (1994).
- Anti-autotaxin antibodies can be produced using antigenic autotaxin epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides.
- Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention contain a sequence of at least nine, or between 15 to about 30 amino acids contained within SEQ ID NO:2.
- peptides or polypeptides comprising a larger portion of an amino acid sequence of the invention, containing from 30 to 50 amino acids, or any length up to and including the entire amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention, also are useful for inducing antibodies that bind with autotaxin.
- amino acid sequence of the epitope-bearing peptide is selected to provide substantial solubility in aqueous solvents (i.e., the sequence includes relatively hydrophilic residues, while hydrophobic residues are preferably avoided). Moreover, amino acid sequences containing proline residues may be also be desirable for antibody production.
- Polyclonal antibodies to recombinant autotaxin protein or to autotaxin isolated from natural sources can be prepared using methods well-known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Green et al, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera,” in Immunochemical Protocols (Manson, ed.), pages 1-5 (Humana Press 1992), and Williams et al, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies, " in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 15 (Oxford University Press 1995).
- the immunogenicity of an autotaxin polypeptide can be increased through the use of an adjuvant, such as alum (aluminum hydroxide) or Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant.
- an adjuvant such as alum (aluminum hydroxide) or Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant.
- Polypeptides useful for immunization also include fusion polypeptides, such as fusions of autotaxin or a portion thereof with an immunoglobulin polypeptide or with maltose binding protein.
- the polypeptide immunogen may be a full-length molecule or a portion thereof.
- polypeptide portion is "hapten-like,” such portion may be advantageously joined or linked to a macromolecular carrier (such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or tetanus toxoid) for immunization.
- a macromolecular carrier such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or tetanus toxoid
- an anti- autotaxin antibody of the present invention may also be derived from a subhuman primate antibody.
- General techniques for raising diagnostically and therapeutically useful antibodies in baboons may be found, for example, in Goldenberg et al, international patent publication No. WO 91/11465, and in Losman et al, Int. J. Cancer 46:3X0 (1990).
- monoclonal anti-autotaxin antibodies can be generated.
- Rodent monoclonal antibodies to specific antigens may be obtained by methods known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Kohler et al, Nature 256:495 (1975), Coligan et al (eds.), Current Protocols in Immunology, Vol. 1, pages 2.5.1-2.6.7 (John Wiley & Sons 1991) ["Coligan”], Picksley et al, "Production of monoclonal antibodies against proteins expressed in E. coli," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 93 (Oxford University Press 1995)).
- monoclonal antibodies can be obtained by injecting mice with a composition comprising an autotaxin gene product, verifying the presence of antibody production by removing a serum sample, removing the spleen to obtain B-lymphocytes, fusing the B-lymphocytes with myeloma cells to produce hybridomas, cloning the hybridomas, selecting positive clones which produce antibodies to the antigen, culturing the clones that produce antibodies to the antigen, and isolating the antibodies from the hybridoma cultures.
- an anti-autotaxin antibody of the present invention may be derived from a human monoclonal antibody.
- Human monoclonal antibodies are obtained from transgenic mice that have been engineered to produce specific human antibodies in response to antigenic challenge.
- elements of the human heavy and light chain locus are introduced into strains of mice derived from embryonic stem cell lines that contain targeted disruptions of the endogenous heavy chain and light chain loci.
- the transgenic mice can synthesize human antibodies specific for human antigens, and the mice can be used to produce human antibody-secreting hybridomas. Methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic mice are described, for example, by Green et al, Nature Genet.
- Human antibodies can also be obtained using phage display methods (see, for example, Griffiths et al, U.S. patent No.5, 885,793). Monoclonal antibodies can be isolated and purified from hybridoma cultures by a variety of well-established techniques.
- isolation techniques include affinity chromatography with Protein-A Sepharose, size-exclusion chromatography, and ion-exchange chromatography (see, for example, Coligan at pages 2.7.1-2.7.12 and pages 2.9.1-2.9.3; Baines et al, "Purification of Immunoglobulin G (IgG),” in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, pages 79-104 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992)).
- antibody fragments can be obtained, for example, by proteolytic hydrolysis of the antibody.
- Antibody fragments can be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of whole antibodies by conventional methods.
- antibody fragments can be produced by enzymatic cleavage of antibodies with pepsin to provide a 5S fragment denoted F(ab') 2 .
- This fragment can be further cleaved using a thiol reducing agent to produce 3.5S Fab' monovalent fragments.
- the cleavage reaction can be performed using a blocking group for the sulfhydryl groups that result from cleavage of disulfide linkages.
- an enzymatic cleavage using pepsin produces two monovalent Fab fragments and an Fc fragment directly.
- These methods are described, for example, by Goldenberg, U.S. patent No. 4,331,647, Nisonoff et al, Arch Biochem. Biophys. 89:230 (1960), Porter, Biochem. J. 75:119 (1959).
- Edelman et al. in Methods in Enzymology Vol. 7, page 422 (Academic Press 1967), and by Coligan at pages 2.8.1-2.8.10 and 2.10.-2.10.4.
- cleaving antibodies such as separation of heavy chains to form monovalent light-heavy chain fragments, further cleavage of fragments, or other enzymatic, chemical or genetic techniques may also be used, so long as the fragments bind to the antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody.
- Fv fragments comprise an association of V H and V L chains.
- This association can be noncovalent, as described by Inbar et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69:2659 (1972).
- the variable chains can be linked by an intermolecular disulfide bond or cross-linked by chemicals such as glutaraldehyde (see, for example, Sandhu, Crit. Rev. Biotech. 72:437 (1992)).
- the Fv fragments may comprise V H and V L chains, which are connected by a peptide linker.
- These single-chain antigen binding proteins are prepared by constructing a structural gene comprising DNA sequences encoding the V H and V L domains which are connected by an oligonucleotide. The structural gene is inserted into an expression vector, which is subsequently introduced into a host cell, such as E. coli. The recombinant host cells synthesize a single polypeptide chain with a linker peptide bridging the two V domains.
- a scFV can be obtained by exposing lymphocytes to autotaxin polypeptide in vitro, and selecting antibody display libraries in phage or similar vectors (for instance, through use of immobilized or labeled autotaxin protein or peptide).
- Genes encoding polypeptides having potential autotaxin polypeptide binding domains can be obtained by screening random peptide libraries displayed on phage (phage display) or on bacteria, such as E. coli.
- Nucleotide sequences encoding the polypeptides can be obtained in a number of ways, such as through random mutagenesis and random polynucleotide synthesis.
- random peptide display libraries can be used to screen for peptides, which interact with a known target, which can be a protein or polypeptide, such as a ligand or receptor, a biological or synthetic macromolecule, or organic or inorganic substances.
- a known target which can be a protein or polypeptide, such as a ligand or receptor, a biological or synthetic macromolecule, or organic or inorganic substances.
- Techniques for creating and screening such random peptide display libraries are known in the art (Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,403,484, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,571,698, and Kay et al, Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins (Academic Press, Inc.
- Random peptide display libraries can be screened using the autotaxin sequences disclosed herein to identify proteins, which bind to autotaxin.
- CDR peptides (“minimal recognition units") can be obtained by constructing genes encoding the CDR of an antibody of interest. Such genes are prepared, for example, by using the polymerase chain reaction to synthesize the variable region from RNA of antibody-producing cells (see, for example, Larrick et al, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:106 (1991), Courtenay-Luck, "Genetic Manipulation of Monoclonal Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering and Clinical Application, Ritter et al.
- an anti-autotaxin antibody may be derived from a "humanized" monoclonal antibody.
- Humanized monoclonal antibodies are produced by transferring mouse complementary determining regions from heavy and light variable chains of the mouse immunoglobulin into a human variable domain. Typical residues of human antibodies are then substituted in the framework regions of the murine counterparts.
- the use of antibody components derived from humanized monoclonal antibodies obviates potential problems associated with the immunogenicity of murine constant regions. General techniques for cloning murine immunoglobulin variable domains are described, for example, by Orlandi et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 5(5:3833 (1989).
- Polyclonal anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared by immunizing animals with anti-autotaxin antibodies or antibody fragments, using standard techniques. See, for example, Green et al, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera,” in Methods In Molecular Biology: Immunochemical Protocols, Manson (ed.), pages 1-12 (Humana Press 1992). Also, see Coligan at pages 2.4.1-2.4.7.
- monoclonal anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared using anti-autotaxin antibodies or antibody fragments as immunogens with the techniques, described above.
- humanized anti-idiotype antibodies or subhuman primate anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared using the above-described techniques.
- Nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect the expression of an autotaxin gene in a biological sample.
- Suitable probe molecules include double- stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOs: l or 8, or a portion thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOs: lor 8, or a portion thereof.
- Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like.
- portion refers to at least eight nucleotides to at least 20 or more nucleotides.
- RNA isolated from a biological sample
- RNA isolated from a biological sample
- RNA detection includes northern analysis and dot/slot blot hybridization (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-27, and Wu et ⁇ l (eds.), "Analysis of Gene Expression at the RNA Level," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 225-239 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)).
- Nucleic acid probes can be detectably labeled with radioisotopes such as 32 P or 35 S.
- autotaxin RNA can be detected with a nonradioactive hybridization method (see, for example, Isaac (ed.), Protocols for Nucleic Acid Analysis by Nonradioactive Probes (Humana Press, Inc. 1993)).
- nonradioactive detection is achieved by enzymatic conversion of chromogenic or chemiluminescent substrates.
- Illustrative nonradioactive moieties include biotin, fluorescein, and digoxigenin.
- oligonucleotide probes are also useful for in vivo diagnosis.
- l F-labeled oligonucleotides can be administered to a subject and visualized by positron emission tomography (Tavitian et al, Nature Medicine 4:461 (1998)).
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- Standard techniques for performing PCR are well-known (see, generally, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), White (ed.), PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications (Humana Press, Inc.
- RNA is isolated from a biological sample, reverse transcribed to cDNA, and the cDNA is incubated with autotaxin primers (see, for example, Wu et al. (eds.), "Rapid Isolation of Specific cDNAs or Genes by PCR,” in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 15-28 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). PCR is then performed and the products are analyzed using standard techniques.
- RNA is isolated from biological sample using, for example, the guanidinium-thiocyanate cell lysis procedure described above.
- a solid-phase technique can be used to isolate mRNA from a cell lysate.
- a reverse transcription reaction can be primed with the isolated RNA using random oligonucleotides, short homopolymers of dT, or autotaxin anti-sense oligomers.
- Oligo- dT primers offer the advantage that various mRNA nucleotide sequences are amplified that can provide control target sequences, autotaxin sequences are amplified by the polymerase chain reaction using two flanking oligonucleotide primers that are typically 20 bases in length.
- PCR amplification products can be detected using a variety of approaches.
- PCR products can be fractionated by gel electrophoresis, and visualized by ethidium bromide staining.
- fractionated PCR products can be transferred to a membrane, hybridized with a detectably-labeled autotaxin probe, and examined by autoradiography.
- Additional alternative approaches include the use of digoxigenin-labeled deoxyribonucleic acid triphosphates to provide chemiluminescence detection, and the C-TRAK colorimetric assay.
- CPT cycling probe technology
- NASBA nucleic acid sequence-based amplification
- CATCH cooperative amplification of templates by cross-hybridization
- LCR ligase chain reaction
- Autotaxin probes and primers can also be used to detect and to localize autotaxin gene expression in tissue samples.
- Methods for such in situ hybridization are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Choo (ed.), In Situ Hybridization Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1994), Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Cellular DNA or Abundance of mRNA by Radioactive In Situ Hybridization (RISH),” in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 259-278 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997), and Wu et al.
- Nucleic acid molecules comprising autotaxin nucleotide sequences can also be used to determine whether a subject's chromosomes contain a mutation in the autotaxin gene. Detectable chromosomal aberrations at the autotaxin gene locus include, but are not limited to, aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements. Of particular interest are genetic alterations that inactivate the autotaxin gene.
- Aberrations associated with the autotaxin locus can be detected using nucleic acid molecules of the present invention by employing molecular genetic techniques, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis, short tandem repeat analysis employing PCR techniques, amplification-refractory mutation system analysis, single-strand conformation polymorphism detection, RNase cleavage methods, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, fluorescence-assisted mismatch analysis, and other genetic analysis techniques known in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Marian, Chest 705:255 (1995), Coleman and Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Human Press, Inc.
- molecular genetic techniques such as restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis, short tandem repeat analysis employing PCR techniques, amplification-refractory mutation system analysis, single-strand conformation polymorphism detection, RNase cleavage methods, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, fluorescence-assisted mismatch
- RNA is isolated from a biological sample, and used to synthesize cDNA. PCR is then used to amplify the autotaxin target sequence and to introduce an RNA polymerase promoter, a translation initiation sequence, and an in- frame ATG triplet. PCR products are transcribed using an RNA polymerase, and the transcripts are translated in vitro with a T7-coupled reticulocyte lysate system.
- the translation products are then fractionated by SDS-PAGE to determine the lengths of the translation products.
- the protein truncation test is described, for example, by Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics, pages 9.11.1 - 9.11.18 (John Wiley & Sons 1998).
- kits for performing a diagnostic assay for autotaxin gene expression or to detect mutations in the autotaxin gene comprise nucleic acid probes, such as double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 1 or 8, or a portion thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOs:l or 8, or a portion thereof.
- Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like.
- Kits may comprise nucleic acid primers for performing PCR. Such a kit can contain all the necessary elements to perform a nucleic acid diagnostic assay described above.
- a kit will comprise at least one container comprising an autotaxin probe or primer.
- the kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of autotaxin sequences. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as radioactive labels, fluorochromes, chemiluminescent agents, and the like.
- a kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that the autotaxin probes and primers are used to detect autotaxin gene expression.
- written instructions may state that the enclosed nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect either a nucleic acid molecule that encodes autotaxin, or a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to an autotaxin-encoding nucleotide sequence.
- the written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert. 11. Detection of Autotaxin Protein
- the present invention contemplates the use of anti-autotaxin antibodies to screen biological samples in vitro for the presence of autotaxin.
- anti-autotaxin antibodies are used in liquid phase.
- the presence of autotaxin in a biological sample can be tested by mixing the biological sample with a trace amount of labeled autotaxin and an anti-autotaxin antibody under conditions that promote binding between autotaxin and its antibody.
- Complexes of autotaxin and anti- autotaxin in the sample can be separated from the reaction mixture by contacting the complex with an immobilized protein which binds with the antibody, such as an Fc antibody or St ⁇ phylococcus protein A.
- the concentration of autotaxin in the biological sample will be inversely proportional to the amount of labeled autotaxin bound to the antibody and directly related to the amount of free labeled autotaxin.
- in vitro assays can be performed in which anti-autotaxin antibody is bound to a solid-phase carrier.
- antibody can be attached to a polymer, such as aminodextran, in order to link the antibody to an insoluble support such as a polymer-coated bead, a plate or a tube.
- polymer such as aminodextran
- anti-autotaxin antibodies can be used to detect autotaxin in tissue sections prepared from a biopsy specimen. Such immunochemical detection can be used to determine the relative abundance of autotaxin and to determine the distribution of autotaxin in the examined tissue.
- General immunochemistry techniques are well established (see, for example, Ponder, "Cell Marking Techniques and Their Application " in Mammalian Development: A Practical Approach, Monk (ed.), pages 115-38 (IRL Press 1987), Coligan at pages 5.8.1-5.8.8, Ausubel (1995) at pages 14.6.1 to 14.6.13 (Wiley Interscience 1990), and Manson (ed.), Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol. 10: Immunochemical Protocols (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992)).
- Immunochemical detection can be performed by contacting a biological sample with an anti-autotaxin antibody, and then contacting the biological sample with a detectably labeled molecule, which binds to the antibody.
- the detectably labeled molecule can comprise an antibody moiety that binds to anti-autotaxin antibody.
- the anti-autotaxin antibody can be conjugated with avidin/streptavidin (or biotin) and the detectably labeled molecule can comprise biotin (or avidin/streptavidin). Numerous variations of this basic technique are well-known to those of skill in the art.
- an anti-autotaxin antibody can be conjugated with a detectable label to form an anti-autotaxin immunoconjugate.
- Suitable detectable labels include, for example, a radioisotope. a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label or colloidal gold. Methods of making and detecting such detectably-labeled immunoconjugates are well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are described in more detail below.
- the detectable label can be a radioisotope that is detected by autoradiography. Isotopes that are particularly useful for the purpose of the present invention are 3 H, ,2 T, ⁇ I, 5 S and ,4 C.
- Anti-autotaxin immunoconjugates can also be labeled with a fluorescent compound.
- the presence of a fluorescently-labeled antibody is determined by exposing the immunoconjugate to light of the proper wavelength and detecting the resultant fluorescence.
- Fluorescent labeling compounds include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhoda- mine, phycoerytherin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde and fluorescamine.
- anti-autotaxin immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by coupling an antibody component to a chemiluminescent compound.
- the presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged immunoconjugate is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction.
- chemiluminescent labeling compounds include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt and an oxalate ester.
- a bioluminescent compound can be used to label anti-autotaxin immunoconjugates of the present invention.
- Bioluminescence is a type of chemiluminescence found in biological systems in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence.
- Bioluminescent compounds that are useful for labeling include luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
- anti-autotaxin immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by linking an anti-autotaxin antibody component to an enzyme.
- the enzyme moiety reacts with the substrate to produce a chemical moiety, which can be detected, for example, by spectrophotometric, fluorometric or visual means.
- enzymes that can be used to detectably label polyspecific immunoconjugates include ⁇ -galac- tosidase, glucose oxidase, peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase.
- kits for performing an immunological diagnostic assay for autotaxin gene expression comprise at least one container comprising an anti-autotaxin antibody, or antibody fragment.
- a kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of autotaxin antibody or antibody fragments.
- indicator reagents include detectable labels such as a radioactive label, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label, colloidal gold, and the like.
- a kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that autotaxin antibodies or antibody fragments are used to detect autotaxin protein.
- written instructions may state that the enclosed antibody or antibody fragment can be used to detect autotaxin.
- the written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
- the present invention contemplates the use of polypeptides having autotaxin activity, such as autotaxin polypeptides, autotaxin analogs, and autotaxin fusion proteins, to treat metabolic diseases such as obesity, dyslipidemia, and diabetes, especially non-insulin dependent diabetes.
- a subject e.g., a mammalian subject, such as a human, a domesticated animal, or an animal used in agriculture.
- the present invention includes the administration of autotaxin for veterinary or human therapeutic uses.
- dyslipidemia can be characterized by abnormal serum triglyceride levels.
- a level of 200 to 400 mg triglycerides/dl is considered “borderline high,” while 400 to 1000 mg triglycerides/dl is “high,” and levels greater than 1000 mg triglycerides/dl is considered “very high” (Garg and Grundy, Diabetes Reviews 5:425 (1997).
- insulin resistance can be inferred in diabetic subjects requiring large daily doses of insulin to control blood glucose levels. Severe insulin resistance may be suspected when the total daily insulin requirement exceeds 1.5 to 2 units per kilogram body weight (Whitelaw and Gilbey, Ann. Clin. Biochem. 55:567 (1998)).
- the present invention includes the use of polypeptides having autotaxin activity to decrease circulating free fatty acid in the blood of a subject.
- the effect of such treatment can be observed as at least one of (1) a decrease in the level of serum triglycerides, or (2) a decrease in the amount of free fatty acid bound to albumin in the serum.
- a subject having elevated serum lipids is suitable for receiving a method of treatment described herein. Those skilled in the art can recognize such a subject in need of an autotaxin treatment of the present invention.
- autotaxin treatment can be used to increase the sensitivity of cells to insulin.
- autotaxin can be administered prior to, concomitantly with, or following, insulin treatment to either achieve a greater effect with a standard dose of insulin, or as a means of administering a decreased dosage of insulin.
- the dosage of administered autotaxin will vary depending upon such factors as the subject's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history. Typically, it is desirable to provide the recipient with a dosage of autotaxin, which is in the range of from about 1 pg/kg to 10 mg/kg (amount of agent/body weight of subject), although a lower or higher dosage also may be administered as circumstances dictate.
- Administration of a polypeptide having autotaxin activity to a subject can be intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intrapleural, intrathecal, by perfusion through a regional catheter, or by direct intralesional injection. When administering therapeutic proteins by injection, the administration may be by continuous infusion or by single or multiple boluses.
- Additional routes of administration include oral, mucosal-membrane, pulmonary, and transcutaneous.
- Oral delivery is suitable for polyester microspheres, zein microspheres, proteinoid microspheres, polycyanoacrylate microspheres, and lipid- based systems (see, for example, DiBase and Morrel, "Oral Delivery of Microencapsulated Proteins," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 255-288 (Plenum Press 1997)).
- the feasibility of an intranasal delivery is exemplified by such a mode of insulin administration (see, for example, Hinchcliffe and Ilium, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 55:199 (1999)).
- Dry or liquid particles comprising autotaxin can be prepared and inhaled with the aid of dry-powder dispersers, liquid aerosol generators, or nebulizers (e.g., Pettit and Gombotz, TIBTECH 16:343 (1998); Patton et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:235 (1999)).
- This approach is illustrated by the AERX diabetes management system, which is a hand-held electronic inhaler that delivers aerosolized insulin into the lungs.
- proteins as large as 48,000 kDa have been delivered across skin at therapeutic concentrations with the aid of low-frequency ultrasound, which illustrates the feasibility of trascutaneous administration (Mitragotri et al, Science 269:850 (1995)).
- Transdermal delivery using electroporation provides another means to administer autotaxin (Potts et al, Pharm. Biotechnol 70:213 (1997)).
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising autotaxin can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby the therapeutic proteins are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- a composition is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient patient.
- Sterile phosphate -buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Other suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art (see, for example, Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995)).
- autotaxin or autotaxin analog or fusion protein
- a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a subject in a therapeutically effective amount.
- a combination of an autotaxin (or autotaxin analog or fusion protein) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant.
- An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient subject. In the present context, an agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in alleviation of a symptom associated with the diseases discussed above.
- a pharmaceutical composition used to treat elevated serum lipids is physiologically significant if its administration results in a decreased level of serum triglycerides, or in a decrease in the amount of fatty acid bound to albumin in the serum.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising autotaxin (or autotaxin analog or fusion protein) can be furnished in liquid form, in an aerosol, or in solid form. Liquid forms, are illustrated by injectable solutions and oral suspensions. Exemplary solid forms include capsules, tablets, and controlled-release forms. The latter form is illustrated by miniosmotic pumps and implants (Bremer et al, Pharm.
- Liposomes provide one means to deliver autotaxin to a subject intravenously, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, or via oral administration, inhalation, or intranasal administration.
- Liposomes are microscopic vesicles that consist of one or more lipid bilayers surrounding aqueous compartments (see, generally, Bakker-Woudenberg et al, Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis.
- Liposomes are similar in composition to cellular membranes and as a result, liposomes can be administered safely and are biodegradable. Depending on the method of preparation, liposomes may be unilamellar or multilamellar, and liposomes can vary in size with diameters ranging from 0.02 ⁇ m to greater than 10 ⁇ m.
- a variety of agents can be encapsulated in liposomes: hydrophobic agents partition in the bilayers and hydrophilic agents partition within the inner aqueous space(s) (see, for example, Machy et al, Liposomes In Cell Biology And Pharmacology (John Libbey 1987), and Ostro et al, American J. Hosp. Pharm. 46:1516 (1989)). Moreover, it is possible to control the therapeutic availability of the encapsulated agent by varying liposome size, the number of bilayers, lipid composition, as well as the charge and surface characteristics of the liposomes.
- Liposomes can adsorb to virtually any type of cell and then slowly release the encapsulated agent.
- an absorbed liposome may be endocytosed by cells that are phagocytic. Endocytosis is followed by intralysosomal degradation of liposomal lipids and release of the encapsulated agents (Scherphof et al, Ann. N Y. Acad. Sci. 446:368 (1985)).
- small liposomes (0.1 to 1.0 ⁇ m) are typically taken up by cells of the reticuloendothelial system, located principally in the liver and spleen, whereas liposomes larger than 3.0 ⁇ m are deposited in the lung. This preferential uptake of smaller liposomes by the cells of the reticuloendothelial system has been used to deliver chemotherapeutic agents to macrophages and to tumors of the liver.
- the reticuloendothelial system can be circumvented by several methods including saturation with large doses of liposome particles, or selective macrophage inactivation by pharmacological means (Claassen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 502:428 (1984)).
- incorporation of glycolipid- or polyethelene glycol- derivatized phospholipids into liposome membranes has been shown to result in a significantly reduced uptake by the reticuloendothelial system (Allen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1068:133 (1991); Allen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1150:9 (1993)).
- Liposomes can also be prepared to target particular cells or organs by varying phospholipid composition or by inserting receptors or ligands into the liposomes.
- liposomes prepared with a high content of a nonionic surfactant, have been used to target the liver (Hayakawa et al, Japanese Patent 04- 244,018; Kato et al., Biol. Pharm. Bull. 16:960 (1993)).
- These formulations were prepared by mixing soybean phospatidylcholine, ⁇ -tocopherol, and ethoxylated hydrogenated castor oil (HCO-60) in methanol, concentrating the mixture under vacuum, and then reconstituting the mixture with water.
- DPPC dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine
- SG soybean-derived sterylglucoside mixture
- Cho cholesterol
- various targeting ligands can be bound to the surface of the liposome, such as antibodies, antibody fragments, carbohydrates, vitamins, and transport proteins.
- liposomes can be modified with branched type galactosyllipid derivatives to target asialoglycoprotein (galactose) receptors, which are exclusively expressed on the surface of liver cells (Kato and Sugiyama, Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst.
- Polyaconitylated human serum albumin liposomes provide another approach for targeting liposomes to liver cells (Kamps et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 94:11681 (1997)).
- Geho, et al. U.S. Patent No. 4,603,044 describe a hepatocyte-directed liposome vesicle delivery system, which has specificity for hepatobiliary receptors associated with the specialized metabolic cells of the liver.
- target cells are prelabeled with biotinylated antibodies specific for a ligand expressed by the target cell (Harasym et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 32:99 (1998)). After plasma elimination of free antibody, streptavidin-conjugated liposomes are administered.
- targeting antibodies are directly attached to liposomes (Harasym et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 32:99 (1998)).
- Polypeptides having autotaxin activity and autotaxin antagonists can be encapsulated within liposomes using standard techniques of protein microencapsulation (see, for example, Anderson et al, Infect. Immun.
- liposomes may contain a variety of components.
- liposomes may comprise lipid derivatives of poly(ethylene glycol) (Allen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 7750:9 (1993)).
- Degradable polymer microspheres have been designed to maintain high systemic levels of therapeutic proteins, and therefore, can provide a means to administer autotaxin.
- Microspheres are prepared from degradable polymers such as poly(lactide-co-glycolide) (PLG), polyanhydrides, poly (ortho esters), nonbiodegradable ethylvinyl acetate polymers, in which proteins are entrapped in the polymer (Gombotz and Pettit, Bioconjugate Chem.
- the present invention also contemplates chemically modified autotaxin compositions, in which an autotaxin polypeptide is linked with a polymer.
- the polymer is water soluble so that the autotaxin conjugate does not precipitate in an aqueous environment, such as a physiological environment.
- An example of a suitable polymer is one that has been modified to have a single reactive group, such as an active ester for acylation, or an aldehyde for alkylation, In this way, the degree of polymerization can be controlled.
- An example of a reactive aldehyde is polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde, or mono-(C,-C 10 ) alkoxy, or aryloxy derivatives thereof (see, for example, Harris, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,252,714).
- the polymer may be branched or unbranched.
- a mixture of polymers can be used to produce autotaxin conjugates.
- Autotaxin conjugates used for therapy can comprise pharmaceutically acceptable water-soluble polymer moieties.
- Many proteins and peptides have been conjugated with water-soluble polymers, such as PEG, to reduce renal clearance, enhance their systemic circulation half-lives, and reduce immunogenicity (Delgado et al, Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 9:249 (1992), Nieforth et al, Clin. Pharmacol. Ther. 59:636 (1996), and Monkarsh et al, Anal Biochem. 247:434 (1997)).
- Suitable water-soluble polymers include polyethylene glycol (PEG), monomethoxy-PEG, mono- (C,-C 10 )alkoxy-PEG, aryloxy-PEG, poly-(N -vinyl pyrrolidone)PEG, tresyl monomethoxy PEG, PEG propionaldehyde, bw-succinimidyl carbonate PEG, propylene glycol homopolymers, a polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymer, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), poly vinyl alcohol, dextran, cellulose, or other carbohydrate-based polymers.
- Suitable PEG may have a molecular weight from about 600 to about 60,000, including, for example, 5,000, 12,000, 20,000 and 25,000.
- An autotaxin conjugate can also comprise a mixture of such water-soluble polymers.
- an autotaxin conjugate comprises an autotaxin moiety and a polyalkyl oxide moiety attached to the N-terminus of the autotaxin moiety.
- PEG is one suitable polyalkyl oxide.
- autotaxin can be modified with PEG, a process known as "PEGylation.” PEGylation of autotaxin can be carried out by any of the PEGylation reactions known in the art (see, for example, EP 0 154 316, Delgado et al, Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst 9:249 (1992), Duncan and Spreafico, Clin. Pharmacokinet. 27:290 (1994), and Francis et al, Int J Hematol 65:1 (1998)).
- PEGylation can be performed by an acylation reaction or by an alkylation reaction with a reactive polyethylene glycol molecule.
- autotaxin conjugates are formed by condensing activated PEG, in which a terminal hydroxy or amino group of PEG has been replaced by an activated linker (see, for example, Karasiewicz et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,382,657).
- PE ylation by acylation typically requires reacting an active ester derivative of PEG with an autotaxin polypeptide.
- An example of an activated PEG ester is PEG esterified to N-hydroxysuccinimide.
- acylation includes the following types of linkages between autotaxin and a water soluble polymer: amide, carbamate, urethane, and the like.
- Methods for preparing PEGylated autotaxin by acylation will typically comprise the steps of (a) reacting an autotaxin polypeptide with PEG (such as a reactive ester of an aldehyde derivative of PEG) under conditions whereby one or more PEG groups attach to autotaxin, and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s).
- PEG such as a reactive ester of an aldehyde derivative of PEG
- the optimal reaction conditions for acylation reactions will be determined based upon known parameters and desired results. For example, the larger the ratio of PEG: autotaxin, the greater the percentage of polyPEG
- the product of PEGylation by acylation is typically a polyPEGylated autotaxin product, wherein the lysine ⁇ -amino groups are PEGylated via an acyl linking group.
- An example of a connecting linkage is an amide.
- the resulting autotaxin will be at least 95% mono-, di-, or tri-pegylated, although some species with higher degrees of PEGylation may be formed depending upon the reaction conditions.
- PEGylated species can be separated from unconjugated autotaxin polypeptides using standard purification methods, such as dialysis, ultrafiltration, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, and the like.
- PEGylation by alkylation generally involves reacting a terminal aldehyde derivative of PEG with autotaxin in the presence of a reducing agent.
- PEG groups are preferably attached to the polypeptide via a -CH 2 -NH group.
- Derivatization via reductive alkylation to produce a monoPEGylated product takes advantage of the differential reactivity of different types of primary amino groups available for derivatization.
- the reaction is performed at a pH that allows one to take advantage of the pKa differences between the ⁇ -amino groups of the lysine residues and the ⁇ -amino group of the N-terminal residue of the protein.
- Reductive alkylation to produce a substantially homogenous population of monopolymer autotaxin conjugate molecule can comprise the steps of: (a) reacting an autotaxin polypeptide with a reactive PEG under reductive alkylation conditions at a pH suitable to permit selective modification of the ⁇ -amino group at the amino terminus of the autotaxin, and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s).
- the reducing agent used for reductive alkylation should be stable in aqueous solution and preferably be able to reduce only the Schiff base formed in the initial process of reductive alkylation. Suitable reducing agents include sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, dimethylamine borane, trimethylamine borane, and pyridine borane.
- the reductive alkylation reaction conditions are those, which permit the selective attachment of the water soluble polymer moiety to the N-terminus of autotaxin.
- Such reaction conditions generally provide for pKa differences between the lysine amino groups and the ⁇ -amino group at the N-terminus.
- the pH also affects the ratio of polymer to protein to be used. In general, if the pH is lower, a larger excess of polymer to protein will be desired because the less reactive the N-terminal ⁇ -group, the more polymer is needed to achieve optimal conditions. If the pH is higher, the polyme ⁇ autotaxin need not be as large because more reactive groups are available. Typically, the pH will fall within the range of 3 to 9, or 3 to 6.
- the molecular weight of the water-soluble polymer is the higher the molecular weight of the polymer, the fewer number of polymer molecules which may be attached to the protein.
- the typical molecular weight is about 2 kDa to about 100 kDa, about 5 kDa to about 50 kDa, or about 12 kDa to about 25 kDa.
- the molar ratio of water-soluble polymer to autotaxin will generally be in the range of 1 :1 to 100:1.
- the molar ratio of water-soluble polymer to autotaxin will be 1 :1 to 20:1 for polyPEGylation, and 1 :1 to 5:1 for monoPEGylation.
- the biological activities of autotaxin include the ability to bind a cell-surface receptor, the ability to bind integrin through an RGD binding site, and the production of adenosine. In certain cases, it may be desirable to administer a compound that only provides the RGD binding capability.
- Illustrative synthetic RGD peptides and RGD peptidomimetics include the GRGDSP hexapeptide, the RGDS tetrapeptide, N-(trifluoroacetyl)-O-methyl-ort 7 -(6-guanidino-caproyl)- amino-(L)-tyrosine, N-(trifluoroacetyl)-O-(3-aminopropyl)- ⁇ rt/2 ⁇ -(6-guanidino- caproyl)-amino-(L)-tyrosine, and ⁇ -(2-((5-((aminoiminomethyl)amino)-l - oxopentyl)amino)- 1 -oxoethyl)amino-3-pyridinepropanoic acid, bistrifluoroacetate.( SC56631) (see, for example, Samanen et al, J.
- an autotaxin antagonist such as an anti-autotaxin antibody, produced as described above.
- RGD peptides and RGD peptidomimetics can be used to block the binding of high concentrations of endogenously-produced autotaxin to integrin.
- compositions comprising a peptide or polypeptide described herein.
- Such compositions can further comprise a carrier.
- the carrier can be a conventional organic or inorganic carrier. Examples of carriers include water, buffer solution, alcohol, propylene glycol, macrogol, sesame oil, corn oil, and the like.
- the carrier can be a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Autotaxin pharmaceutical compositions can be supplied as a kit comprising a container that comprises autotaxin.
- Autotaxin can be provided in the form of an injectable composition for single or multiple doses, or as a sterile powder that will be reconstituted before administration.
- a kit can include a dry- powder disperser, liquid aerosol generator, or nebulizer for administration of autotaxin.
- a kit can further comprise written information on indications and usage of the pharmaceutical composition. Moreover, such information may include a statement that the autotaxin composition is contraindicated in patients with known hypersensitivity to autotaxin.
- the present invention includes the use of autotaxin nucleotide sequences to enhance the production of autotaxin in a subject.
- a therapeutic expression vector can be provided that inhibits autotaxin gene expression, such as an anti-sense molecule, a ribozyme, or an external guide sequence molecule.
- an expression vector in which a nucleotide sequence encoding an autotaxin gene is operably linked to a core promoter, and optionally a regulatory element, to control gene transcription.
- a core promoter and optionally a regulatory element, to control gene transcription.
- Those skilled in the art can direct expression of an autotaxin gene to a particular tissue type.
- Crystal et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,869,037 teach the use of the aP2 or pi 54 gene regulatory regions to effect adipocyte-specific expression.
- an autotaxin gene can be delivered using recombinant viral vectors, including for example, adenoviral vectors (e.g., Kass-Eisler et al, Proc. Nat 'l Acad. Sci. USA 90:11498 (1993), Kolls et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 97:215 (1994), Li et al, Hum. Gene Ther. 4:403 (1993), Vincent et al, Nat. Genet. 5:130 (1993), and Zabner et al, Cell 75:201 (1993)), adenovirus-associated viral vectors (Flotte et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci.
- adenoviral vectors e.g., Kass-Eisler et al, Proc. Nat 'l Acad. Sci. USA 90:11498 (1993), Kolls et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 97:215 (1994
- alphaviruses such as Semliki Forest Virus and Sindbis Virus (Hertz and Huang, J. Vir. 66:851 (1992), Raju and Huang, J. Vir. 65:2501 (1991), and Xiong et al, Science 243:1188 (1989)), herpes viral vectors (e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,769,331, 4,859,587, 5,288,641 and 5,328,688), parvovirus vectors (Koering et al, Hum. Gene Therap. 5:457 (1994)), pox virus vectors (Ozaki et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm.
- pox viruses such as canary pox virus or vaccinia virus (Fisher-Hoch et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 86:3X1 (1989), and Flexner et al, Ann. N Y. Acad. Sci. 569:86 (1989)), and retroviruses (e.g., Baba et al, J. Neurosurg 79:129 (1993), Ram et al, Cancer Res. 55:83 (1993), Takamiya et al, J. Neurosci.
- the viral vector itself, or a viral particle which contains the viral vector may be utilized in the methods and compositions described below.
- adenovirus a double-stranded DNA virus
- the adenovirus system offers several advantages including: (i) the ability to accommodate relatively large DNA inserts, (ii) the ability to be grown to high-titer, (iii) the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and (iv) the ability to be used with many different promoters including ubiquitous, tissue specific, and regulatable promoters.
- adeno viruses can be administered by intravenous injection, because the viruses are stable in the bloodstream.
- adenovirus vectors where portions of the adenovirus genome are deleted, inserts are incorporated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co-transfected plasmid.
- the essential El gene is deleted from the viral vector, and the virus will not replicate unless the El gene is provided by the host cell.
- adenovirus When intravenously administered to intact animals, adenovirus primarily targets the liver. Although an adenoviral delivery system with an El gene deletion cannot replicate in the host cells, the host's tissue will express and process an encoded heterologous protein. Host cells will also secrete the heterologous protein if the corresponding gene includes a secretory signal sequence. Secreted proteins will enter the circulation from tissue that expresses the heterologous gene (e.g., the highly vascularized liver).
- adenoviral vectors containing various deletions of viral genes can be used to reduce or eliminate immune responses to the vector.
- Such adenoviruses are El-deleted, and in addition, contain deletions of E2A or E4 (Lusky et al, J. Virol 72:2022 (1998); Raper et al, Human Gene Therapy 9:671 (1998)).
- the deletion of E2b has also been reported to reduce immune responses (Amalfrtano et al, J. Virol. 72:926 (1998)). By deleting the entire adenovirus genome, very large inserts of heterologous DNA can be accommodated.
- an expression vector comprising an autotaxin gene can be introduced into a subject's cells by lipofection in vivo using liposomes.
- Synthetic cationic lipids can be used to prepare liposomes for in vivo transfection of a gene encoding a marker (Feigner et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 84:14X3 (1987); Mackey et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 55:8027 (1988)).
- the use of lipofection to introduce exogenous genes into specific organs in vivo has certain practical advantages.
- Liposomes can be used to direct transfection to particular cell types, which is particularly advantageous in a tissue with cellular heterogeneity, such as the pancreas, liver, kidney, and brain. Lipids may be chemically coupled to other molecules for the purpose of targeting.
- Targeted peptides e.g., hormones or neurotransmitters
- proteins such as antibodies
- non-peptide molecules can be coupled to liposomes chemically.
- Electroporation is another alternative mode of administration. For example, Aihara and Miyazaki, Nature Biotechnology 16:861 (1998), have demonstrated the use of in vivo electroporation for gene transfer into muscle.
- a therapeutic gene may encode an autotaxin anti-sense RNA that inhibits the expression of autotaxin.
- Suitable sequences for anti-sense molecules can be derived from the nucleotide sequences of autotaxin disclosed herein.
- an expression vector can be constructed in which a regulatory element is operably linked to a nucleotide sequence that encodes a ribozyme.
- Ribozymes can be designed to express endonuclease activity that is directed to a certain target sequence in a mRNA molecule (see, for example, Draper and Macejak, U.S. Patent No. 5,496,698, McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,525,468, Chowrira and McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,631,359, and Robertson and Goldberg, U.S. Patent No. 5,225,337).
- ribozymes include nucleotide sequences that bind with autotaxin mRNA.
- expression vectors can be constructed in which a regulatory element directs the production of RNA transcripts capable of promoting RNase P-mediated cleavage of mRNA molecules that encode an autotaxin gene.
- an external guide sequence can be constructed for directing the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, which is subsequently cleaved by the cellular ribozyme (see, for example, Altaian et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,168,053, Yuan et al, Science 265:1269 (1994), Pace et al, international publication No. WO 96/18733, George et al, international publication No.
- the external guide sequence comprises a ten to fifteen nucleotide sequence complementary to autotaxin mRNA, and a 3'-NCCA nucleotide sequence, wherein N is preferably a purine.
- the external guide sequence transcripts bind to the targeted mRNA species by the formation of base pairs between the mRNA and the complementary external guide sequences, thus promoting cleavage of mRNA by RNase P at the nucleotide located at the 5'-side of the base-paired region.
- the dosage of a composition comprising a therapeutic vector having an autotaxin nucleotide acid sequence, such as a recombinant virus will vary depending upon such factors as the subject's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history.
- Suitable routes of administration of therapeutic vectors include intravenous injection, intraarterial injection, intraperitoneal injection, intramuscular injection, intratumoral injection, and injection into a cavity that contains a tumor.
- Horton et al, Proc. Nat 'l Acad. Sci. USA 96:1553 (1999) demonstrated that intramuscular injection of plasmid DNA encoding interferon- ⁇ produces potent antitumor effects on primary and metastatic tumors in a murine model.
- a composition comprising viral vectors, non-viral vectors, or a combination of viral and non-viral vectors of the present invention can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby vectors or viruses are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- a composition such as phosphate-buffered saline is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient subject.
- suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art (see, for example, Remingto 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Ed. (Mack Publishing Co. 1995), and Gilman 's the Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 7th Ed. (MacMillan Publishing Co. 1985)).
- a therapeutic gene expression vector, or a recombinant virus comprising such a vector, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a subject in a therapeutically effective amount.
- a combination of an expression vector (or virus) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant.
- An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient subject.
- an agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in alleviation of a symptom associated with the diseases discussed above.
- a pharmaceutical composition used to treat elevated serum lipids is physiologically significant if its administration results in a decrease level of serum triglycerides, or in a decrease in the amount of fatty acid bound to albumin in the serum.
- the therapy is preferably somatic cell gene therapy. That is, the preferred treatment of a human with a therapeutic gene expression vector or a recombinant virus does not entail introducing into cells a nucleic acid molecule that can form part of a human germ line and be passed onto successive generations (i.e., human germ line gene therapy).
- Transgenic mice can be engineered to over-express the autotaxin gene in all tissues or under the control of a tissue-specific or tissue-preferred regulatory element. These over-producers of autotaxin can be used to characterize the phenotype that results from over-expression, and the transgenic animals can serve as models for human metabolic disease caused by excess autotaxin. Transgenic mice that over- express autotaxin also provide model bioreactors for production of autotaxin in the milk or blood of larger animals.
- a method for producing a transgenic mouse that expresses an autotaxin gene can begin with adult, fertile males (studs) (B6C3fl, 2-8 months of age (Taconic Farms, Germantown, NY)), vasectomized males (duds) (B6D2fl, 2-8 months, (Taconic Farms)), prepubescent fertile females (donors) (B6C3fl, 4-5 weeks, (Taconic Farms)) and adult fertile females (recipients) (B6D2fl, 2-4 months, (Taconic Farms)).
- the donors are acclimated for one week and then injected with approximately 8 IU/mouse of Pregnant Mare's Serum gonadotrophin (Sigma Chemical Company; St. Louis, MO) I. P., and 46-47 hours later, 8 IU/mouse of human Chorionic Gonadotropin (hCG (Sigma)) I.P. to induce superovulation.
- Donors are mated with studs subsequent to hormone injections. Ovulation generally occurs within 13 hours of hCG injection. Copulation is confirmed by the presence of a vaginal plug the morning following mating. Fertilized eggs are collected under a surgical scope. The oviducts are collected and eggs are released into urinanalysis slides containing hyaluronidase (Sigma).
- Eggs are washed once in hyaluronidase, and twice in Whitten's W640 medium (described, for example, by Menino and O'Claray, Biol. Reprod. 77:159 (1986), and Dienhart and Downs, Zygote 4:129 (1996)) that has been incubated with 5% CO 2 , 5% O , and 90% N at 37°C.
- the eggs are then stored in a 37°C/5% CO incubator until microinjection.
- plasmid DNA containing an autotaxin encoding sequence is linearized, gel-purified, and resuspended in 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 0.25 mM EDTA (pH 8.0), at a final concentration of 5-10 nanograms per microliter for microinjection.
- the autotaxin encoding sequences can encode amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9.
- Plasmid DNA is microinjected into harvested eggs contained in a drop of W640 medium overlaid by warm, CO -equilibrated mineral oil.
- the DNA is drawn into an injection needle (pulled from a 0.75mm ID, 1mm OD borosilicate glass capillary), and injected into individual eggs. Each egg is penetrated with the injection needle, into one or both of the haploid pronuclei.
- Picoliters of DNA are injected into the pronuclei, and the injection needle withdrawn without coming into contact with the nucleoli. The procedure is repeated until all the eggs are injected. Successfully microinjected eggs are transferred into an organ tissue-culture dish with pre-gassed W640 medium for storage overnight in a 37°C/5% CO 2 incubator.
- two-cell embryos are transferred into pseudopregnant recipients.
- the recipients are identified by the presence of copulation plugs, after copulating with vasectomized duds.
- Recipients are anesthetized and shaved on the dorsal left side and transferred to a surgical microscope.
- a small incision is made in the skin and through the muscle wall in the middle of the abdominal area outlined by the ribcage, the saddle, and the hind leg, midway between knee and spleen.
- the reproductive organs are exteriorized onto a small surgical drape.
- the fat pad is stretched out over the surgical drape, and a baby serrefine (Roboz, Rockville, MD) is attached to the fat pad and left hanging over the back of the mouse, preventing the organs from sliding back in.
- a baby serrefine Robot, Rockville, MD
- the recipients are returned to cages in pairs, and allowed 19-21 days gestation. After birth, 19-21 days postpartum is allowed before weaning.
- the weanlings are sexed and placed into separate sex cages, and a 0.5 cm biopsy (used for genotyping) is snipped off the tail with clean scissors.
- Genomic DNA is prepared from the tail snips using, for example, a
- Genomic DNA is analyzed by PCR using primers designed to amplify an autotaxin gene or a selectable marker gene that was introduced in the same plasmid.
- animals are back-crossed into an inbred strain by placing a transgenic female with a wild-type male, or a transgenic male with one or two wild-type female(s). As pups are born and weaned, the sexes are separated, and their tails snipped for genotyping.
- a partial hepatectomy is performed.
- a surgical prep is made of the upper abdomen directly below the zyphoid process.
- a small 1.5-2 cm incision is made below the sternum and the left lateral lobe of the liver exteriorized.
- a tie is made around the lower lobe securing it outside the body cavity.
- An atraumatic clamp is used to hold the tie while a second loop of absorbable Dexon (American Cyanamid; Wayne, N.J.) is placed proximal to the first tie.
- a distal cut is made from the Dexon tie and approximately 100 mg of the excised liver tissue is placed in a sterile petri dish.
- the excised liver section is transferred to a 14 ml polypropylene round bottom tube and snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and then stored on dry ice.
- the surgical site is closed with suture and wound clips, and the animal's cage placed on a 37°C heating pad for 24 hours post operatively.
- the animal is checked daily post operatively and the wound clips removed 7-10 days after surgery.
- the expression level of autotaxin mRNA is examined for each transgenic mouse using an RNA solution hybridization assay or polymerase chain reaction.
- transgenic mice that over-express autotaxin
- Such transgenic mice provide useful models for diseases associated with a lack of autotaxin.
- autotaxin gene expression can be inhibited using anti-sense genes, ribozyme genes, or external guide sequence genes.
- inhibitory sequences are targeted to autotaxin mRNA.
- An alternative approach to producing transgenic mice that have little or no autotaxin gene expression is to generate mice having at least one normal autotaxin allele replaced by a nonfunctional autotaxin gene.
- One method of designing a nonfunctional autotaxin gene is to insert another gene, such as a selectable marker gene, within a nucleic acid molecule that encodes autotaxin. Standard methods for producing these so-called “knockout mice” are known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic Mice," in Overexpression and Knockout of Cytokines in Transgenic Mice, Jacob (ed.), pages 111- 124 (Academic Press, Ltd. 1994), and Wu et al, "New Strategies for Gene Knockout,” in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 339-365 (CRC Press 1997)).
- 7F2 is a stromal cell line derived from the bone marrow of p53-deficient mice, as described by
- ATX cells medium from the transgenic autotaxin- producing cells
- the cells were plated at 1.1 x 10 4 cells/500 ⁇ l well in collagen-coated 48 well plates, and incubated with ⁇ -MEM containing 10% fetal bovine serum, L-glutamine, and sodium pyruvate.
- Concentrated (50x) conditioned medium from cells transfected with a rat autotaxin expression vector was tested at a final concentration of O.lx, 0.5x, or 2x. Concentrated medium from cells that did not contain the autotaxin expression vector was included as a control.
- indomethacin was added to a final concentration of 50 ⁇ M. The cells received fresh medium after three days, and after five days. Oil Red O staining was performed on day 7.
- the medium was concentrated to 1.5 liters using an AMICON 10,000 spiral cartridge that had been treated with bovine serum albumin.
- the 1.5 liters was further concentrated to 200 milliliters, and diafiltered into a Concanavilin A equilibration buffer, using an AGT Xampler filter that had a 30,000 molecular weight cut-off.
- the Concanavilin A equilibration buffer contained: 20mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 0.5 M NaCl, 1 mM Ca ++ , and 1 mM Mg ++ .
- Con A Sepharose 4B Fifty milliliters of Con A Sepharose 4B (AMERSHAM PHARMACIA BIOTECH, Inc.; Piscataway, NJ) were equilibrated with buffer, 175 milliliters of concentrated medium were added to equilibrated Con A Sepharose 4B, and the mixture was slowly stirred at 4°C for 24 hours. The mixture was then poured into a column (3.2cm x 6.1cm) and washed with three column volumes of equilibration buffer. The elution buffer, which contained 0.5 M ⁇ -D-methylglucoside, was held on the column for 30 minutes, and then, additional elution buffer was added to the column at a flow rate of 3.6 column volumes/hour. Eluate was collected in four tubes, and each was found to contain autotaxin. The autotaxin peak appeared in the third tube, which was equivalent to about one column volume of elution buffer (50 milliliters).
- 3T3 LI cell differentiation was performed according to the method of Olson et al, Mol. Cell. Biol. 77:2425 (1997). Undifferentiated 3T3 LI cells were plated at a density of 40,000 cells/well on collagen coated 24 well plates, or at 10,000 cells/well on collagen coated 96 well plates (BioCoatTM; BD; Franklin Lakes, NJ) in DMEM supplemented with 10% calf serum (HyClone Laboratories, Inc.; Logan, Utah). The cells were incubated overnight at 8% CO2 and 37°C.
- cells were differentiated with DMEM supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (HyClone), 1 ⁇ g/ml insulin, 1 ⁇ M dexamethasone (Sigma) and 0.5 mM IBMX (ICN Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; Costa Mesa, CA), and the cells were incubated for four days at 37°C and 8% CO2. Media were replaced with DMEM supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum and 1 ⁇ g/ml insulin, and the cells were incubated another four days at 37°C and 8% CO2. Media were replaced every four days with DMEM (5.6 mM glucose) and 10% fetal bovine serum until the cells were used in the glucose uptake assay.
- Glucose uptake was measured following a modification of the method described by Walker et al, J. Biol Chem. 264:6581 (1989).
- DMEM 5.6 mM glucose
- bovine serum albumin Sigma RIA grade
- 1 mM sodium pyruvate 1 mM sodium pyruvate
- 20 mM Hepes buffer 20 mM Hepes buffer.
- media were replaced with 500 ⁇ l per well DMEM (without glucose) supplemented with 0.25% bovine serum albumin, ImM sodium pyruvate, 20 mM Hepes, and 50 ⁇ M 2 deoxy-D- glucose (Sigma; St. Louis, MO).
- glucose uptake was observed when cells were incubated with 100 nM autotaxin in the absence of subsequent insulin treatment.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
Abstract
Alterations in insulin sensitivity are associated with diabetes, and conditions such as obesity and dyslipidemia. These diseases are complicated by elevated levels of circulating free fatty acid in the form of triglycerides, which is an important risk factor for the development of atherosclerosis. Diseases of metabolism such as obesity, dyslipidemia, and diabetes, can be treated by adminstration of pharmaceutical compositions that comprise either autotaxin polypeptides or their functional fragments, or nucleic acid molecules that encode autotaxin polypeptides or their functional fragments. Autotaxin polypeptides that are useful for such therapeutic methods are exemplified by new forms of human and rat autotaxin.
Description
AUTOTAXIN VARIANTS AND USES TO TREAT DISEASES OF METABOLISM
TECHNICAL FIELD
The present invention relates generally to a new biologically active polypeptide and to a new form of therapy. In particular, the present invention relates to the treatment of metabolic diseases with autotaxin.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Alterations in lipolysis are associated with diabetes, and conditions such as obesity and dyslipidemia. These diseases are complicated by elevated levels of circulating free fatty acid in the form of triglycerides, which is an important risk factor for the development of atherosclerosis. The activation of lipolysis increases fatty acids from triglycerols, which are predominantly stored in adipocytes (Arner, Diabetes Reviews 4:450 (1996)). Lipolysis is controlled by hormone-sensitive lipase, which in turn is regulated by a variety of agents including insulin, catecholamines, glucocorticoids, thyroid hormones, growth hormone, and adenosine (Large and Arner, Diabetes & Metabolism 24:409 (1998)). While cyclic AMP activates the lipase, insulin is the main antilipolytic hormone in humans and other species. Insulin action may be mediated by an inhibition of adenyl cyclase or by the stimulation of a phosphodiesterase that degrades cyclic AMP to inactive 5-AMP. Non-insulin dependent (Type II) diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) is the most common of all metabolic disorders (for a review, see Kahn et al., Annu. Rev. Med. 47:509 (1996); Patti and Kahn, Diabetes Reviews 5:149 (1997); Lowe, "Diabetes Mellitus," Principles of Molecular Medicine, (Jameson, ed.), pages 433- 442 (Humana Press Inc. 1998)). NIDDM patients and their first-degree relatives demonstrate insulin resistance at the level of skeletal muscle and adipose tissue. This suggests a possible primary role for a defect in the insulin signal transduction cascade that results in stimulation of glucose transport and glycogen synthesis. The signaling defect could involve any protein in the insulin signal transduction pathway, defects in pathways that interface with the insulin signal pathway, or defects in molecules essential for cellular function (DeFronzo, Diabetes Reviews 5:177 (1997)). Although specific genetic defects have been identified in rare syndromes of NIDDM, no specific defect has yet been defined as pathogenic in common forms of human NIDDM. Mathematical
modeling has suggested that NIDDM is a polygenic disease (DeFronzo, Diabetes Reviews 5:177 (1997); Lowe, "Diabetes Mellitus," Principles of Molecular Medicine, (Jameson, ed.), pages 433- 442 (Humana Press Inc. 1998)).
A need therefore exists for the identification of proteins that modulate insulin action in various metabolic diseases.
BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides new human and rat autotaxin proteins and nucleotide sequences encoding the proteins. The present invention also provides new methods for treating metabolic diseases and conditions with autotaxin.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 shows the insulin-mediated uptake of 2-deoxyglucose by differentiated 3T3 LI cells in the absence or presence of autotaxin (ATX). Glucose uptake is shown as the percent of maximal uptake observed with 1500 pM recombinant human insulin treatment (minus background).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
1. Overview Autotaxin is a basic glycoprotein cytokine that was first isolated from the conditioned medium of A2058 human melanoma cells (Stracke et al., J. Biol. Chem. 267:2524 (1992)). For a review, see Lee et al, "Autocrine Motility Factors," in Human Cytokines, Vol. II, Aggarwal and Gutterman (eds.), pages 258-285 (Blackwell Science Ltd. 1996); Stracke et al, "Autotaxin, Autocrine Motility Factor," in Brain Tumor Invasion: Biological, Clinical, and Therapeutic Considerations, Mikkelsen et al. (eds.), pages 343-355 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1998). Two forms of human autotaxin have been cloned, which seem to represent the products of alternative splicing (Murata et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:30419 (1994); Lee et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 218:114 (1996)). A rat form of autotaxin, originally designated as "PD-Iα," has also been cloned from brain tissue (Narita et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:28235 (1994)). Northern analyses demonstrated that autotaxin is differentially expressed by human tissues, and appears to be most abundant in brain, placenta, ovary, and small intestine (Lee et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 218:4X1 (1996)).
Analyses of autotaxin structure revealed that the polypeptide contains a single transmembrane domain with the amino terminus forming a short cytoplasmic tail (Murata et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:30419 (1994)). The extracellular portion includes
two somatomedin B domains, a type I phosphodiesterase active site, and the loop region of an EF hand. Type I phosphodiesterases (EC 3.1.4.1) hydrolytically remove 5'-nucleotides successively from the 3'-hydroxy termini of 3'-hydroxy-terminated oligonucleotides. Subsequent studies indicate that autotaxin also has adenosine-5'- triphosphatase (ATPase; EC 3.6.1.3.) and ATP pyrophosphatase (EC 3.6.1.8.) activities (Clair et al, J. Biol. Chem. 272:996 (1997)). Site-directed mutagenesis of the autotaxin phosphodiesterase catalytic site (Y201MRPVYPTKTFPN213) has revealed that a phosphorylation of an amino acid at position 210 is required for autotaxin to undergo autophosphorylation, for autotaxin to exhibit phosphodiesterase activity, and for motility-stimulating activities (Lee et al, J. Biol. Chem. 271:24408 (1996); Stracke et al, "Autotaxin, Autocrine Motility Factor," in Brain Tumor Invasion: Biological, Clinical, and Therapeutic Considerations, Mikkelsen et al (eds.), pages 343-355 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1998)).
Autotaxin has significant identity to a family of proteins that includes a marker of B-cell activation (PC-1), a rat brain nucleotide pyrophosphatase (PD-lα), and a rat neural differentiation antigen (gpl30RB13"6) (Goding et al, Immun. Rev. 161:11 (1998); Stracke et al, "Autotaxin, Autocrine Motility Factor," in Brain Tumor Invasion: Biological, Clinical, and Therapeutic Considerations, Mikkelsen et al. (eds.), pages 343-355 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1998)). Although PC-1 and gp^O*313"6 are predominantly cell surface glycoproteins, autotaxin is secreted, following cleavage near its transmembrane domain and proximal to the somatomedin B domains.
Recombinant autotaxin and autotaxin isolated from cells can stimulate the motility of cells (Lee et al, J. Biol. Chem. 271:24408 (1996)). In light of the motility factor function, Stracke et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,449,753, have described the use of autotaxin as a marker for the invasive potential of human cancer. Stracke et al , U.S. Patent No. 5,731,167, have also suggested a cancer treatment requiring the administration of anti-autotaxin antibodies conjugated to a toxin. In contrast, Narita et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:28235 (1994), have suggested that autotaxin may play a role in the secretion and/or transport across the blood-cerebral spinal fluid and blood-eye barriers.
A new form of rat autotaxin was identified while screening for secreted polypeptides that are produced by adipocytes and that affect the metabolism of cultured hepatic cells. This new rat autotaxin has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and is encoded by the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l . Features of the autotaxin include a putative transmembrane domain (amino acid residues 5 to 15 of SEQ ID NO:2) and an RGD binding domain (amino acid residues 122 to 124 of SEQ ID NO:2). In addition, this form of rat autotaxin can be distinguished from PD-lα at least on the
basis that the new rat autotaxin comprises the sequence "VPECPAGFVR" (amino acid residues 149 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2), which PD-lα lacks, while PD-lα comprises the sequence "AETGKFRGSKHENKKNLNGSVEPRK" (amino acid residues 591 to 615 of SEQ ID NO:6), which the new rat autotaxin lacks. Although published reports have indicated that the highest level of autotaxin expression is found in brain tissue, the present inventor discovered that there is an approximately two-fold greater level of autotaxin mRNA in rat adipocytes, than in brain tissue. The newly discovered form of autotaxin is expressed from a novel promoter, which is located upstream of the previously characterized autotaxin promoter. Accordingly, this form of autotaxin may be expressed in manner that allows a novel form of regulation of the autotaxin gene. Experiments also show that autotaxin can inhibit the differentiation of adipocytes in vitro. See Example 1.
A new form of human autotaxin has also been identified, which is expressed from the novel promoter described above. The human autotaxin polypeptide has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9, while an exemplary nucleotide sequence that encodes this amino acid sequence is provided by SEQ ID NO:8. Features of the new human autotaxin include: a putative transmembrane domain (amino acid residues 8 to 26 of SEQ ID NO:9), a putative cleavage site at Ser44/Asp45 of SEQ ID NO:9, an RGD binding domain (amino acid residues 123 to 125 of SEQ ID NO:9), and a putative phosphodiesterase active site (amino acid residues 197 to 209 of SEQ ID NO:9).
Studies of the present inventor also showed that autotaxin binds various cell types, including cultured murine muscle cells, rat muscle soleus and gastrocnemius, and liver cells. In addition, autotaxin binding capacity was observed to increase at least 20-fold following adipocyte differentiation of murine 3T3 LI cells. The effects of autotaxin on adipocyte and liver cells, and the enzymatic activity of autotaxin indicate that autotaxin can be used to treat diseases of metabolism such as obesity, dyslipidemia, and diabetes. Without being bound by theory, it is contemplated that autotaxin administration will increase the insulin signaling in adipose tissue by producing substrate for adenosine receptors, which are present in adipocyte cell membranes. Adenosine is known to decrease lipolysis via inhibition of adenylyl cyclase (Large and Arner, Diabetes & Metabolism 24:409 (1998)). Moreover, the enhanced insulin-like signaling will result in an inhibition of lipolysis and lowered serum free fatty acids. Lowered serum free fatty acids may cause decreased hepatic gluconeogenesis, which could result in decreased serum glucose levels, and an increase in insulin sensitivity.
In addition, the binding of autotaxin to adipocyte and liver cells can provide additional insulin-like signaling, such as the activation of phosphatidylinositol
3 kinase and protein kinase B. This signaling may be a consequence of the binding of autotaxin via its RGD domain to cell-surface integrins. Studies have shown that activated integrin associates with insulin receptors and that integrin activation potentiates the insulin-signaling pathway (Schneller et al, EMBO J. 16:5600 (1997); Guilherme et al, J. Biol. Chem. 273:22899 (1998)). As noted above, the RGD domain is present in the new rat autotaxin at amino acid residues 122 to 124 of SEQ ID NO:2. RGD domains are also present in human autotaxin isolated from melanoma cells (Murata et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:30419 (1994); GenBank accession No. L35594; amino acid residues 127 to 129 of SEQ ID NO:4), human autotaxin isolated from teratocarcinoma cells (Lee et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 218:114 (1996); GenBank accession No. L46720; amino acid residues 127 to 129 of SEQ ID NO:5), a new form of human autotaxin described herein (amino acid residues 123 to 125 of SEQ ID NO:9), and rat autotaxin isolated from brain tissue (Narita et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:28235 (1994); GenBank accession No. 1083752 or No. BAA05910; amino acid residues 126 to 128 of SEQ ID NO:6).
Autotaxin may provide insulin-like signaling by binding to a cell surface receptor that, when activated, enhances insulin receptor signaling by a variety of means, including phosphorylation of tyrosine residues, incorporation of accessory signaling proteins into larger complexes, and the like. The formation of such large complexes, for example, may increase the efficiency of insulin receptor signaling.
As described below, the present invention provides isolated polypeptides comprising an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 90% identical to amino acid residues 32 to 858 of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the isolated polypeptide specifically binds with an antibody that specifically binds with a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, with the provision that the isolated polypeptide is not an autotaxin selected from the group consisting of human melanoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L35594), human teratocarcinoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L46720), and rat brain autotaxin (GenBank accession Nos. 1083752 and BAA05910). The present invention also includes isolated polypeptides comprising either the amino acid sequence of amino acid residues 32 to 858 of SEQ ID NO:2 or the amino acid sequence of amino acid residues 45 to 859 of SEQ ID NO:9, as well as autotaxin polypeptides, comprising amino acid residues 149 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2.
The present invention also provides variant autotaxin polypeptides, wherein the amino acid sequence of the variant polypeptide shares an identity with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 selected from the group consisting of at least 70% identity, at least 80% identity, at least 90% identity, at least 95% identity, or
greater than 95% identity, and wherein any difference between the amino acid sequence of the variant polypeptide and the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 is due to one or more conservative amino acid substitutions, with the provision that the variant autotaxin polypeptide is not an autotaxin selected from the group consisting of human melanoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L35594), human teratocarcinoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L46720), and rat brain autotaxin (GenBank accession Nos. 1083752 and BAA05910).
The present invention further provides antibodies and antibody fragments that specifically bind with such polypeptides. Exemplary antibodies include polyclonal antibodies, murine monoclonal antibodies, humanized antibodies derived from murine monoclonal antibodies, and human monoclonal antibodies. Illustrative antibody fragments include F(ab')2, F(ab)2, Fab', Fab, Fv, scFv, and minimal recognition units. An exemplary antibody or antibody fragment binds an autotaxin epitope comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of amino acid residues 143 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 149 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2, and amino acid residues 585 to 595 of SEQ ID NO:2. The present invention also contemplates anti-idiotype antibodies, or anti-idiotype antibody fragments, that specifically bind with an antibody or antibody fragment that binds with an autotaxin polypeptide described herein. The present invention also includes compositions comprising a carrier and a protein, peptide, polypeptide, antibody, or anti-idiotype antibody described herein.
The present invention further includes isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode an autotaxin polypeptide, wherein the nucleic acid molecule is either (a) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, or (b) a nucleic acid molecule that remains hybridized following stringent wash conditions to a nucleic acid molecule consisting of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or the complement of SEQ ID NO:l, with the provision that the isolated nucleic acid molecule does not encode an autotaxin selected from the group consisting of human melanoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L35594), human teratocarcinoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L46720), and rat brain autotaxin (GenBank accession Nos. 1083752 and BAA05910).
Illustrative nucleic acid molecules include those in which any difference between the amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid molecule and the corresponding amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 is due to a conservative amino acid substitution. The present invention further contemplates isolated nucleic acid
molecules, comprising the nucleotide sequence of either nucleotides 223 to nucleotide 2703 of SEQ ID NO: 1 or nucleotides 237 to 2681 of SEQ ID NO:9.
The present invention also includes vectors and expression vectors comprising such nucleic acid molecules. Such expression vectors may comprise a transcription promoter, and a transcription terminator, wherein the promoter is operably linked with the nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the nucleic acid molecule is operably linked with the transcription terminator. The present invention further includes recombinant host cells comprising these vectors and expression vectors. Illustrative host cells include bacterial, yeast, avian, fungal, insect, mammalian, and plant cells. Recombinant host cells comprising such expression vectors can be used to produce autotaxin polypeptides by culturing such recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector and that produce the autotaxin protein, and, optionally, isolating the autotaxin protein from the cultured recombinant host cells.
The present invention also includes methods of treating a subject for a condition associated with elevated serum lipids, comprising the administration of autotaxin or an autotaxin analog, wherein the administration decreases, in the subject, at least one of the level of serum triglyceride or the level of fatty acid bound to albumin in the serum. Examples of such conditions include obesity, dyslipidemia, and diabetes, such as non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus. The present invention also provides methods of decreasing the serum level of free fatty acid in a subject, comprising the administration of autotaxin or an autotaxin analog, wherein the treatment decreases, in the subject, at least one of the level of serum triglyceride or the level of fatty acid bound to albumin in the serum.
According to the present invention, the autotaxin can be administered as a pharmaceutical composition that comprises autotaxin polypeptide and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Suitable pharmaceutical compositions have a form selected from the group consisting of liquid form, solid form, and aerosol form. The autotaxin can be recombinant autotaxin or natural autotaxin. An illustrative autotaxin analog is an anti-idiotype antibody. A suitable autotaxin polypeptide can further comprise a water-soluble polymer, wherein the water-soluble polymer is conjugated to the autotaxin polypeptide. For example, the water-soluble polymer can be polyethylene glycol.
Autotaxin or autotaxin analog can also be administered as a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a nucleic acid molecule encoding an autotaxin or autotaxin analog. Moreover, the pharmaceutical composition can comprise at least one of an expression vector that comprises the nucleic acid molecule or a recombinant virus that comprises the expression vector.
The present invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of autotaxin or an autotaxin analog, as well as pharmaceutical compositions that comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of an expression vector, or a recombinant virus that comprises an expression vector. Suitable expression vectors comprise a nucleic acid molecule that encodes autotaxin or an autotaxin analog, a transcription promoter, and a transcription terminator, wherein the promoter is operably linked with the nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the nucleic acid molecule is operably linked with the transcription terminator. The present invention further provides recombinant viruses that comprise such expression vectors.
The present invention also provides fusion proteins comprising an autotaxin moiety and an antibody, or antibody fragment. An illustrative antibody fragment is an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, such as a human Fc fragment. The present invention further includes isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode such fusion proteins.
The present invention also provides methods for stimulating glucose uptake by a cell, comprising the administration of autotaxin, or an autotaxin analog, to the cell. If the cell is a cultured cell, then the administration decreases the concentration of glucose in the culture medium. If the autotaxin, or autotaxin analog, is administered to a mammalian subject, then the administration decreases the concentration of glucose in the blood of the subject. Suitable subjects include subjects having diabetes, such as non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus. An illustrative mammalian subject is a human subject, although, the method can be applied in a veterinary setting as well. In such methods, the autotaxin, or autotaxin analog, can be administered as a composition comprising a polypeptide, a nucleic acid molecule that encodes autotaxin (or an autotaxin analog), or as a virus that comprises such a nucleic acid molecule.
In a variation of the methods described herein, insulin is administered prior to the administration of autotaxin (or an autotaxin analog), concomitantly with the administration of autotaxin (or an autotaxin analog), or following the administration of autotaxin (or an autotaxin analog).
The present invention further provides compositions that comprise an autotaxin for use as a medicament. Moreover, the present invention provides the use of an autotaxin polypeptide for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a condition associated with an elevated serum glucose level, an elevated serum lipid level, or an elevated serum free fatty acid level.
The present invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an autotaxin polypeptide that comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of (a) amino acid residues 45 to 859 of SEQ ID NO:9, (b) amino acid residues 32 to 858 of SEQ ID NO:2, (c) amino acid residues 49 to 915 of SEQ ID NO:4, (d) amino acid residues 49 to 863 of SEQ ID NO:5, and (e) amino acid residues 36 to 885 of SEQ ID NO:6. Additional pharmaceutical compositions comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a polypeptide consisting of an amino acid sequence selected from the amino acid sequences of (a) to (e). Other pharmaceutical compositions comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a polypeptide that comprises, or consists, of an amino acid sequence of about 20, about 30, about 60, or about 100 contiguous amino acids of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of (a) amino acid residues 45 to 859 of SEQ ID NO:9, (b) amino acid residues 32 to 858 of SEQ ID NO:2, (c) amino acid residues 49 to 915 of SEQ ID NO:4, (d) amino acid residues 49 to 863 of SEQ ID NO:5, and (e) amino acid residues 36 to 885 of SEQ ID NO:6.
In addition, the present invention includes pharmaceutical compositions that comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of rat brain nucleotide pyrophosphatase (PD-lα), or rat neural differentiation antigen (gpnO*813"6). The amino acid sequences of these polypeptides are known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Goding et al, Immun. Rev. 161:11 (1998). Moreover, pharmaceutical compositions can comprise soluble forms of PD-lα or gpOO1^13"6.
These and other aspects of the invention will become evident upon reference to the following detailed description. In addition, various references are identified below.
2. Definitions
In the description that follows, a number of terms are used extensively. The following definitions are provided to facilitate understanding of the invention.
As used herein, "nucleic acid" or "nucleic acid molecule" refers to polynucleotides, such as deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid (RNA), oligonucleotides, fragments generated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and fragments generated by any of ligation, scission, endonuclease action, and exonuclease action. Nucleic acid molecules can be composed of monomers that are naturally- occurring nucleotides (such as DNA and RNA), or analogs of naturally-occurring nucleotides (e.g., α-enantiomeric forms of naturally-occurring nucleotides), or a
combination of both. Modified nucleotides can have alterations in sugar moieties and/or in pyrimidine or purine base moieties. Sugar modifications include, for example, replacement of one or more hydroxyl groups with halogens, alkyl groups, amines, and azido groups, or sugars can be functionalized as ethers or esters. Moreover, the entire sugar moiety can be replaced with sterically and electronically similar structures, such as aza-sugars and carbocyclic sugar analogs. Examples of modifications in a base moiety include alkylated purines and pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other well-known heterocyclic substitutes. Nucleic acid monomers can be linked by phosphodiester bonds or analogs of such linkages. Analogs of phosphodiester linkages include phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phosphoranilidate, phosphoramidate, and the like. The term "nucleic acid molecule" also includes so- called "peptide nucleic acids," which comprise naturally-occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone. Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded.
The term "complement of a nucleic acid molecule" refers to a nucleic acid molecule having a complementary nucleotide sequence and reverse orientation as compared to a reference nucleotide sequence. For example, the sequence 5' ATGCACGGG 3' is complementary to 5' CCCGTGCAT 3'. The term "contig" denotes a nucleic acid molecule that has a contiguous stretch of identical or complementary sequence to another nucleic acid molecule. Contiguous sequences are said to "overlap" a given stretch of a nucleic acid molecule either in their entirety or along a partial stretch of the nucleic acid molecule.
The term "degenerate nucleotide sequence" denotes a sequence of nucleotides that includes one or more degenerate codons as compared to a reference nucleic acid molecule that encodes a polypeptide. Degenerate codons contain different triplets of nucleotides, but encode the same amino acid residue (i.e., GAU and GAC triplets each encode Asp).
The term "structural gene" refers to a nucleic acid molecule that is transcribed into messenger RNA (mRNA), which is then translated into a sequence of amino acids characteristic of a specific polypeptide.
An "isolated nucleic acid molecule" is a nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genomic DNA of an organism. For example, a DNA molecule that encodes a growth factor that has been separated from the genomic DNA of a cell is an isolated DNA molecule. Another example of an isolated nucleic acid molecule is a chemically-synthesized nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genome of an
organism. A nucleic acid molecule that has been isolated from a particular species is smaller than the complete DNA molecule of a chromosome from that species.
A "nucleic acid molecule construct" is a nucleic acid molecule, either single- or double-stranded, that has been modified through human intervention to contain segments of nucleic acid combined and juxtaposed in an arrangement not existing in nature.
"Linear DNA" denotes non-circular DNA molecules having free 5' and 3' ends. Linear DNA can be prepared from closed circular DNA molecules, such as plasmids, by enzymatic digestion or physical disruption. "Complementary DNA (cDNA)" is a single-stranded DNA molecule that is formed from an mRNA template by the enzyme reverse transcriptase. Typically, a primer complementary to portions of mRNA is employed for the initiation of reverse transcription. Those skilled in the art also use the term "cDNA" to refer to a double- stranded DNA molecule consisting of such a single-stranded DNA molecule and its complementary DNA strand. The term "cDNA" also refers to a clone of a cDNA molecule synthesized from an RNA template.
A "promoter" is a nucleotide sequence that directs the transcription of a structural gene. Typically, a promoter is located in the 5' non-coding region of a gene, proximal to the transcriptional start site of a structural gene. Sequence elements within promoters that function in the initiation of transcription are often characterized by consensus nucleotide sequences. These promoter elements include RNA polymerase binding sites, TATA sequences, CAAT sequences, differentiation-specific elements (DSEs; McGehee et al, Mol Endocrinol 7:551 (1993)), cyclic AMP response elements (CREs), serum response elements (SREs; Treisman, Seminars in Cancer Biol. 7:47 (1990)), glucocorticoid response elements (GREs), and binding sites for other transcription factors, such as CRE/ATF (O'Reilly et al, J. Biol. Chem. 267: 9938 (1992)), AP2 (Ye et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:25128 (1994)), SP1, cAMP response element binding protein (CREB; Loeken, Gene Expr. 3:253 (1993)) and octamer factors (see, in general, Watson et al, eds., Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th ed. (The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc. 1987), and Lemaigre and Rousseau, Biochem. J. 303:\ (1994)). If a promoter is an inducible promoter, then the rate of transcription increases in response to an inducing agent. In contrast, the rate of transcription is not regulated by an inducing agent if the promoter is a constitutive promoter. Repressible promoters are also known. A "core promoter" contains essential nucleotide sequences for promoter function, including the TATA box and start of transcription. By this definition, a core
promoter may or may not have detectable activity in the absence of specific sequences that may enhance the activity or confer tissue specific activity.
A "regulatory element" is a nucleotide sequence that modulates the activity of a core promoter. For example, a regulatory element may contain a nucleotide sequence that binds with cellular factors enabling transcription exclusively or preferentially in particular cells, tissues, or organelles. These types of regulatory elements are normally associated with genes that are expressed in a "cell-specific," "tissue-specific," or "organelle-specific" manner. For example, the autotaxin regulatory element preferentially induces gene expression in adipocytes and brain tissue. An "enhancer" is a type of regulatory element that can increase the efficiency of transcription, regardless of the distance or orientation of the enhancer relative to the start site of transcription.
"Heterologous DNA" refers to a DNA molecule, or a population of DNA molecules, that does not exist naturally within a given host cell. DNA molecules heterologous to a particular host cell may contain DNA derived from the host cell species (i.e., endogenous DNA) so long as that host DNA is combined with non-host DNA (i.e., exogenous DNA). For example, a DNA molecule containing a non-host DNA segment encoding a polypeptide operably linked to a host DNA segment comprising a transcription promoter is considered to be a heterologous DNA molecule. Conversely, a heterologous DNA molecule can comprise an endogenous gene operably linked with an exogenous promoter. As another illustration, a DNA molecule comprising a gene derived from a wild-type cell is considered to be heterologous DNA if that DNA molecule is introduced into a mutant cell that lacks the wild-type gene.
A "polypeptide" is a polymer of amino acid residues joined by peptide bonds, whether produced naturally or synthetically. Polypeptides of less than about 10 amino acid residues are commonly referred to as "peptides."
A "protein" is a macromolecule comprising one or more polypeptide chains. A protein may also comprise non-peptidic components, such as carbohydrate groups. Carbohydrates and other non-peptidic substituents may be added to a protein by the cell in which the protein is produced, and will vary with the type of cell. Proteins are defined herein in terms of their amino acid backbone structures; substituents such as carbohydrate groups are generally not specified, but may be present nonetheless.
A peptide or polypeptide encoded by a non-host DNA molecule is a "heterologous" peptide or polypeptide.
An "integrated genetic element" is a segment of DNA that has been incorporated into a chromosome of a host cell after that element is introduced into the
cell through human manipulation. Within the present invention, integrated genetic elements are most commonly derived from linearized plasmids that are introduced into the cells by electroporation or other techniques. Integrated genetic elements are passed from the original host cell to its progeny. A "cloning vector" is a nucleic acid molecule, such as a plasmid, cosmid, or bacteriophage, which has the capability of replicating autonomously in a host cell. Cloning vectors typically contain one or a small number of restriction endonuclease recognition sites that allow insertion of a nucleic acid molecule in a determinable fashion without loss of an essential biological function of the vector, as well as nucleotide sequences encoding a marker gene that is suitable for use in the identification and selection of cells transformed with the cloning vector. Marker genes typically include genes that provide tetracycline resistance or ampicillin resistance.
An "expression vector" is a nucleic acid molecule encoding a gene that is expressed in a host cell. Typically, an expression vector comprises a transcription promoter, a gene, and a transcription terminator. Gene expression is usually placed under the control of a promoter, and such a gene is said to be "operably linked to" the promoter. Similarly, a regulatory element and a core promoter are operably linked if the regulatory element modulates the activity of the core promoter.
A "recombinant host" is a cell that contains a heterologous nucleic acid molecule, such as a cloning vector or expression vector. In the present context, an example of a recombinant host is a cell that produces autotaxin from an expression vector. This type of autotaxin is referred to as "recombinant autotaxin." In contrast, autotaxin can be produced by a cell that is a "natural source" of autotaxin, and that lacks an expression vector. This type of autotaxin is referred to as "natural autotaxin." "Integrative transformants" are recombinant host cells, in which heterologous DNA has become integrated into the genomic DNA of the cells.
A "fusion protein" is a hybrid protein expressed by a nucleic acid molecule comprising nucleotide sequences of at least two genes. For example, a fusion protein can comprise at least part of an autotaxin polypeptide fused with a polypeptide that binds an affinity matrix. Such a fusion protein provides a means to isolate large quantities of autotaxin using affinity chromatography.
The term "receptor" denotes a cell-associated protein that binds to a bioactive molecule termed a "ligand." This interaction mediates the effect of the ligand on the cell. Receptors can be membrane bound, cytosolic or nuclear; monomeric (e.g., thyroid stimulating hormone receptor, beta-adrenergic receptor) or multimeric (e.g., PDGF receptor, growth hormone receptor, IL-3 receptor, GM-CSF receptor, G-CSF receptor, erythropoietin receptor and IL-6 receptor). Membrane-bound receptors are
characterized by a multi-domain structure comprising an extracellular ligand-binding domain and an intracellular effector domain that is typically involved in signal transduction. In certain membrane-bound receptors, the extracellular ligand-binding domain and the intracellular effector domain are located in separate polypeptides that comprise the complete functional receptor.
In general, the binding of ligand to receptor results in a conformational change in the receptor that causes an interaction between the effector domain and other molecule(s) in the cell, which in turn leads to an alteration in the metabolism of the cell. Metabolic events that are often linked to receptor-ligand interactions include gene transcription, phosphorylation, dephosphorylation, increases in cyclic AMP production, mobilization of cellular calcium, mobilization of membrane lipids, cell adhesion, hydrolysis of inositol lipids and hydrolysis of phospholipids.
The term "secretory signal sequence" denotes a DNA sequence that encodes a peptide (a "secretory peptide") that, as a component of a larger polypeptide, directs the larger polypeptide through a secretory pathway of a cell in which it is synthesized. The larger polypeptide is commonly cleaved to remove the secretory peptide during transit through the secretory pathway.
An "isolated polypeptide" is a polypeptide that is essentially free from contaminating cellular components, such as carbohydrate, lipid, or other proteinaceous impurities associated with the polypeptide in nature. Typically, a preparation of isolated polypeptide contains the polypeptide in a highly purified form, i.e., at least about 80%o pure, at least about 90% pure, at least about 95% pure, greater than 95% pure, or greater than 99% pure. One way to show that a particular protein preparation contains an isolated polypeptide is by the appearance of a single band following sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS)-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of the protein preparation and Coomassie Brilliant Blue staining of the gel. However, the term "isolated" does not exclude the presence of the same polypeptide in alternative physical forms, such as dimers or alternatively glycosylated or derivatized forms.
The terms "amino-terminal" and "carboxyl-terminal" are used herein to denote positions within polypeptides. Where the context allows, these terms are used with reference to a particular sequence or portion of a polypeptide to denote proximity or relative position. For example, a certain sequence positioned carboxyl-terminal to a reference sequence within a polypeptide is located proximal to the carboxyl terminus of the reference sequence, but is not necessarily at the carboxyl terminus of the complete polypeptide.
The term "expression" refers to the biosynthesis of a gene product. For example, in the case of a structural gene, expression involves transcription of the structural gene into mRNA and the translation of mRNA into one or more polypeptides.
The term "splice variant" is used herein to denote alternative forms of RNA transcribed from a gene. Splice variation arises naturally through use of alternative splicing sites within a transcribed RNA molecule, or less commonly between separately transcribed RNA molecules, and may result in several mRNAs transcribed from the same gene. Splice variants may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence. The term splice variant is also used herein to denote a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant of an mRNA transcribed from a gene.
As used herein, the term "immunomodulator" includes cytokines, stem cell growth factors, lymphotoxins, co-stimulatory molecules, hematopoietic factors, and synthetic analogs of these molecules.
The term "complement/anti-complement pair" denotes non-identical moieties that form a non-covalently associated, stable pair under appropriate conditions. For instance, biotin and avidin (or streptavidin) are prototypical members of a complement/anti-complement pair. Other exemplary complement/anti-complement pairs include receptor/ligand pairs, antibody/antigen (or hapten or epitope) pairs, sense/antisense polynucleotide pairs, and the like. Where subsequent dissociation of the complement/anti-complement pair is desirable, the complement/anti-complement pair preferably has a binding affinity of less than 109 M'1.
An "anti-idiotype antibody" is an antibody that binds with the variable region domain of an immunoglobulin. In the present context, an anti-idiotype antibody binds with the variable region of an anti-autotaxin antibody, and thus, an anti-idiotype antibody mimics an epitope of autotaxin.
An "antibody fragment" is a portion of an antibody such as F(ab')2, F(ab)2, Fab', Fab, and the like. Regardless of structure, an antibody fragment binds with the same antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody. For example, an anti-autotaxin monoclonal antibody fragment binds with an epitope of autotaxin. The term "antibody fragment" also includes a synthetic or a genetically engineered polypeptide that binds to a specific antigen, such as polypeptides consisting of the light chain variable region, "Fv" fragments consisting of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains, recombinant single chain polypeptide molecules in which light and heavy variable regions are connected by a peptide linker ("scFv proteins"), and minimal recognition units consisting of the amino acid residues that mimic the hypervariable region.
A "chimeric antibody" is a recombinant protein that contains the variable domains and complementary determining regions derived from a rodent antibody, while the remainder of the antibody molecule is derived from a human antibody.
"Humanized antibodies" are recombinant proteins in which murine complementarity determining regions of a monoclonal antibody have been transferred from heavy and light variable chains of the murine immunoglobulin into a human variable domain.
As used herein, a "therapeutic agent" is a molecule or atom, which is conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a conjugate, which is useful for therapy. Examples of therapeutic agents include drugs, toxins, immunomodulators, chelators, boron compounds, photoactive agents or dyes, and radioisotopes.
A "detectable label" is a molecule or atom, which can be conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a molecule useful for diagnosis. Examples of detectable labels include chelators, photoactive agents, radioisotopes, fluorescent agents, paramagnetic ions, or other marker moieties.
The term "affinity tag" is used herein to denote a polypeptide segment that can be attached to a second polypeptide to provide for purification or detection of the second polypeptide or provide sites for attachment of the second polypeptide to a substrate. In principal, any peptide or protein for which an antibody or other specific binding agent is available can be used as an affinity tag. Affinity tags include a poly- histidine tract, protein A (Nilsson et al, EMBO J. 4:1015 (1985); Nilsson et al, Methods Enzymol 198:3 (1991)), glutathione S transferase (Smith and Johnson, Gene 67:31 (1988)), Glu-Glu affinity tag (Grussenmeyer et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 82:1952 (1985)), substance P, FLAG peptide (Hopp et al, Biotechnology .5:1204 (1988)), streptavidin binding peptide, or other antigenic epitope or binding domain. See, in general, Ford et al, Protein Expression and Purification 2:95 (1991). Nucleic acid molecules encoding affinity tags are available from commercial suppliers (e.g., Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, NJ).
A "naked antibody" is an entire antibody, as opposed to an antibody fragment, which is not conjugated with a therapeutic agent. Naked antibodies include both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, as well as certain recombinant antibodies, such as chimeric and humanized antibodies.
As used herein, the term "antibody component" includes both an entire antibody and an antibody fragment. An "immunoconjugate" is a conjugate of an antibody component with a therapeutic agent or a detectable label.
As used herein, the term "antibody fusion protein" refers to a recombinant molecule that comprises an antibody component and a therapeutic agent.
Examples of therapeutic agents suitable for such fusion proteins include immunomodulators ("antibody-immunomodulator fusion protein") and toxins ("antibody -toxin fusion protein").
A "target polypeptide" or a "target peptide" is an amino acid sequence that comprises at least one epitope, and that is expressed on a target cell, such as a tumor cell, or a cell that carries an infectious agent antigen. T cells recognize peptide epitopes presented by a major histocompatibility complex molecule to a target polypeptide or target peptide and typically lyse the target cell or recruit other immune cells to the site of the target cell, thereby killing the target cell.
An "antigenic peptide" is a peptide, which will bind a major histocompatibility complex molecule to form an MHC-peptide complex, which is recognized by a T cell, thereby inducing a cytotoxic lymphocyte response upon presentation to the T cell. Thus, antigenic peptides are capable of binding to an appropriate major histocompatibility complex molecule and inducing a cytotoxic T cells response, such as cell lysis or specific cytokine release against the target cell, which binds or expresses the antigen. The antigenic peptide can be bound in the context of a class I or class II major histocompatibility complex molecule, on an antigen presenting cell or on a target cell.
In eukaryotes, RNA polymerase II catalyzes the transcription of a structural gene to produce mRNA. A nucleic acid molecule can be designed to contain an RNA polymerase II template in which the RNA transcript has a sequence that is complementary to that of a specific mRNA. The RNA transcript is termed an "anti- sense RNA" and a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the anti-sense RNA is termed an "anti-sense gene." Anti-sense RNA molecules are capable of binding to mRNA molecules, resulting in an inhibition of mRNA translation.
An "anti-sense oligonucleotide specific for autotaxin" or an "autotaxin anti-sense oligonucleotide" is an oligonucleotide having a sequence (a) capable of forming a stable triplex with a portion of the autotaxin gene, or (b) capable of forming a stable duplex with a portion of an mRNA transcript of the autotaxin gene.
A "ribozyme" is a nucleic acid molecule that contains a catalytic center. The term includes RNA enzymes, self-splicing RNAs, self-cleaving RNAs, and nucleic acid molecules that perform these catalytic functions. A nucleic acid molecule that encodes a ribozyme is termed a "ribozyme gene."
An "external guide sequence" is a nucleic acid molecule that directs the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, resulting
in the cleavage of the mRNA by RNase P. A nucleic acid molecule that encodes an external guide sequence is termed an "external guide sequence gene."
The term "variant autotaxin gene" refers to nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is a modification of SEQ ID NO:2. Such variants include naturally-occurring polymorphisms of autotaxin genes, as well as synthetic genes that contain conservative amino acid substitutions of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. Additional variant forms of autotaxin genes are nucleic acid molecules that contain insertions or deletions of the nucleotide sequences described herein. A variant autotaxin gene can be identified by determining whether the gene hybridizes with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or its complement, under stringent conditions. The term "variant autotaxin," however, does not include the following proteins: (1) human autotaxin isolated from melanoma cells (Murata et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:30419 (1994)), which is encoded by the nucleotide sequence having GenBank accession No. L35594, (2) human autotaxin isolated from teratocarcinoma cells (Lee et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 218:114 (1996)), which is encoded by the nucleotide sequence having GenBank accession No. L46720, and (3) rat autotaxin isolated from brain tissue (Narita et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:28235 (1994)), which is encoded by the nucleotide sequence having GenBank accession No. 1083752. Variant autotaxin genes can also be identified by sequence comparison.
Two amino acid sequences have "100% amino acid sequence identity" if the amino acid residues of the two amino acid sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Similarly, two nucleotide sequences have "100% nucleotide sequence identity" if the nucleotide residues of the two nucleotide sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Sequence comparisons can be performed using standard software programs such as those included in the LASERGENE bioinformatics computing suite, which is produced by DNASTAR (Madison, Wisconsin). Other methods for comparing two nucleotide or amino acid sequences by determining optimal alignment are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Peruski and Peruski, The Internet and the New Biology: Tools for Genomic and Molecular Research (ASM Press, Inc. 1997), Wu et al. (eds.), "Information Superhighway and Computer Databases of Nucleic Acids and Proteins," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 123-151 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997), and Bishop (ed.), Guide to Human Genome Computing, 2nd Edition (Academic Press, Inc. 1998)). Particular methods for determining sequence identity are described below.
Regardless of the particular method used to identify a variant autotaxin gene or variant autotaxin polypeptide, a variant gene or polypeptide encoded by a
variant gene is functionally characterized by at least one of: (1) type I phosphodiesterase activity, (2) ability to bind integrin, (3) ability to inhibit the differentiation of adipocytes, (4) ability to enhance the insulin-mediated uptake of 2- deoxy-glucose by differentiated 3T3 LI cells, and (5) ability to bind specifically to an anti-autotaxin antibody.
The term "allelic variant" is used herein to denote any of two or more alternative forms of a gene occupying the same chromosomal locus. Allelic variation arises naturally through mutation, and may result in phenotypic polymorphism within populations. Gene mutations can be silent (no change in the encoded polypeptide) or may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence. The term allelic variant is also used herein to denote a protein encoded by an allelic variant of a gene.
The term "ortholog" denotes a polypeptide or protein obtained from one species that is the functional counterpart of a polypeptide or protein from a different species. Sequence differences among orthologs are the result of speciation. "Paralogs" are distinct but structurally related proteins made by an organism. Paralogs are believed to arise through gene duplication. For example, α- globin, β-globin, and myoglobin are paralogs of each other.
The present invention includes functional fragments of autotaxin genes. Within the context of this invention, a "functional fragment" of an autotaxin gene refers to a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a portion of an autotaxin polypeptide which has at least one of the biological activities described herein. For example, a functional fragment of an autotaxin gene can comprise a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, and encode a polypeptide capable of binding integrin or inhibiting the differentiation of adipocytes. Due to the imprecision of standard analytical methods, molecular weights and lengths of polymers are understood to be approximate values. When such a value is expressed as "about" X or "approximately" X, the stated value of X will be understood to be accurate to ±10%.
3. Production of the Autotaxin Gene
Nucleic acid molecules encoding a rat autotaxin gene can be obtained by screening a rat cDNA or genomic library using polynucleotide probes based upon SEQ ID NO:l . These techniques are standard and well-established.
As an illustration, a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a rat autotaxin gene can be isolated from a rat cDNA library. In this case, the first step would be to prepare the cDNA library by isolating RNA from a tissue, such as fat tissue, using
methods well-known to those of skill in the art. In general, RNA isolation techniques must provide a method for breaking cells, a means of inhibiting RNase-directed degradation of RNA, and a method of separating RNA from DNA, protein, and polysaccharide contaminants. For example, total RNA can be isolated by freezing tissue in liquid nitrogen, grinding the frozen tissue with a mortar and pestle to lyse the cells, extracting the ground tissue with a solution of phenol/chloroform to remove proteins, and separating RNA from the remaining impurities by selective precipitation with lithium chloride (see, for example, Ausubel et al. (eds.), Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 3rd Edition, pages 4-1 to 4-6 (John Wiley & Sons 1995) ["Ausubel (1995)"]; Wu et al, Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 33-41 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997) ["Wu (1997)"]).
Alternatively, total RNA can be isolated from a suitable tissue by extracting ground tissue with guanidinium isothiocyanate, extracting with organic solvents, and separating RNA from contaminants using differential centrifugation (see, for example, Chirgwin et al, Biochemistry 18:52 (1979); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-6; Wu (1997) at pages 33-41).
In order to construct a cDNA library, poly(A)+ RNA must be isolated from a total RNA preparation. Poly(A)+ RNA can be isolated from total RNA using the standard technique of oligo(dT)-cellulose chromatography (see, for example, Aviv and Leder, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69:1408 (1972); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-11 to 4- 12).
Double-stranded cDNA molecules are synthesized from poly(A)+ RNA using techniques well-known to those in the art. (see, for example, Wu (1997) at pages 41-46). Moreover, commercially available kits can be used to synthesize double- stranded cDNA molecules. For example, such kits are available from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD), CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Promega Corporation (Madison, WI) and STRATAGENE (La Jolla, CA).
Various cloning vectors are appropriate for the construction of a cDNA library. For example, a cDNA library can be prepared in a vector derived from bacteriophage, such as a λgtlO vector. See, for example, Huynh et al, "Constructing and Screening cDNA Libraries in λgtlO and λgtl l," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach Vol. I, Glover (ed.), page 49 (IRL Press, 1985); Wu (1997) at pages 47-52.
Alternatively, double-stranded cDNA molecules can be inserted into a plasmid vector, such as a PBLUESCRIPT vector (STRATAGENE; La Jolla, CA), a LAMDAGEM-4 (Promega Corp.) or other commercially available vectors. Suitable cloning vectors also can be obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA).
To amplify the cloned cDNA molecules, the cDNA library is inserted into a prokaryotic host, using standard techniques. For example, a cDNA library can be introduced into competent E. coli DH5 cells, which can be obtained, for example, from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD). A rat genomic library can be prepared by means well-known in the art
(see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307-327). Genomic DNA can be isolated by lysing tissue with the detergent Sarkosyl, digesting the lysate with proteinase K, clearing insoluble debris from the lysate by centrifugation, precipitating nucleic acid from the lysate using isopropanol, and purifying resuspended DNA on a cesium chloride density gradient.
DNA fragments that are suitable for the production of a genomic library can be obtained by the random shearing of genomic DNA or by the partial digestion of genomic DNA with restriction endonucleases. Genomic DNA fragments can be inserted into a vector, such as a bacteriophage or cosmid vector, in accordance with conventional techniques, such as the use of restriction enzyme digestion to provide appropriate termini, the use of alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining of DNA molecules, and ligation with appropriate ligases. Techniques for such manipulation are well-known in the art (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307- 327). Nucleic acid molecules that encode a rat autotaxin gene can also be obtained using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) with oligonucleotide primers having nucleotide sequences that are based upon the nucleotide sequences of the autotaxin gene, as described herein. General methods for screening libraries with PCR are provided by, for example, Yu et al. , "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction to Screen Phage Libraries," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 211-215 (Humana Press, Inc. 1993). Moreover, techniques for using PCR to isolate related genes are described by, for example, Preston, "Use of Degenerate Oligonucleotide Primers and the Polymerase Chain Reaction to Clone Gene Family Members," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 317- 337 (Humana Press, Inc. 1993).
A library containing cDNA or genomic clones can be screened with one or more polynucleotide probes based upon SΕQ ID NO:l, using standard methods (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-1 to 6-11). Anti-autotaxin antibodies, produced as described below, can also be used to isolate DNA sequences that encode rat autotaxin genes from cDNA libraries. For example, the antibodies can be used to screen λgtl 1 expression libraries, or the
antibodies can be used for immunoscreening following hybrid selection and translation (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-12 to 6-16; Margolis et al, "Screening λ expression libraries with antibody and protein probes," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 1-14 (Oxford University Press 1995)). As an alternative, an autotaxin gene can be obtained by synthesizing nucleic acid molecules using mutually priming long oligonucleotides and the nucleotide sequences described herein (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-8 to 8-9). Established techniques using the polymerase chain reaction provide the ability to synthesize DNA molecules at least two kilobases in length (Adang et al, Plant Molec. Biol. 21:\ \3 \ (1993), Bambot et al, PCR Methods and Applications 2:266 (1993), Dillon et al, "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction for the Rapid Construction of Synthetic Genes," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 263-268, (Humana Press, Inc. 1993), and Holowachuk et al, PCR Methods Appl. 4:299 (1995)). The same approaches can be used to obtain human autotaxin proteins.
The cloning of human autotaxins have been described by Murata et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:30419 (1994), and by Lee et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 218:114 (1996). Sources of human autotaxin include A2058 human melanoma cells (ATCC Number: CRL-11147; American Type Culture Collection; Manassas, VA), human teratocarcinoma cell line Ntera2Dl, human neuroblastoma tumor tissues, a neuroblastoma cell line (SMS-KAN), and normal human liver (Stracke et al, J. Biol. Chem. 267:2524 (1992); Lee et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 218:114 (1996); (Kawagoe et al, Cancer Res. 57:2516 (1997); Stracke et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,731,167). The nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can also be synthesized with "gene machines" using protocols such as the phosphoramidite method. If chemically-synthesized double stranded DNA is required for an application such as the synthesis of a gene or a gene fragment, then each complementary strand is made separately. The production of short genes (60 to 80 base pairs) is technically straightforward and can be accomplished by synthesizing the complementary strands and then annealing them. For the production of longer genes (>300 base pairs), however, special strategies may be required, because the coupling efficiency of each cycle during chemical DNA synthesis is seldom 100%. To overcome this problem, synthetic genes (double-stranded) are assembled in modular form from single-stranded fragments that are from 20 to 100 nucleotides in length. For reviews on polynucleotide synthesis, see, for example, Glick and Pasternak, Molecular Biotechnology, Principles
and Applications of Recombinant DNA (ASM Press 1994). Itakura et al, Annu. Rev. Biochem. 53:323 (1984), and Climie et al, Proc. Nat 'lAcad. Sci. USA 87:633 (1990).
Nucleic acid molecules that encode human autotaxin having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 can also be obtained by any of the various methods described above using the nucleic acid and amino acid sequences disclosed herein.
The sequence of an autotaxin cDNA or autotaxin genomic fragment can be determined using standard methods. Autotaxin polynucleotide sequences disclosed herein can also be used as probes or primers to clone 5' non-coding regions of an autotaxin gene. In view of the tissue-specific expression observed for autotaxin by northern blotting, this gene region is expected to provide for preferential expression in brain tissue and adipocytes. Promoter elements from an autotaxin gene could thus be used to direct the tissue-specific expression of heterologous genes in, for example, transgenic animals or patients treated with gene therapy. The identification of genomic fragments containing an autotaxin promoter or regulatory element can be achieved using well-established techniques, such as deletion analysis (see, generally, Ausubel (1995)).
Cloning of 5' flanking sequences also facilitates production of autotaxin proteins by "gene activation," as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,670. Briefly, expression of an endogenous autotaxin gene in a cell is altered by introducing into the autotaxin locus a DNA construct comprising at least a targeting sequence, a regulatory sequence, an exon, and an unpaired splice donor site. The targeting sequence is an autotaxin 5' non-coding sequence that permits homologous recombination of the construct with the endogenous autotaxin locus, whereby the sequences within the construct become operably linked with the endogenous autotaxin coding sequence. In this way, an endogenous autotaxin promoter can be replaced or supplemented with other regulatory sequences to provide enhanced, tissue-specific, or otherwise regulated expression.
4. Production of Autotaxin Gene Variants The present invention provides a variety of nucleic acid molecules, including DNA and RNA molecules that encode the autotaxin polypeptides disclosed herein. Those skilled in the art will readily recognize that, in view of the degeneracy of the genetic code, considerable sequence variation is possible among these polynucleotide molecules. SEQ ID NOs:3 and 10 are degenerate nucleotide sequences that encompass all nucleic acid molecules that encode the autotaxin polypeptides of SEQ ID NOs:2 and 9, respectively. Those skilled in the art will recognize that these
degenerate sequences provide all RNA sequences encoding the corresponding amino acid sequences, by substituting U for T. Thus, the present invention contemplates autotaxin polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotide 130 to nucleotide 2703 of SEQ ID NO:l, and their RNA equivalents. The present invention also contemplates autotaxin polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotide 105 to nucleotide 2681 of SEQ ID NO:8, and their RNA equivalents.
Table 1 sets forth the one-letter codes used within SEQ ID NO: 3 to denote degenerate nucleotide positions. "Resolutions" are the nucleotides denoted by a code letter. "Complement" indicates the code for the complementary nucleotide(s). For example, the code Y denotes either C or T, and its complement R denotes A or G, A being complementary to T, and G being complementary to C.
Table 1
The degenerate codons used in SEQ ID NOs:3 and 10, encompassing all possible codons for a given amino acid, are set forth in Table 2.
Table 2
One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that some ambiguity is introduced in determining a degenerate codon, representative of all possible codons encoding an amino acid. For example, the degenerate codon for serine (WSN) can, in some circumstances, encode arginine (AGR), and the degenerate codon for arginine (MGN) can, in some circumstances, encode serine (AGY). A similar relationship exists between codons encoding phenylalanine and leucine. Thus, some polynucleotides encompassed by the degenerate sequence may encode variant amino acid sequences, but one of ordinary skill in the art can easily identify such variant sequences by reference to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9. Variant sequences can be readily tested for functionality as described herein.
Different species can exhibit "preferential codon usage." In general, see, Grantham et al, Nuc. Acids Res. 8:1893 (1980), Haas et al. Curr. Biol. 6:315 (1996), Wain-Hobson et al, Gene 13:355 (1981), Grosjean and Fiers, Gene 18:199 (1982), Holm, Nuc. Acids Res. 14:3015 (1986), Ikemura, J. Mol Biol. 158:513 (1982), Sharp and Matassi, Curr. Opin. Genet. Dev. 4:851 (1994), Kane, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol 6:494 (1995), and Makrides, Microbiol. Rev. 60:512 (1996). As used herein, the term "preferential codon usage" or "preferential codons" is a term of art referring to protein translation codons that are most frequently used in cells of a certain species, thus favoring one or a few representatives of the possible codons encoding each amino acid (See Table 2). For example, the amino acid threonine (Thr) may be encoded by ACA, ACC, ACG, or ACT, but in mammalian cells ACC is the most commonly used codon; in other species, for example, insect cells, yeast, viruses or bacteria, different Thr codons may be preferential. Preferential codons for a particular species can be introduced into the polynucleotides of the present invention by a variety of methods known in the art. Introduction of preferential codon sequences into recombinant DNA can, for example, enhance production of the protein by making protein translation more efficient within a particular cell type or species. Therefore, the degenerate codon sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 3 or SEQ ID NO: 10 serves as a template for optimizing expression of polynucleotides in various cell types and species commonly used in the art and disclosed herein. Sequences containing preferential codons can be tested and optimized for expression in various species, and tested for functionality as disclosed herein.
The present invention further provides variant polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules that represent counterparts from other species (orthologs). These species include, but are not limited to mammalian, avian, amphibian, reptile, fish, insect and other vertebrate and invertebrate species. Of particular interest are autotaxin polypeptides from mammalian species, including human, mouse, porcine, rat, ovine,
bovine, canine, feline, equine, and other primate polypeptides. These autotaxins can be cloned using information and compositions provided by the present invention in combination with conventional cloning techniques.
Those skilled in the art will recognize that the sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO:l represents a single allele of rat autotaxin, and that allelic variation and alternative splicing are expected to occur. Allelic variants of this sequence can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals according to standard procedures. Allelic variants of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:l or SEQ ID NO:8, including those containing silent mutations and those in which mutations result in amino acid sequence changes, are within the scope of the present invention, as are proteins which are allelic variants of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9. cDNA molecules generated from alternatively spliced mRNAs, which retain the properties of the autotaxin polypeptide are included within the scope of the present invention, as are polypeptides encoded by such cDNAs and mRNAs. Allelic variants and splice variants of these sequences can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals or tissues according to standard procedures known in the art.
Within certain embodiments of the invention, isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode rat autotaxin can hybridize to nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a sequence complementary thereto, under "stringent conditions." In general, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5°C lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe. As an illustration, a nucleic acid molecule encoding a variant autotaxin polypeptide can be hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) at 42°C overnight in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5xSSC (lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution (lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400, 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone, and 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin), 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 μg/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA. One of skill in the art can devise variations of these hybridization conditions. For example, the hybridization mixture can be incubated at a higher temperature, such as about 65°C, in a solution that does not contain formamide. Moreover, premixed hybridization solutions are available (e.g., EXPRESSHYB Hybridization Solution from CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc.), and hybridization can be performed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Following hybridization, the nucleic acid molecules can be washed to remove non-hybridized nucleic acid molecules under stringent conditions, or under highly stringent conditions. Typical stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 55 - 65°C. That is, nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant autotaxin polypeptide remain hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: l (or its complement) following stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65°C, including 0.5x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55°C, or 2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C. One of skill in the art can readily devise equivalent conditions, for example, by substituting SSPE for SSC in the wash solution.
Typical highly stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 50 - 65°C. In other words, nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant autotaxin polypeptide remain hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under highly stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, including O.lx SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50°C, or 0.2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
The present invention also provides isolated autotaxin polypeptides that have a substantially similar sequence identity to the polypeptides of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:9, or their orthologs. The term "substantially similar sequence identity" is used herein to denote polypeptides having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:2, or their orthologs. As noted above, the term "variant autotaxin" does not include the following proteins: (1) human autotaxin isolated from melanoma cells (Murata et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:30419 (1994)), which is encoded by the nucleotide sequence having GenBank accession No. L35594, (2) human autotaxin isolated from teratocarcinoma cells (Lee et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 218:1X4 (1996)), which is encoded by the nucleotide sequence having GenBank accession No. L46720, and (3) rat autotaxin isolated from brain tissue (Narita et al, J. Biol Chem. 269:28235 (1994)), which is encoded by the nucleotide sequence having GenBank accession No. 1083752.
The present invention also contemplates autotaxin variant nucleic acid molecules that can be identified using two criteria: a determination of the similarity between the encoded polypeptide with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and a hybridization assay, as described above. Such autotaxin variants include nucleic acid molecules (1) that remain hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule comprising the
nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) following stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65 °C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. Alternatively, autotaxin variants can be characterized as nucleic acid molecules (1) that remain hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) following highly stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
Percent sequence identity is determined by conventional methods. See, for example, Altschul et al, Bull. Math. Bio. 48:603 (1986), and Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 59: 10915 (1992). Briefly, two amino acid sequences are aligned to optimize the alignment scores using a gap opening penalty of 10, a gap extension penalty of 1, and the "BLOSUM62" scoring matrix of Henikoff and Henikoff (ibid.) as shown in Table 3 (amino acids are indicated by the standard one- letter codes). The percent identity is then calculated as: ([Total number of identical matches]/ [length of the longer sequence plus the number of gaps introduced into the longer sequence in order to align the two sequences])(100).
>
En
W
w H u w LΠ o H ro α o o u ro n ro H
Q ro o o H s n o o •*
r rH o H o (
PS a Q U ex ω o w H J t-J a w
o
Those skilled in the art appreciate that there are many established algorithms available to align two amino acid sequences. The "FASTA" similarity search algorithm of Pearson and Lipman is a suitable protein alignment method for examining the level of identity shared by an amino acid sequence disclosed herein and the amino acid sequence of a putative autotaxin variant. The FASTA algorithm is described by Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Nat 'l Acad. Sci. USA 55:2444 (1988), and by Pearson, Meth. Enzymol 183:63 (1990). Briefly, FASTA first characterizes sequence similarity by identifying regions shared by the query sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO:2) and a test sequence that have either the highest density of identities (if the ktup variable is 1) or pairs of identities (if ktup=2), without considering conservative amino acid substitutions, insertions, or deletions. The ten regions with the highest density of identities are then rescored by comparing the similarity of all paired amino acids using an amino acid substitution matrix, and the ends of the regions are "trimmed" to include only those residues that contribute to the highest score. If there are several regions with scores greater than the "cutoff value (calculated by a predetermined formula based upon the length of the sequence and the ktup value), then the trimmed initial regions are examined to determine whether the regions can be joined to form an approximate alignment with gaps. Finally, the highest scoring regions of the two amino acid sequences are aligned using a modification of the Needleman-Wunsch-Sellers algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, J. Mol Biol. 48:444 (1970); Sellers, SIAMJ. Appl. Math. 26:181 (1974)), which allows for amino acid insertions and deletions. Illustrative parameters for FASTA analysis are: ktup=l, gap opening penalty=10, gap extension penalty=l, and substitution matrix=BLOSUM62. These parameters can be introduced into a FASTA program by modifying the scoring matrix file ("SMATRIX"), as explained in Appendix 2 of Pearson, Meth. Enzymol. 183:63 (1990).
FASTA can also be used to determine the sequence identity of nucleic acid molecules using a ratio as disclosed above. For nucleotide sequence comparisons, the ktup value can range between one to six, preferably from four to six.
The present invention includes nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having a conservative amino acid change, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9. That is, variants can be obtained that contain one or more amino acid substitutions of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9, in which an alkyl amino acid is substituted for an alkyl amino acid in an autotaxin amino acid sequence, an aromatic amino acid is substituted for an aromatic amino acid in an autotaxin amino acid sequence, a sulfur-containing amino acid is substituted for a sulfur-containing amino acid in an autotaxin amino acid sequence, a hydroxy- containing amino acid is substituted for a hydroxy-containing amino acid in an
autotaxin amino acid sequence, an acidic amino acid is substituted for an acidic amino acid in an autotaxin amino acid sequence, a basic amino acid is substituted for a basic amino acid in an autotaxin amino acid sequence, or a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid is substituted for a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid in an autotaxin amino acid sequence.
Among the common amino acids, for example, a "conservative amino acid substitution" is illustrated by a substitution among amino acids within each of the following groups: (1) glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine, (2) phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan, (3) serine and threonine, (4) aspartate and glutamate, (5) glutamine and asparagine, and (6) lysine, arginine and histidine. For example, variant autotaxin polypeptides that have an amino acid sequence that differs from SEQ ID NO:2 can be obtained by substituting valine for alanine93, valine for alanine194, threonine for serine236, lysine for arginine265, and threonine for serine289. Additional variants can be obtained by producing polypeptides having two or more of these amino acid substitutions.
The BLOSUM62 table is an amino acid substitution matrix derived from about 2,000 local multiple alignments of protein sequence segments, representing highly conserved regions of more than 500 groups of related proteins (Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Nat'/ Acad. Sci. USA 59:10915 (1992)). Accordingly, the BLOSUM62 substitution frequencies can be used to define conservative amino acid substitutions that may be introduced into the amino acid sequences of the present invention. Although it is possible to design amino acid substitutions based solely upon chemical properties (as discussed above), the language "conservative amino acid substitution" preferably refers to a substitution represented by a BLOSUM62 value of greater than -1. For example, an amino acid substitution is conservative if the substitution is characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of 0, 1, 2, or 3. According to this system, preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 1 (e.g., X, 2 or 3), while more preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 2 (e.g., 2 or 3). Particular variants of rat autotaxin are characterized by having at least
70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the corresponding amino acid sequence (i.e., SEQ ID NO:2), wherein the variation in amino acid sequence is due to one or more conservative amino acid substitutions.
Conservative amino acid changes in an autotaxin gene can be introduced by substituting nucleotides for the nucleotides recited in SEQ ID NO:l . Such "conservative amino acid" variants can be obtained, for example, by oligonucleotide- directed mutagenesis, linker-scanning mutagenesis, mutagenesis using the polymerase
chain reaction, and the like (see Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-10 to 8-22; and McPherson (ed.), Directed Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press 1991)). The ability of such variants to inhibit the differentiation of adipocytes can be determined using a standard method, such as the assay described herein. Alternatively, a variant autotaxin polypeptide can be identified by the ability to specifically bind anti-autotaxin antibodies.
The proteins of the present invention can also comprise non-naturally occurring amino acid residues. Non-naturally occurring amino acids include, without limitation, tra«5-3-methylproline, 2,4-methanoproline, cw-4-hydroxyproline, trans-4- hydroxyproline, N-methylglycine, α// -threonine, methylthreonine, hydroxyethylcysteine, hydroxyethylhomocysteine, nitroglutamine, homoglutamine, pipecolic acid, thiazolidine carboxylic acid, dehydroproline, 3- and 4-methylproline, 3,3-dimethylproline, tert-leucine, norvaline, 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4- azaphenylalanine, and 4-fluorophenylalanine. Several methods are known in the art for incorporating non-naturally occurring amino acid residues into proteins. For example, an in vitro system can be employed wherein nonsense mutations are suppressed using chemically aminoacylated suppressor tRΝAs. Methods for synthesizing amino acids and aminoacylating tRΝA are known in the art. Transcription and translation of plasmids containing nonsense mutations is typically carried out in a cell-free system comprising an E. coli S30 extract and commercially available enzymes and other reagents. Proteins are purified by chromatography. See, for example, Robertson et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 113:2122 (1991), Ellman et al, Methods Enzymol. 202:301 (1991), Chung et al, Science 259:806 (1993), and Chung et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 90:10145 (1993). In a second method, translation is carried out in Xenopus oocytes by microinjection of mutated mRΝA and chemically aminoacylated suppressor tRΝAs (Turcatti et al, J. Biol. Chem. 277:19991 (1996)). Within a third method, E. coli cells are cultured in the absence of a natural amino acid that is to be replaced (e.g., phenylalanine) and in the presence of the desired non-naturally occurring amino acid(s) (e.g., 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azaphenylalanine, or 4- fluorophenylalanine). The non-naturally occurring amino acid is incorporated into the protein in place of its natural counterpart. See, Koide et al, Biochem. 33:1410 (1994). Naturally occurring amino acid residues can be converted to non-naturally occurring species by in vitro chemical modification. Chemical modification can be combined with site-directed mutagenesis to further expand the range of substitutions (Wynn and Richards, Protein Sci. 2:395 (1993)).
A limited number of non-conservative amino acids, amino acids that are not encoded by the genetic code, non-naturally occurring amino acids, and unnatural amino acids may be substituted for autotaxin amino acid residues.
Essential amino acids in the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified according to procedures known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells, Science 244A08X (1989), Bass et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 55:4498 (1991), Coombs and Corey, "Site- Directed Mutagenesis and Protein Engineering," in Proteins: Analysis and Design, Angeletti (ed.), pages 259-31 1 (Academic Press, Inc. 1998)). In the latter technique, single alanine mutations are introduced at every residue in the molecule, and the resultant mutant molecules are tested for biological activity as disclosed below to identify amino acid residues that are critical to the activity of the molecule. See also, Hilton et al, J. Biol. Chem. 271:4699 (1996).
Although sequence analysis can be used to identify autotaxin receptor binding sites, the location of autotaxin receptor binding domains can also be determined by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear magnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction or photoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contact site amino acids. See, for example, de Vos et al, Science 255:306 (1992), Smith et al, J. Mol Biol 224:899 (1992), and Wlodaver et al, FEBS Lett. 309:59 (1992). Moreover, autotaxin labeled with biotin or FITC can be used for expression cloning of autotaxin receptors.
Multiple amino acid substitutions can be made and tested using known methods of mutagenesis and screening, such as those disclosed by Reidhaar-Olson and Sauer (Science 241:53 (1988)) or Bowie and Sauer (Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 56:2152 (1989)). Briefly, these authors disclose methods for simultaneously randomizing two or more positions in a polypeptide, selecting for functional polypeptide, and then sequencing the mutagenized polypeptides to determine the spectrum of allowable substitutions at each position. Other methods that can be used include phage display (e.g., Lowman et al, Biochem. 50:10832 (1991), Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409, Huse, international publication No. WO 92/06204, and region-directed mutagenesis (Derbyshire et al, Gene 46:X45 (1986), and Ner et al, DNA 7. 127, (1988)).
Variants of the disclosed autotaxin nucleotide and polypeptide sequences can also be generated through DNA shuffling as disclosed by Stemmer, Nature 370:389 (1994), Stemmei, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 9TΛ0141 (1994), and international publication No. WO 97/20078. Briefly, variant DNA molecules are generated by in vitro homologous recombination by random fragmentation of a parent DNA followed
by reassembly using PCR, resulting in randomly introduced point mutations. This technique can be modified by using a family of parent DNA molecules, such as allelic variants or DNA molecules from different species, to introduce additional variability into the process. Selection or screening for the desired activity, followed by additional iterations of mutagenesis and assay provides for rapid "evolution" of sequences by selecting for desirable mutations while simultaneously selecting against detrimental changes.
Mutagenesis methods as disclosed herein can be combined with high- throughput, automated screening methods to detect activity of cloned, mutagenized polypeptides in host cells. Mutagenized DNA molecules that encode biologically active polypeptides, or polypeptides that bind with anti-autotaxin antibodies, can be recovered from the host cells and rapidly sequenced using modern equipment. These methods allow the rapid determination of the importance of individual amino acid residues in a polypeptide of interest, and can be applied to polypeptides of unknown structure.
The present invention also includes "functional fragments" of autotaxin polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules encoding such functional fragments. Routine deletion analyses of nucleic acid molecules can be performed to obtain functional fragments of a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an autotaxin polypeptide. As an illustration, DNA molecules having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l or SEQ ID NO: 8 can be digested with Bal3X nuclease to obtain a series of nested deletions. The fragments are then inserted into expression vectors in proper reading frame, and the expressed polypeptides are isolated and tested for biological activity, or for the ability to bind anti-autotaxin antibodies. One alternative to exonuclease digestion is to use oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis to introduce deletions or stop codons to specify production of a desired fragment. Alternatively, particular fragments of an autotaxin gene can be synthesized using the polymerase chain reaction.
As an illustration, studies on the truncation at either or both termini of interferons have been summarized by Horisberger and Di Marco, Pharmac. Ther. 66:501 (1995). Moreover, standard techniques for functional analysis of proteins are described by, for example, Treuter et al, Molec. Gen. Genet. 240:1 13 (1993), Content et al., "Expression and preliminary deletion analysis of the 42 kDa 2-5 A synthetase induced by human interferon," in Biological Interferon Systems, Proceedings of ISIR-TNO Meeting on Interferon Systems, Cantell (ed.), pages 65-72 (Nijhoff 1987), Herschman, "The EGF Receptor," in Control of Animal Cell Proliferation, Vol. 1, Boynton et al, (eds.) pages 169-199 (Academic Press 1985), Coumailleau et al, J. Biol. Chem. 270:29270 (1995); Fukunaga et al, J. Biol. Chem. 270:25291 (1995);
Yamaguchi et al, Biochem. Pharmacol. 50:1295 (1995), and Meisel et al, Plant Molec. Biol. 50: 1 (1996).
Analysis of rat autotaxin produced by cultured cells indicates that one form of autotaxin consists of amino acid residues 32 to 858 of SEQ ID NO:2. This example of a functional fragment includes the RGD binding site. Another example of a functional fragment is a polypeptide consisting of the first 500 amino acids of SEQ ID NO:2, which would contain the portion of autotaxin associated with phosphodiesterase activity. Similarly, a functional fragment of the human autotaxin having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 includes the RGD binding site at amino acids 123 to 125. Another functional fragment of this form of autotaxin comprises amino acids 197 to 209, the putative phosphodiesterase active site.
The present invention also contemplates functional fragments of an autotaxin gene that has amino acid changes, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9. A variant autotaxin gene can be identified on the basis of structure by determining the level of identity with nucleotide and amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9, as discussed above. An alternative approach to identifying a variant gene on the basis of structure is to determine whether a nucleic acid molecule encoding a potential variant autotaxin gene can hybridize to a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l or SEQ ID NO: 8, as discussed above.
The present invention also provides polypeptide fragments or peptides comprising an epitope-bearing portion of an autotaxin polypeptide described herein. Such fragments or peptides may comprise an "immunogenic epitope," which is a part of a protein that elicits an antibody response when the entire protein is used as an immunogen. Immunogenic epitope-bearing peptides can be identified using standard methods (see, for example, Geysen et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 81:3998 (1983)).
In contrast, polypeptide fragments or peptides may comprise an "antigenic epitope," which is a region of a protein molecule to which an antibody can specifically bind. Certain epitopes consist of a linear or contiguous stretch of amino acids, and the antigenicity of such an epitope is not disrupted by denaturing agents. It is known in the art that relatively short synthetic peptides that can mimic epitopes of a protein can be used to stimulate the production of antibodies against the protein (see, for example, Sutcliffe et al, Science 219:660 (1983)). Accordingly, antigenic epitope- bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention are useful to raise antibodies that bind with the polypeptides described herein.
Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides can contain at least four to ten amino acids, at least ten to fifteen amino acids, or about 15 to about 30
amino acids of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9. Such epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides can be produced by fragmenting an autotaxin polypeptide, or by chemical peptide synthesis, as described herein. Moreover, epitopes can be selected by phage display of random peptide libraries (see, for example, Lane and Stephen, Curr. Opin. Immunol. 5:268 (1993), and Cortese et al, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol 7:6X6 (1996)). Standard methods for identifying epitopes and producing antibodies from small peptides that comprise an epitope are described, for example, by Mole, "Epitope Mapping," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, Manson (ed.), pages 105-116 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992), Price, "Production and Characterization of Synthetic Peptide-Derived Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering, and Clinical Application, Ritter and Ladyman (eds.), pages 60-84 (Cambridge University Press 1995), and Coligan et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Immunology, pages 9.3.1 - 9.3.5 and pages 9.4.1 - 9.4.11 (John Wiley & Sons 1997).
Regardless of the particular nucleotide sequence of a variant autotaxin gene, the gene encodes a polypeptide that is characterized by its biological activity, as described herein, or by the ability to bind specifically to an anti-autotaxin antibody. More specifically, variant autotaxin genes encode polypeptides, which exhibit at least 50%, or even greater than 70, 80, or 90%, of the activity of polypeptide encoded by the autotaxin gene described herein. For any autotaxin polypeptide, including variants and fusion proteins, one of ordinary skill in the art can readily generate a fully degenerate polynucleotide sequence encoding that variant using the information set forth in Tables 1 and 2 above. Moreover, those of skill in the art can use standard software to devise autotaxin variants based upon the nucleotide and amino acid sequences described herein. Accordingly, the present invention includes a computer-readable medium encoded with a data structure that provides at least one of the following sequences: SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:9, and SEQ ID NO: 10. Suitable forms of computer-readable media include magnetic media and optically-readable media. Examples of magnetic media include a hard or fixed drive, a random access memory (RAM) chip, a floppy disk, digital linear tape (DLT), a disk cache, and a ZIP disk. Optically readable media are exemplified by compact discs (e.g., CD-read only memory (ROM), CD-rewritable (RW), and CD-recordable), and digital versatile/video discs (DVD) (e.g., DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, and DVD+RW).
5. Production of Autotaxin Fusion Proteins and Conjugates
Fusion proteins of autotaxin can be used to express autotaxin in a recombinant host, and to isolate expressed autotaxin. As described below, particular autotaxin fusion proteins also have uses in diagnosis and therapy. One type of fusion protein comprises a peptide that guides an autotaxin polypeptide from a recombinant host cell. To direct an autotaxin polypeptide into the secretory pathway of a eukaryotic host cell, a secretory signal sequence (also known as a signal peptide, a leader sequence, prepro sequence or pre sequence) is provided in the autotaxin expression vector. While the secretory signal sequence may be derived from autotaxin, a suitable signal sequence may also be derived from another secreted protein or synthesized de novo. The secretory signal sequence is operably linked to an autotaxin-encoding sequence such that the two sequences are joined in the correct reading frame and positioned to direct the newly synthesized polypeptide into the secretory pathway of the host cell. Secretory signal sequences are commonly positioned 5' to the nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide of interest, although certain secretory signal sequences may be positioned elsewhere in the nucleotide sequence of interest (see, e.g., Welch et αl, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743; Holland et αl, U.S. Patent No. 5,143,830).
Although the secretory signal sequence of autotaxin or another protein produced by mammalian cells (e.g., tissue-type plasminogen activator signal sequence, as described, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,655) is useful for expression of autotaxin in recombinant mammalian hosts, a yeast signal sequence is preferred for expression in yeast cells. Examples of suitable yeast signal sequences are those derived from yeast mating phermone α-factor (encoded by the MFαl gene), invertase (encoded by the SUC2 gene), or acid phosphatase (encoded by the PH05 gene). See, for example, Romanos et αl. , "Expression of Cloned Genes in Yeast," in DNA Cloning 2: A Practical Approach, 2nd Edition, Glover and Hames (eds.), pages 123-167 (Oxford University Press 1995).
In bacterial cells, it is often desirable to express a heterologous protein as a fusion protein to decrease toxicity, increase stability, and to enhance recovery of the expressed protein. For example, autotaxin can be expressed as a fusion protein comprising a glutathione S-transferase polypeptide. Glutathione S-transferease fusion proteins are typically soluble, and easily purifiable from E. coli lysates on immobilized glutathione columns. In similar approaches, an autotaxin fusion protein comprising a maltose binding protein polypeptide can be isolated with an amylose resin column, while a fusion protein comprising the C-terminal end of a truncated Protein A gene can be purified using IgG-Sepharose. Established techniques for expressing a heterologous
polypeptide as a fusion protein in a bacterial cell are described, for example, by Williams et al. , "Expression of Foreign Proteins in E. coli Using Plasmid Vectors and Purification of Specific Polyclonal Antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: A Practical Approach, 2"d Edition, Glover and Hames (Eds.), pages 15-58 (Oxford University Press 1995). In addition, commercially available expression systems are available. For example, the PINPOINT Xa protein purification system (Promega Corporation; Madison, WI) provides a method for isolating a fusion protein comprising a polypeptide that becomes biotinylated during expression with a resin that comprises avidin. Peptide tags that are useful for isolating heterologous polypeptides expressed by either prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells include polyHistidine tags (which have an affinity for nickel-chelating resin), c-myc tags, calmodulin binding protein (isolated with calmodulin affinity chromatography), substance P, the RYIRS tag (which binds with anti-RYIRS antibodies), the Glu-Glu tag, and the FLAG tag (which binds with anti-FLAG antibodies). See, for example, Luo et al, Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 329:2X5 (1996), Morganti et al, Biotechnol Appl. Biochem. 23:61 (1996), and Zheng et al, Gene 186:55 (1997). Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptide tags are available, for example, from Sigma-Aldrich Corporation (St. Louis, MO).
The present invention also contemplates that the use of the secretory signal sequence contained in the autotaxin polypeptides of the present invention to direct other polypeptides into the secretory pathway. A signal fusion polypeptide may be made wherein a secretory signal sequence derived from amino acid residues 1 to 31 of SEQ ID NO:2 is operably linked to another polypeptide using methods known in the art and disclosed herein. The secretory signal sequence contained in the fusion polypeptides of the present invention is preferably fused amino-terminally to an additional peptide to direct the additional peptide into the secretory pathway. Such constructs have numerous applications known in the art. For example, these novel secretory signal sequence fusion constructs can direct the secretion of an active component of a normally non-secreted protein, such as a receptor. Such fusions may be used in a transgenic animal or in a cultured recombinant host to direct peptides through the secretory pathway. With regard to the latter, exemplary polypeptides include pharmaceutically active molecules such as Factor Vila, proinsulin, insulin, follicle stimulating hormone, tissue type plasminogen activator, tumor necrosis factor, interleukins (e.g., interleukin-1 (IL-1), IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL- 10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-14, and IL-15), colony stimulating factors (e.g., granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF) and granulocyte macrophage-colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF)), interferons (e.g., interferons-α, -β, -γ, -ω, -δ, and -x), the
stem cell growth factor designated "SI factor," erythropoietin, and thrombopoietin. The autotaxin secretory signal sequence contained in the fusion polypeptides of the present invention is preferably fused amino-terminally to an additional peptide to direct the additional peptide into the secretory pathway. Fusion proteins comprising an autotaxin secretory signal sequence can be constructed using standard techniques.
Another form of fusion protein comprises an autotaxin polypeptide and an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, typically an Fc fragment, which contains two or three constant region domains and a hinge region but lacks the variable region. As an illustration, Chang et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,723,125, describe a fusion protein comprising a human interferon and a human immunoglobulin Fc fragment. The C-terminal of the interferon is linked to the N-terminal of the Fc fragment by a peptide linker moiety. An example of a peptide linker is a peptide comprising primarily a T cell inert sequence, which is immunologically inert. An exemplary peptide linker has the amino acid sequence: GGSGG SGGGG SGGGG S (SEQ ID NO:7). In this fusion protein, a preferred Fc moiety is a human γ4 chain, which is stable in solution and has little or no complement activating activity. Accordingly, the present invention contemplates an autotaxin fusion protein that comprises an autotaxin moiety and a human Fc fragment, wherein the C-terminus of the autotaxin moiety is attached to the N-terminus of the Fc fragment via a peptide linker, such as a peptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7. The autotaxin moiety can be an autotaxin molecule or a fragment thereof.
In another variation, an autotaxin fusion protein comprises an IgG sequence, an autotaxin moiety covalently joined to the amino terminal end of the IgG sequence, and a signal peptide that is covalently joined to the amino terminal of the autotaxin moiety, wherein the IgG sequence consists of the following elements in the following order: a hinge region, a CH2 domain, and a CH3 domain. Accordingly, the IgG sequence lacks a CH, domain. The autotaxin moiety displays an autotaxin activity, as described herein, such as the ability to bind with an autotaxin receptor, or the ability to inhibit the differentiation of adipocytes. This general approach to producing fusion proteins that comprise both antibody and nonantibody portions has been described by LaRochelle et al, EP 742830 (WO 95/21258).
Fusion proteins comprising an autotaxin moiety and an Fc moiety can be used, for example, as an in vitro assay tool. For example, the presence of an autotaxin receptor in a biological sample can be detected using an autotaxin-immunoglobulin fusion protein, in which the autotaxin moiety is used to target the cognate receptor, and a macromolecule, such as Protein A or anti-Fc antibody, is used to detect the bound fusion protein-receptor complex. Moreover, such fusion proteins can be used to
identify agonists and antagonists that interfere with the binding of autotaxin to its receptor.
Moreover, using methods described in the art, hybrid autotaxin proteins can be constructed using regions or domains of the inventive autotaxin in combination with those of other insulin-like, or heterologous proteins (see, for example, Picard, Cur. Opin. Biology 5:51 1 (1994)). These methods allow the determination of the biological importance of larger domains or regions in a polypeptide of interest. Such hybrids may alter reaction kinetics, binding, constrict or expand the substrate specificity, or alter tissue and cellular localization of a polypeptide, and can be applied to polypeptides of unknown structure.
Fusion proteins can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art by preparing each component of the fusion protein and chemically conjugating them. Alternatively, a polynucleotide encoding both components of the fusion protein in the proper reading frame can be generated using known techniques and expressed by the methods described herein. General methods for enzymatic and chemical cleavage of fusion proteins are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) at pages 16-19 to 16-25.
6. Production of Autotaxin Polypeptides in Cultured Cells
The polypeptides of the present invention, including full-length polypeptides, functional fragments, and fusion proteins, can be produced in recombinant host cells following conventional techniques. To express an autotaxin gene, a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide must be operably linked to regulatory sequences that control transcriptional expression in an expression vector and then, introduced into a host cell. In addition to transcriptional regulatory sequences, such as promoters and enhancers, expression vectors can include translational regulatory sequences and a marker gene, which is suitable for selection of cells that carry the expression vector.
Expression vectors that are suitable for production of a foreign protein in eukaryotic cells typically contain (1) prokaryotic DNA elements coding for a bacterial replication origin and an antibiotic resistance marker to provide for the growth and selection of the expression vector in a bacterial host; (2) eukaryotic DNA elements that control initiation of transcription, such as a promoter; and (3) DNA elements that control the processing of transcripts, such as a transcription termination/polyadenylation sequence. As discussed above, expression vectors can also include nucleotide sequences encoding a secretory sequence that directs the heterologous polypeptide into the secretory pathway of a host cell. For example, an
autotaxin expression vector may comprise an autotaxin gene and a secretory sequence derived from an autotaxin gene or another secreted gene.
Autotaxin proteins of the present invention may be expressed in mammalian cells. Examples of suitable mammalian host cells include African green monkey kidney cells (Vero; ATCC CRL 1587), human embryonic kidney cells (293- HEK; ATCC CRL 1573), baby hamster kidney cells (BHK-21, BHK-570; ATCC CRL 8544, ATCC CRL 10314), canine kidney cells (MDCK; ATCC CCL 34), Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO-K1 ; ATCC CCL61 ; CHO DG44 [Chasin et al, Som. Cell. Molec. Genet. 12:555 (1986)]), rat pituitary cells (GHl ; ATCC CCL82), HeLa S3 cells (ATCC CCL2.2), rat hepatoma cells (H-4-II-E; ATCC CRL 1548) SV40-transformed monkey kidney cells (COS-1; ATCC CRL 1650) and murine embryonic cells (NIH- 3T3; ATCC CRL 1658). As an illustration, Narita et al, J. Biol Chem. 269:28235 (1994), have described the expression of recombinant rat autotaxin in COS-7 and human astrocytoma cell line (U87 cells). For a mammalian host, the transcriptional and translational regulatory signals may be derived from viral sources, such as adenovirus, bovine papilloma virus, simian virus, or the like, in which the regulatory signals are associated with a particular gene which has a high level of expression. Suitable transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences also can be obtained from mammalian genes, such as actin, collagen, myosin, and metallothionein genes.
Transcriptional regulatory sequences include a promoter region sufficient to direct the initiation of RNA synthesis. Suitable eukaryotic promoters include the promoter of the mouse metallothionein I gene (Hamer et al, J. Molec. Appl. Genet. 1:213 (1982)), the TK promoter of Herpes virus (McKnight, Cell 31:355 (1982)), the SV40 early promoter (Benoist et al, Nature 290:304 (1981)), the Rous sarcoma virus promoter (Gorman et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 79:6111 (1982)), the cytomegalovirus promoter (Foecking et al, Gene ¥5:101 (1980)), and the mouse mammary tumor virus promoter (see, generally, Etcheverry, "Expression of Engineered Proteins in Mammalian Cell Culture," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 163-181 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996)).
Alternatively, a prokaryotic promoter, such as the bacteriophage T3 RNA polymerase promoter, can be used to control autotaxin gene expression in mammalian cells if the prokaryotic promoter is regulated by a eukaryotic promoter (Zhou et al, Mol Cell. Biol. 10:4529 (1990), and Kaufman et al, Nucl Acids Res. 7P:4485 (1991)).
An expression vector can be introduced into host cells using a variety of standard techniques including calcium phosphate transfection, liposome-mediated
transfection, microprojectile-mediated delivery, electroporation, and the like. Preferably, the transfected cells are selected and propagated to provide recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector stably integrated in the host cell genome. Techniques for introducing vectors into eukaryotic cells and techniques for selecting such stable transformants using a dominant selectable marker are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) and by Murray (ed.), Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols (Humana Press 1991).
For example, one suitable selectable marker is a gene that provides resistance to the antibiotic neomycin. In this case, selection is carried out in the presence of a neomycin-type drug, such as G-418 or the like. Selection systems can also be used to increase the expression level of the gene of interest, a process referred to as "amplification." Amplification is carried out by culturing transfectants in the presence of a low level of the selective agent and then increasing the amount of selective agent to select for cells that produce high levels of the products of the introduced genes. A suitable amplifiable selectable marker is dihydrofolate reductase, which confers resistance to methotrexate. Other drug resistance genes (e.g., hygromycin resistance, multi-drug resistance, puromycin acetyltransferase) can also be used. Alternatively, markers that introduce an altered phenotype, such as green fluorescent protein, or cell surface proteins such as CD4, CD8, Class I MHC, placental alkaline phosphatase may be used to sort transfected cells from untransfected cells by such means as FACS sorting or magnetic bead separation technology.
Autotaxin polypeptides can also be produced by cultured mammalian cells using a viral delivery system. Exemplary viruses for this purpose include adenovirus, herpesvirus, vaccinia virus and adeno-associated virus (AAV). Adenovirus, a double-stranded DNA virus, is currently the best studied gene transfer vector for delivery of heterologous nucleic acid (for a review, see Becker et al, Meth. Cell Biol 43:161 (1994), and Douglas and Curiel, Science & Medicine 4:44 (1997)). Advantages of the adenovirus system include the accommodation of relatively large DNA inserts, the ability to grow to high-titer, the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and flexibility that allows use with a large number of available vectors containing different promoters.
By deleting portions of the adenovirus genome, larger inserts (up to 7 kb) of heterologous DNA can be accommodated. These inserts can be incorporated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co- transfected plasmid. An option is to delete the essential El gene from the viral vector, which results in the inability to replicate unless the E7 gene is provided by the host cell. Adenovirus vector-infected human 293 cells (ATCC Nos. CRL-1573, 45504, 45505),
for example, can be grown as adherent cells or in suspension culture at relatively high cell density to produce significant amounts of protein (see Gamier et al, Cytotechnol. 75:145 (1994)).
Autotaxin may also be expressed in other higher eukaryotic cells, such as avian, fungal, insect, yeast, or plant cells. The baculovirus system provides an efficient means to introduce cloned Autotaxin genes into insect cells. Suitable expression vectors are based upon the Autographa calif ornica multiple nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), and contain well-known promoters such as Drosophila heat shock protein (hsp) 70 promoter, Autographa calif ornica nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate-early gene promoter (/e-7) and the delayed early 39K promoter, baculovirus plO promoter, and the Drosophila metallothionein promoter. A second method of making recombinant baculovirus utilizes a transposon-based system described by Luckow (Luckow, et al, J. Virol. 67:4566 (1993)). This system, which utilizes transfer vectors, is sold in the BAC-to-BAC kit (Life Technologies, Rockville, MD). This system utilizes a transfer vector, PFASTBAC (Life Technologies) containing a Tn7 transposon to move the DNA encoding the autotaxin polypeptide into a baculovirus genome maintained in E. coli as a large plasmid called a "bacmid." See, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol. 77:971 (1990), Bonning, et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1551 (1994), and Chazenbalk, and Rapoport, J. Biol. Chem. 270:1543 (1995). In addition, transfer vectors can include an in-frame fusion with DNA encoding an epitope tag at the C- or N-terminus of the expressed autotaxin polypeptide, for example, a Glu-Glu epitope tag (Grussenmeyer et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. 52:7952 (1985)). Using a technique known in the art, a transfer vector containing an autotaxin gene is transformed into E. coli, and screened for bacmids, which contain an interrupted lacZ gene indicative of recombinant baculovirus. The bacmid DNA containing the recombinant baculovirus genome is then isolated using common techniques.
The recombinant virus or bacmid is used to transfect host cells. Suitable insect host cells include cell lines derived from IPLB-S/^l, a Spodoptera frugiperda pupal ovarian cell line, such as 9 (ATCC CRL 1711), S21AΕ, and 5 21 (Invitrogen Corporation; San Diego, CA), as well as Drosophila Schneider-2 cells, and the HIGH FIVEO cell line (Invitrogen) derived from Trichoplusia ni (U.S. Patent No. 5,300,435). Commercially available serum-free media can be used to grow and to maintain the cells. Suitable media are Sf900 II™ (Life Technologies) or ESF 921™ (Expression Systems) for the Sf9 cells; and Ex-cellO405™ (JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, KS) or Express FiveO™ (Life Technologies) for the T. ni cells. When recombinant virus is used, the cells are typically grown up from an inoculation density of approximately 2-5
x 105 cells to a density of 1-2 x 106 cells at which time a recombinant viral stock is added at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 0.1 to 10, more typically near 3.
Established techniques for producing recombinant proteins in baculovirus systems are provided by Bailey et al, "Manipulation of Baculovirus Vectors," in Methods in Molecular Biology. Volume 7: Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols, Murray (ed.), pages 147-168 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1991), by Patel et al, "The baculovirus expression system," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 205-244 (Oxford University Press 1995), by Ausubel (1995) at pages 16-37 to 16-57, by Richardson (ed.), Baculovirus Expression Protocols (The Humana Press, Inc. 1995), and by Lucknow, "Insect Cell Expression Technology," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 183-218 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996).
Fungal cells, including yeast cells, can also be used to express the genes described herein. Yeast species of particular interest in this regard include Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia pastoris, and Pichia methanolica. Suitable promoters for expression in yeast include promoters from GAL1 (galactose), PGK (phosphoglycerate kinase), ADH (alcohol dehydrogenase), AOX1 (alcohol oxidase), HIS4 (histidinol dehydrogenase), and the like. Many yeast cloning vectors have been designed and are readily available. These vectors include Yip-based vectors, such as YIp5, YRp vectors, such as YRpl7, YEp vectors such as YEpl3 and YCp vectors, such as YCpl9. Methods for transforming S. cerevisiae cells with exogenous DNA and producing recombinant polypeptides therefrom are disclosed by, for example, Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kawasaki et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373, Brake, U.S. Patent No. 4,870,008, Welch et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743, and Murray et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,845,075. Transformed cells are selected by phenotype determined by the selectable marker, commonly drug resistance or the ability to grow in the absence of a particular nutrient (e.g., leucine). A suitable vector system for use in Saccharomyces cerevisiae is the POT1 vector system disclosed by Kawasaki et al. (U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373), which allows transformed cells to be selected by growth in glucose-containing media. Additional suitable promoters and terminators for use in yeast include those from glycolytic enzyme genes (see, e.g., Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kingsman et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,615,974, and Bitter, U.S. Patent No. 4,977,092) and alcohol dehydrogenase genes. See also U.S. Patents Nos. 4,990,446, 5,063,154, 5,139,936, and 4,661,454. Transformation systems for other yeasts, including Hansenula polymorpha, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Kluyveromyces lactis, Kluyveromyces fragilis, Ustilago maydis, Pichia pastoris, Pichia methanolica, Pichia guillermondii
and Candida maltosa are known in the art. See, for example, Gleeson et al, J. Gen. Microbiol. 132:3459 (1986), and Cregg, U.S. Patent No. 4,882,279. Aspergillus cells may be utilized according to the methods of McKnight et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,935,349. Methods for transforming Acremonium chrysogenum are disclosed by Sumino et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,162,228. Methods for transforming Neurospora are disclosed by Lambowitz, U.S. Patent No. 4,486,533.
For example, the use of Pichia methanolica as host for the production of recombinant proteins is disclosed by Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,716,808, Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,736,383, Raymond et al, Yeast 74:11-23 (1998), and in international publication Nos. WO 97/17450, WO 97/17451, WO 98/02536, and WO 98/02565. DNA molecules for use in transforming P. methanolica will commonly be prepared as double-stranded, circular plasmids, which are preferably linearized prior to transformation. For polypeptide production in P. methanolica, it is preferred that the promoter and terminator in the plasmid be that of a P. methanolica gene, such as a P. methanolica alcohol utilization gene (A UG1 or A UG2). Other useful promoters include those of the dihydroxyacetone synthase (DHAS), formate dehydrogenase (FMD), and catalase (CAT) genes. To facilitate integration of the DNA into the host chromosome, it is preferred to have the entire expression segment of the plasmid flanked at both ends by host DNA sequences. An illustrative selectable marker for use in Pichia methanolica is a P. methanolica ADE2 gene, which encodes phosphoribosyl-5- aminoimidazole carboxylase (AIRC; EC 4.1.1.21), and which allows ade2 host cells to grow in the absence of adenine. For large-scale, industrial processes where it is desirable to minimize the use of methanol, it is preferred to use host cells in which both methanol utilization genes (A UG1 and A UG2) are deleted. For production of secreted proteins, host cells deficient in vacuolar protease genes (PEP4 and PRB1) are preferred. Electroporation is used to facilitate the introduction of a plasmid containing DNA encoding a polypeptide of interest into P. methanolica cells. P. methanolica cells can be transformed by electroporation using an exponentially decaying, pulsed electric field having a field strength of from 2.5 to 4.5 kV/cm, preferably about 3.75 kV/cm, and a time constant (t) of from 1 to 40 milliseconds, most preferably about 20 milliseconds.
Expression vectors can also be introduced into plant protoplasts, intact plant tissues, or isolated plant cells. Methods for introducing expression vectors into plant tissue include the direct infection or co-cultivation of plant tissue with Agrobacterium tumefaciens, microprojectile-mediated delivery, DNA injection, electroporation, and the like. See, for example, Horsch et al, Science 227:1229 (1985), Klein et al, Biotechnology 70:268 (1992), and Miki et al, "Procedures for Introducing
Foreign DNA into Plants," in Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Glick et al. (eds.), pages 67-88 (CRC Press, 1993).
Alternatively, autotaxin genes can be expressed in prokaryotic host cells. Suitable promoters that can be used to express autotaxin polypeptides in a prokaryotic host are well-known to those of skill in the art and include promoters capable of recognizing the T4, T3, Sp6 and T7 polymerases, the PR and PL promoters of bacteriophage lambda, the trp, recA, heat shock, lacUVS, tac, Ipp-lacSpr, phoA, and lacZ promoters of E. coli, promoters of B. subtilis, the promoters of the bacteriophages of Bacillus, Streptomyces promoters, the int promoter of bacteriophage lambda, the bla promoter of pBR322, and the CAT promoter of the chloramphenicol acetyl transferase gene. Prokaryotic promoters have been reviewed by Glick, J. Ind. Microbiol. 7:277 (1987), Watson et al, Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th Ed. (Benjamin Cummins 1987), and by Ausubel et al. (1995j.
Suitable prokaryotic hosts include E. coli and Bacillus subtilus. Suitable strains of E. coli include BL21(DΕ3), BL21(DE3)pLysS, BL21(DE3)pLysE, DH1, DH4I, DH5, DH5I, DH5IF', DH5IMCR, DH10B, DH10B/p3, DH11S, C600, HB101, JM101, JM105, JM109, JM1 10, K38, RR1, Y1088, Y1089, CSH18, ER1451, and ER1647 (see, for example, Brown (ed.), Molecular Biology Labfax (Academic Press 1991)). Suitable strains of Bacillus subtilus include BR151, YB886, Mil 19, MI 120, and B170 (see, for example, Hardy, "Bacillus Cloning Methods," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach, Glover (ed.) (IRL Press 1985)).
When expressing an autotaxin polypeptide in bacteria such as E. coli, the polypeptide may be retained in the cytoplasm, typically as insoluble granules, or may be directed to the periplasmic space by a bacterial secretion sequence. In the former case, the cells are lysed, and the granules are recovered and denatured using, for example, guanidine isothiocyanate or urea. The denatured polypeptide can then be refolded and dimerized by diluting the denaturant, such as by dialysis against a solution of urea and a combination of reduced and oxidized glutathione, followed by dialysis against a buffered saline solution. In the latter case, the polypeptide can be recovered from the periplasmic space in a soluble and functional form by disrupting the cells (by, for example, sonication or osmotic shock) to release the contents of the periplasmic space and recovering the protein, thereby obviating the need for denaturation and refolding.
Methods for expressing proteins in prokaryotic hosts are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Williams et al, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.),
page 15 (Oxford University Press 1995), Ward et al, "Genetic Manipulation and Expression of Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, page 137 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995), and Georgiou, "Expression of Proteins in Bacteria," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), page 101 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996)).
Standard methods for introducing expression vectors into bacterial, yeast, insect, and plant cells are provided, for example, by Ausubel (1995).
General methods for expressing and recovering foreign protein produced by a mammalian cell system are provided by, for example, Etcheverry, "Expression of Engineered Proteins in Mammalian Cell Culture," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 163 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1996). Standard techniques for recovering protein produced by a bacterial system is provided by, for example, Grisshammer et al. , "Purification of over-produced proteins from E. coli cells," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 59-92 (Oxford University Press 1995). Established methods for isolating recombinant proteins from a baculovirus system are described by Richardson (ed.), Baculovirus Expression Protocols (The Humana Press, Inc. 1995).
As an alternative, polypeptides of the present invention can be synthesized by exclusive solid phase synthesis, partial solid phase methods, fragment condensation or classical solution synthesis. These synthesis methods are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 55:2149 (1963), Stewart et al, "Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis" (2nd Edition), (Pierce Chemical Co. 1984), Bayer and Rapp, Chem. Pept. Prot. 3:3 (1986), Atherton et al, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press 1989), Fields and Colowick, "Solid-Phase Peptide Synthesis," Methods in Enzymology Volume 289 (Academic Press 1997), and Lloyd- Williams et al, Chemical Approaches to the Synthesis of Peptides and Proteins (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). Variations in total chemical synthesis strategies, such as "native chemical ligation" and "expressed protein ligation" are also standard (see, for example, Dawson et al, Science 266:116 (1994), Hackeng et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 94:1845 (1997), Dawson, Methods Enzymol. 287: 34 (1997), Muir et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 95:6705 (1998), Severinov and Muir, J. Biol. Chem. 275:16205 (1998), and Kochendoerfer and Kent, Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 3:665 (1999)).
Polypeptides of the present invention can comprise at 15, 20, 25, or 30 contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO:2. As an illustration, polypeptides can comprise 15, 20, 25, or 30 contiguous amino acids of amino acid residues 135 to 172 of SEQ ID NO:2. Within certain embodiments of the invention, the polypeptides
comprise 40, 50, 100, or more contiguous residues of SEQ ID NO:2. For example, such polypeptides can comprise 50 contiguous amino acids of amino acid residues 545 to 655 of SEQ ID NO:2. Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptides and polypeptides are useful as polymerase chain reaction primers and probes.
7. Isolation of Autotaxin Polypeptides
The polypeptides of the present invention can be purified to at least about 80% purity, to at least about 90% purity, to at least about 95% purity, or even greater than 95% purity with respect to contaminating macromolecules, particularly other proteins and nucleic acids, and free of infectious and pyrogenic agents. The polypeptides of the present invention may also be purified to a pharmaceutically pure state, which is greater than 99.9% pure. Certain preparations comprise a purified polypeptide that is substantially free of other polypeptides, particularly other polypeptides of animal origin. Fractionation and/or conventional purification methods can be used to obtain preparations of autotaxin purified from natural sources (e.g., adipocytes), and recombinant autotaxin polypeptides and fusion autotaxin polypeptides purified from recombinant host cells. In general, ammonium sulfate precipitation and acid or chaotrope extraction may be used for fractionation of samples. Exemplary purification steps may include hydroxyapatite, size exclusion, FPLC and reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography. Suitable chromatographic media include derivatized dextrans, agarose, cellulose, polyacrylamide, specialty silicas, and the like. PEI, DEAE, QAE and Q derivatives are preferred. Exemplary chromatographic media include those media derivatized with phenyl, butyl, or octyl groups, such as Phenyl- Sepharose FF (Pharmacia), Toyopearl butyl 650 (Toso Haas, Montgomery ville, PA), Octyl-Sepharose (Pharmacia) and the like; or polyacrylic resins, such as Amberchrom CG 71 (Toso Haas) and the like. Suitable solid supports include glass beads, silica- based resins, cellulosic resins, agarose beads, cross-linked agarose beads, polystyrene beads, cross-linked polyacrylamide resins and the like that are insoluble under the conditions in which they are to be used. These supports may be modified with reactive groups that allow attachment of proteins by amino groups, carboxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, hydroxyl groups and/or carbohydrate moieties.
Examples of coupling chemistries include cyanogen bromide activation, N-hydroxysuccinimide activation, epoxide activation, sulfhydryl activation, hydrazide activation, and carboxyl and amino derivatives for carbodiimide coupling chemistries. These and other solid media are well known and widely used in the art, and are
available from commercial suppliers. Selection of a particular method for polypeptide isolation and purification is a matter of routine design and is determined in part by the properties of the chosen support (see, for example, Affinity Chromatography: Principles & Methods (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology 1988), and Doonan, Protein Purification Protocols (The Humana Press 1996)). For example, methods been described for purifying autotaxin from A2058 human melanoma cells using hydrophobic interaction chromatography, concanavilin A affinity chromatography, and anion-exchange chromatography (Stracke et al, J. Biol. Chem. 267:2524 (1992); Lee et al, "Autocrine Motility Factors," in Human Cytokines, Vol. II, Aggarwal and Gutterman (eds.), pages 258-285 (Blackwell Science Ltd. 1996); Murata et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:30419 (1994); Lee et al, J. Biol. Chem. 277:24408 (1996); Clair et al, J. Biol. Chem. 272:996 (1997); Stracke et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,449,753). Moreover, Lee et al, J. Biol. Chem. 271:24408 (1996), describe a method for the isolation of recombinant autotaxin. Example 2 illustrates the use of concanavilin A affinity chromatography to purify autotaxin.
Additional variations in autotaxin isolation and purification can be devised by those of skill in the art. For example, anti-autotaxin antibodies, obtained as described below, can be used to isolate large quantities of protein by immunoaffinity purification. Moreover, methods for binding ligands, such as autotaxin, to receptor polypeptides bound to support media are well known in the art.
The polypeptides of the present invention can also be isolated by exploitation of particular properties. For example, immobilized metal ion adsorption (IMAC) chromatography can be used to purify histidine-rich proteins, including those comprising polyhistidine tags. Briefly, a gel is first charged with divalent metal ions to form a chelate (Sulkowski, Trends in Biochem. 5:1 (1985)). Histidine-rich proteins will be adsorbed to this matrix with differing affinities, depending upon the metal ion used, and will be eluted by competitive elution, lowering the pH, or use of strong chelating agents. Other methods of purification include purification of glycosylated proteins by lectin affinity chromatography and ion exchange chromatography (M. Deutscher, (ed.), Meth. Enzymol. 752:529 (1990)). Within additional embodiments of the invention, a fusion of the polypeptide of interest and an affinity tag (e.g., maltose-binding protein, an immunoglobulin domain) may be constructed to facilitate purification.
Autotaxin polypeptides or fragments thereof may also be prepared through chemical synthesis, as described below. Autotaxin polypeptides may be monomers or multimers; glycosylated or non-glycosylated; PEGylated or non- PEGylated; and may or may not include an initial methionine amino acid residue.
8. Assays for Autotaxin, Its Analogs, and the Autotaxin Receptor
As described above, the disclosed polypeptides can be used to construct autotaxin variants An autotaxin variant can be functionally characterized by its ability to specifically bind with an anti-autotaxin antibody, or by a biological activity that affects metabolism. Illustrative assays that measure such biological activity are described below. A polypeptide produced by an autotaxin variant gene is considered to be an autotaxin agonist if the polypeptide exhibits a biological activity.
On the other hand, an autotaxin variant gene product that lacks biological activity may be an autotaxin antagonist. These biologically-inactive autotaxin variants can be initially identified on the basis of hybridization analysis, sequence identity determination, or by the ability to specifically bind anti-autotaxin antibody. An autotaxin antagonist can be further characterized by its ability to inhibit the biological response induced by autotaxin or by an autotaxin agonist. This inhibitory effect may result, for example, from the competitive or non-competitive binding of the antagonist to the autotaxin receptor.
Autotaxin, its agonists and antagonists are valuable in both in vivo and in vitro uses. As an illustration, autotaxin, or an agonist, can be used to inhibit the differentiation of adipocytes to maintain cultures of undifferentiated cells. Antagonists are also useful as research reagents for characterizing sites of interaction between autotaxin and its receptor. In a therapeutic setting, pharmaceutical compositions comprising autotaxin antagonists can be used to inhibit autotaxin activity.
One general class of autotaxin analogs are agonists or antagonists having an amino acid sequence that is a mutation of the amino acid sequences disclosed herein. Another general class of autotaxin analogs is provided by anti-idiotype antibodies, and fragments thereof, as described below. Moreover, recombinant antibodies comprising anti-idiotype variable domains can be used as analogs (see, for example, Monfardini et αl, Proc. Assoc. Am. Physicians 108:420 (1996)). Since the variable domains of anti- idiotype autotaxin antibodies mimic autotaxin, these domains can provide either autotaxin agonist or antagonist activity. As an illustration, Lim and Langer, J. Interferon Res. 75:295 (1993), describe anti-idiotypic interferon-α antibodies that have the properties of either interferon-α agonists or antagonists.
A third approach to identifying autotaxin analogs is provided by the use of combinatorial 'ibraries. Methods for constructing and screening phage display and other combinatorial libraries are provided, for example, by Kay et al. , Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins (Academic Press 1996), Verdine, U.S. Patent No. 5,783,384, Kay, et. al, U.S. Patent No. 5,747,334, and Kauffman et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,723,323.
One method of determining whether an autotaxin variant is functional is to test the ability of the variant to inhibit the differentiation of adipocytes, as described in Example 1 with 7F2 cells. Similarly, a putative autotaxin variant can be tested for the ability to induce adipocyte differentiation using 3T3-L1 preadipocytes (ATCC No. CL-173; American Type Culture Collection; Manassas, VA; Green, U.S. Patent No. 4,003,789). Methods for inducing the differentiation of 3T3-L1 cells are described, for example, by Student et al, J. Biol. Chem. 255:4745 (1980). Briefly, 3T3-L1 cells are incubated in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium containing 10% fetal calf serum and penicillin/streptomycin (100 units/ml each). After the cells reach confluence, differentiation is induced by incubating the cells in medium containing 10% fetal calf serum, dexamethasone (about 1 μM), insulin (about 160 nM or about 10 μg/ml), and 3- isobutyl-1-methylxanthine (about 0.5 mM). An experimental group is additionally treated with the putative autotaxin variant to inhibit differentiation. Following two days of treatment, the medium is replaced with fresh medium containing 10% fetal calf serum, and the cells are incubated for three to five days. After this incubation, the cells are treated with Oil Red O stain to determine whether treatment with the putative autotaxin variant inhibited the formation of lipid droplets, which is an indication of adipocyte differentiation. Methods for performing Oil Red O staining are described, for example, by Kasturi and Joshi, J. Biol. Chem. 257:12224 (1982). The inhibition of adipocyte differentiation can also be observed by detecting an inhibition in the rate of 3H-leucine incorporation into immunoadsorbable fatty acid synthetase (Student et al, J. Biol. Chem. 255:4745 (1980)).
In an alternative biological activity assay, a modified Boyden chamber assay can be used to measure the stimulation of cell motility by autotaxin variants (Stracke et al, J. Biol. Chem. 264:2X544 (1989); Stracke et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,449,753). A phagokinetic track motility assay provides another approach (Siletti et al, Cancer Res. 57:3507 (1991)).
In another biological activity assay, autotaxin activity can be identified as the ability to enhance the insulin-mediated uptake of glucose. Example 3 illustrates this type of assay.
Type I phosphodiesterase enzymatic activity of autotaxin variants can be measured, for example, using the modification of the method of Razzell, Methods Enzymol 6:236 (1963), as described by Murata et al. J. Biol. Chem. 269:30419 (1994). Briefly, samples are assayed in a 100 μl volume containing 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.9), and 5 mM ?-nitrophenyl thymidine-5'-monophosphate. After a 30 minute incubation at 37°C, the reactions are terminated by addition of 900 μl of 0.1 N NaOH, and the amount of product formed is determined by measuring absorbance at 410 nm.
Moreover, the hydrolysis of phosphodiester bonds, can be detected using a radiolabeled substrate, such as [α-32P]ATP, [γ-32P]ATP. and [α- 2P]GTP (Clair et al, J. Biol. Chem. 272:996 (1997))
As a receptor ligand, the activity of autotaxin can be measured by a silicon-based biosensor microphysiometer, which measures the extracellular acidification rate or proton excretion associated with receptor binding and subsequent cellular responses. An exemplary device is the CYTOSENSOR Microphysiometer manufactured by Molecular Devices Corp. (Sunnyvale, CA). A variety of cellular responses, such as cell proliferation, ion transport, energy production, inflammatory response, regulatory and receptor activation, and the like, can be measured by this method (see, for example, McConnell et al, Science 257:1906 (1992), Pitchford et al, Meth. Enzymol. 228:84 (1997), Arimilli et al, J. Immunol. Meth. 212:49 (1998), and Van Liefde et al, Eur. J. Pharmacol. 346:81 (1998)). Moreover, the microphysiometer can be used for assaying adherent or non-adherent eukaryotic or prokaryotic cells. Since energy metabolism is coupled with the use of cellular ATP, any event that alters cellular ATP levels, such as receptor activation and the initiation of signal transduction, will cause a change in cellular acid section. For example, the studies of the present inventor have indicated that both insulin and autotaxin induce intracellular signaling via STAT or SRE signaling pathways. By measuring extracellular acidification changes in cell media over time, therefore, the microphysiometer directly measures cellular responses to various stimuli, including autotaxin, its agonists, or antagonists. The microphysiometer can be used to measure responses of an autotaxin responsive eukaryotic cell, compared to a control eukaryotic cell that does not respond to autotaxin polypeptide. Autotaxin responsive eukaryotic cells comprise cells into which a receptor for autotaxin has been transfected to create a cell that is responsive to autotaxin, or cells that are naturally responsive to autotaxin (e.g., liver cells, 7F2 cells, 3T3 LI cells, and the like). Autotaxin modulated cellular responses are measured by a change (e.g., an increase or decrease in extracellular acidification) in the response of cells exposed to autotaxin, compared with control cells that have not been exposed to autotaxin.
Accordingly, a microphysiometer can be used to identify cells, tissues, or cell lines which respond to an autotaxin stimulated pathway, and which express a functional autotaxin receptor. As an illustration, cells that express a functional autotaxin receptor can be identified by (a) providing test cells, (b) incubating a first portion of the test cells in the absence of autotaxin, (c) incubating a second portion of the test cells in the presence of autotaxin, and (d) detecting a change (e.g., an increase or decrease in extracellular acidification rate, as measured by a microphysiometer) in a
cellular response of the second portion of the test cells, as compared to the first portion of the test cells, wherein such a change in cellular response indicates that the test cells express a functional autotaxin receptor. An additional negative control may be included in which a portion of the test cells is incubated with autotaxin and an anti-autotaxin antibody to inhibit the binding of autotaxin with its cognate receptor.
The microphysiometer also provides one means to identify autotaxin agonists. For example, agonists of autotaxin can be identified by a method, comprising the steps of (a) providing cells responsive to autotaxin, (b) incubating a first portion of the cells in the absence of a test compound, (c) incubating a second portion of the cells in the presence of a test compound, and (d) detecting a change, for example, an increase or diminution, in a cellular response of the second portion of the cells as compared to the first portion of the cells, wherein such a change in cellular response indicates that the test compound is an autotaxin agonist. An illustrative change in cellular response is a measurable change in extracellular acidification rate, as measured by a microphysiometer. Moreover, incubating a third portion of the cells in the presence of autotaxin and in the absence of a test compound can be used as a positive control for the autotaxin responsive cells, and as a control to compare the agonist activity of a test compound with that of autotaxin. An additional control may be included in which a portion of the cells is incubated with a test compound (or autotaxin) and an anti- autotaxin antibody to inhibit the binding of the test compound (or autotaxin) with the autotaxin receptor.
The microphysiometer also provides a means to identify autotaxin antagonists. For example, autotaxin antagonists can be identified by a method, comprising the steps of (a) providing cells responsive to autotaxin, (b) incubating a first portion of the cells in the presence of autotaxin and in the absence of a test compound, (c) incubating a second portion of the cells in the presence of both autotaxin and the test compound, and (d) comparing the cellular responses of the first and second cell portions, wherein a decreased response by the second portion, compared with the response of the first portion, indicates that the test compound is an autotaxin antagonist. An illustrative change in cellular response is a measurable change extracellular acidification rate, as measured by a microphysiometer.
Autotaxin, its analogs, and anti-iodiotype autotaxin antibodies can be used to identify and to isolate autotaxin receptors. For example, proteins and peptides of the present invention can be immobilized on a column and used to bind receptor proteins from membrane preparations that are run over the column (Hermanson et al. (eds.), Immobilized Affinity Ligand Techniques, pages 195-202 (Academic Press 1992)). Radiolabeled or affinity labeled autotaxin polypeptides can also be used to
identify or to localize autotaxin receptors in a biological sample (see, for example, Deutscher (ed.), Methods in Enzymol, vol. 182, pages 721-37 (Academic Press 1990); Brunner et al, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 62:483 (1993); Fedan et al, Biochem. Pharmacol. 55: 1167 (1984)). Also see, Varthakavi and Minocha, J. Gen. Virol. 77:1875 (1996), who describe the use of anti-idiotype antibodies for receptor identification.
9. Production of Antibodies to Autotaxin Proteins
Antibodies to autotaxin can be obtained, for example, using the product of an autotaxin expression vector or autotaxin isolated from a natural source as an antigen. Particularly useful anti-autotaxin antibodies "bind specifically" with autotaxin. Antibodies are considered to be specifically binding if the antibodies exhibit at least one of the following two properties: (1) antibodies bind to autotaxin with a threshold level of binding activity, and (2) antibodies do not significantly cross-react with polypeptides related to autotaxin. With regard to the first characteristic, antibodies specifically bind if they bind to an autotaxin polypeptide, peptide or epitope with a binding affinity (Ka) of 106 M"1 or greater, preferably 107 M"1 or greater, more preferably 108 M"1 or greater, and most preferably 109 M"1 or greater. The binding affinity of an antibody can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, by Scatchard analysis (Scatchard, Ann. NY Acαd. Sci. 51:660 (1949)). With regard to the second characteristic, antibodies do not significantly cross-react with related polypeptide molecules, for example, if they detect autotaxin, but not known polypeptides using a standard Western blot analysis. Examples of known related polypeptides are orthologs and proteins from the same species that are members of a protein family. For example, specifically-binding anti-autotaxin antibodies bind with the autotaxin described herein, but not with known autotaxin proteins discussed above. Suitable antibodies include antibodies that bind with autotaxin in regions having a low sequence similarity with other autotaxins. Such regions include, for example, amino acid residues 143 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 149 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2, or amino acid residues 585 to 595 of SEQ ID NO:2. General methods of making anti-autotaxin peptide antibodies are described by Murata et αl., J. Biol. Chem. 269:30419 (1994), and Narita et αl, J. Biol. Chem. 269:28235 (1994).
Anti-autotaxin antibodies can be produced using antigenic autotaxin epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides. Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention contain a sequence of at least nine, or between 15 to about 30 amino acids contained within SEQ ID NO:2. However, peptides or
polypeptides comprising a larger portion of an amino acid sequence of the invention, containing from 30 to 50 amino acids, or any length up to and including the entire amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention, also are useful for inducing antibodies that bind with autotaxin. It is desirable that the amino acid sequence of the epitope-bearing peptide is selected to provide substantial solubility in aqueous solvents (i.e., the sequence includes relatively hydrophilic residues, while hydrophobic residues are preferably avoided). Moreover, amino acid sequences containing proline residues may be also be desirable for antibody production.
Polyclonal antibodies to recombinant autotaxin protein or to autotaxin isolated from natural sources can be prepared using methods well-known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Green et al, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera," in Immunochemical Protocols (Manson, ed.), pages 1-5 (Humana Press 1992), and Williams et al, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 15 (Oxford University Press 1995). The immunogenicity of an autotaxin polypeptide can be increased through the use of an adjuvant, such as alum (aluminum hydroxide) or Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant. Polypeptides useful for immunization also include fusion polypeptides, such as fusions of autotaxin or a portion thereof with an immunoglobulin polypeptide or with maltose binding protein. The polypeptide immunogen may be a full-length molecule or a portion thereof. If the polypeptide portion is "hapten-like," such portion may be advantageously joined or linked to a macromolecular carrier (such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or tetanus toxoid) for immunization.
Although polyclonal antibodies are typically raised in animals such as horses, cows, dogs, chicken, rats, mice, rabbits, guinea pigs, goats, or sheep, an anti- autotaxin antibody of the present invention may also be derived from a subhuman primate antibody. General techniques for raising diagnostically and therapeutically useful antibodies in baboons may be found, for example, in Goldenberg et al, international patent publication No. WO 91/11465, and in Losman et al, Int. J. Cancer 46:3X0 (1990).
Alternatively, monoclonal anti-autotaxin antibodies can be generated. Rodent monoclonal antibodies to specific antigens may be obtained by methods known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Kohler et al, Nature 256:495 (1975), Coligan et al (eds.), Current Protocols in Immunology, Vol. 1, pages 2.5.1-2.6.7 (John Wiley & Sons 1991) ["Coligan"], Picksley et al, "Production of monoclonal antibodies against proteins expressed in E. coli," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 93 (Oxford University Press 1995)).
Briefly, monoclonal antibodies can be obtained by injecting mice with a composition comprising an autotaxin gene product, verifying the presence of antibody production by removing a serum sample, removing the spleen to obtain B-lymphocytes, fusing the B-lymphocytes with myeloma cells to produce hybridomas, cloning the hybridomas, selecting positive clones which produce antibodies to the antigen, culturing the clones that produce antibodies to the antigen, and isolating the antibodies from the hybridoma cultures.
In addition, an anti-autotaxin antibody of the present invention may be derived from a human monoclonal antibody. Human monoclonal antibodies are obtained from transgenic mice that have been engineered to produce specific human antibodies in response to antigenic challenge. In this technique, elements of the human heavy and light chain locus are introduced into strains of mice derived from embryonic stem cell lines that contain targeted disruptions of the endogenous heavy chain and light chain loci. The transgenic mice can synthesize human antibodies specific for human antigens, and the mice can be used to produce human antibody-secreting hybridomas. Methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic mice are described, for example, by Green et al, Nature Genet. 7:13 (1994), Lonberg et al, Nature 368:856 (1994), and Taylor et al, Int. Immun. 6:519 (1994). Human antibodies can also be obtained using phage display methods (see, for example, Griffiths et al, U.S. patent No.5, 885,793). Monoclonal antibodies can be isolated and purified from hybridoma cultures by a variety of well-established techniques. Such isolation techniques include affinity chromatography with Protein-A Sepharose, size-exclusion chromatography, and ion-exchange chromatography (see, for example, Coligan at pages 2.7.1-2.7.12 and pages 2.9.1-2.9.3; Baines et al, "Purification of Immunoglobulin G (IgG)," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, pages 79-104 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992)).
For particular uses, it may be desirable to prepare fragments of anti- autotaxin antibodies. Such antibody fragments can be obtained, for example, by proteolytic hydrolysis of the antibody. Antibody fragments can be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of whole antibodies by conventional methods. As an illustration, antibody fragments can be produced by enzymatic cleavage of antibodies with pepsin to provide a 5S fragment denoted F(ab')2. This fragment can be further cleaved using a thiol reducing agent to produce 3.5S Fab' monovalent fragments. Optionally, the cleavage reaction can be performed using a blocking group for the sulfhydryl groups that result from cleavage of disulfide linkages. As an alternative, an enzymatic cleavage using pepsin produces two monovalent Fab fragments and an Fc fragment directly. These methods are described, for example, by Goldenberg, U.S. patent No. 4,331,647, Nisonoff et al, Arch Biochem. Biophys. 89:230 (1960), Porter, Biochem. J.
75:119 (1959). Edelman et al., in Methods in Enzymology Vol. 7, page 422 (Academic Press 1967), and by Coligan at pages 2.8.1-2.8.10 and 2.10.-2.10.4.
Other methods of cleaving antibodies, such as separation of heavy chains to form monovalent light-heavy chain fragments, further cleavage of fragments, or other enzymatic, chemical or genetic techniques may also be used, so long as the fragments bind to the antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody.
For example, Fv fragments comprise an association of VH and VL chains. This association can be noncovalent, as described by Inbar et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69:2659 (1972). Alternatively, the variable chains can be linked by an intermolecular disulfide bond or cross-linked by chemicals such as glutaraldehyde (see, for example, Sandhu, Crit. Rev. Biotech. 72:437 (1992)).
The Fv fragments may comprise VH and VL chains, which are connected by a peptide linker. These single-chain antigen binding proteins (scFv) are prepared by constructing a structural gene comprising DNA sequences encoding the VH and VL domains which are connected by an oligonucleotide. The structural gene is inserted into an expression vector, which is subsequently introduced into a host cell, such as E. coli. The recombinant host cells synthesize a single polypeptide chain with a linker peptide bridging the two V domains. Methods for producing scFvs are described, for example, by Whitlow et al, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:91 (1991) (also see, Bird et al, Science 242:423 (1988), Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778, Pack et al, Bio/Technology 77:1271 (1993), and Sandhu, supra).
As an illustration, a scFV can be obtained by exposing lymphocytes to autotaxin polypeptide in vitro, and selecting antibody display libraries in phage or similar vectors (for instance, through use of immobilized or labeled autotaxin protein or peptide). Genes encoding polypeptides having potential autotaxin polypeptide binding domains can be obtained by screening random peptide libraries displayed on phage (phage display) or on bacteria, such as E. coli. Nucleotide sequences encoding the polypeptides can be obtained in a number of ways, such as through random mutagenesis and random polynucleotide synthesis. These random peptide display libraries can be used to screen for peptides, which interact with a known target, which can be a protein or polypeptide, such as a ligand or receptor, a biological or synthetic macromolecule, or organic or inorganic substances. Techniques for creating and screening such random peptide display libraries are known in the art (Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,403,484, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,571,698, and Kay et al, Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins (Academic Press, Inc. 1996)) and random peptide display libraries and kits for screening such libraries are available commercially, for
instance from CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Invitrogen Inc. (San Diego, CA), New England Biolabs, Inc. (Beverly, MA), and Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology Inc. (Piscataway, NJ). Random peptide display libraries can be screened using the autotaxin sequences disclosed herein to identify proteins, which bind to autotaxin.
Another form of an antibody fragment is a peptide coding for a single complementarity-determining region (CDR). CDR peptides ("minimal recognition units") can be obtained by constructing genes encoding the CDR of an antibody of interest. Such genes are prepared, for example, by using the polymerase chain reaction to synthesize the variable region from RNA of antibody-producing cells (see, for example, Larrick et al, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:106 (1991), Courtenay-Luck, "Genetic Manipulation of Monoclonal Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering and Clinical Application, Ritter et al. (eds.), page 166 (Cambridge University Press 1995), and Ward et al, "Genetic Manipulation and Expression of Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, Birch et al, (eds.), page 137 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995)).
Alternatively, an anti-autotaxin antibody may be derived from a "humanized" monoclonal antibody. Humanized monoclonal antibodies are produced by transferring mouse complementary determining regions from heavy and light variable chains of the mouse immunoglobulin into a human variable domain. Typical residues of human antibodies are then substituted in the framework regions of the murine counterparts. The use of antibody components derived from humanized monoclonal antibodies obviates potential problems associated with the immunogenicity of murine constant regions. General techniques for cloning murine immunoglobulin variable domains are described, for example, by Orlandi et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 5(5:3833 (1989). Techniques for producing humanized monoclonal antibodies are described, for example, by Jones et al, Nature 527:522 (1986), Carter et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 89:4285 (1992), Sandhu, Crit. Rev. Biotech. 12:431 (1992), Singer et al, J. Immun. 150:2844 (1993), Sudhir (ed.), Antibody Engineering Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1995), Kelley, "Engineering Therapeutic Antibodies," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 399-434 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996), and by Queen et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,693,762 (1997).
Polyclonal anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared by immunizing animals with anti-autotaxin antibodies or antibody fragments, using standard techniques. See, for example, Green et al, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera," in Methods In Molecular Biology: Immunochemical Protocols, Manson (ed.), pages 1-12 (Humana Press 1992). Also, see Coligan at pages 2.4.1-2.4.7. Alternatively,
monoclonal anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared using anti-autotaxin antibodies or antibody fragments as immunogens with the techniques, described above. As another alternative, humanized anti-idiotype antibodies or subhuman primate anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared using the above-described techniques. Methods for producing anti-idiotype antibodies are described, for example, by Irie, U.S. Patent No. 5,208,146, Greene, et. al, U.S. Patent No. 5,637,677, and Varthakavi and Minocha, J Gen. Virol. 77: 1875 (1996).
10. Detection of Autotaxin Gene Expression Nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect the expression of an autotaxin gene in a biological sample. Suitable probe molecules include double- stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOs: l or 8, or a portion thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOs: lor 8, or a portion thereof. Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like. As used herein, the term "portion" refers to at least eight nucleotides to at least 20 or more nucleotides.
In a basic assay, a single-stranded probe molecule is incubated with RNA, isolated from a biological sample, under conditions of temperature and ionic strength that promote base pairing between the probe and target autotaxin RNA species. After separating unbound probe from hybridized molecules, the amount of hybrids is detected.
Well-established hybridization methods of RNA detection include northern analysis and dot/slot blot hybridization (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-27, and Wu et αl (eds.), "Analysis of Gene Expression at the RNA Level," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 225-239 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). Nucleic acid probes can be detectably labeled with radioisotopes such as 32P or 35S. Alternatively, autotaxin RNA can be detected with a nonradioactive hybridization method (see, for example, Isaac (ed.), Protocols for Nucleic Acid Analysis by Nonradioactive Probes (Humana Press, Inc. 1993)). Typically, nonradioactive detection is achieved by enzymatic conversion of chromogenic or chemiluminescent substrates. Illustrative nonradioactive moieties include biotin, fluorescein, and digoxigenin.
Autotaxin oligonucleotide probes are also useful for in vivo diagnosis. As an illustration, l F-labeled oligonucleotides can be administered to a subject and visualized by positron emission tomography (Tavitian et al, Nature Medicine 4:461 (1998)).
Numerous diagnostic procedures take advantage of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to increase sensitivity of detection methods. Standard techniques for performing PCR are well-known (see, generally, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), White (ed.), PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications (Humana Press, Inc. 1993), Cotter (ed.), Molecular Diagnosis of Cancer (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Hanausek and Walaszek (eds.), Tumor Marker Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1998), Lo (ed.), Clinical Applications of PCR (Humana Press, Inc. 1998), and Meltzer (ed.), PCR in Bioanalysis (Humana Press, Inc. 1998)). One variation of PCR for diagnostic assays is reverse transcriptase-PCR
(RT-PCR). In the RT-PCR technique, RNA is isolated from a biological sample, reverse transcribed to cDNA, and the cDNA is incubated with autotaxin primers (see, for example, Wu et al. (eds.), "Rapid Isolation of Specific cDNAs or Genes by PCR," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 15-28 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). PCR is then performed and the products are analyzed using standard techniques.
As an illustration, RNA is isolated from biological sample using, for example, the guanidinium-thiocyanate cell lysis procedure described above. Alternatively, a solid-phase technique can be used to isolate mRNA from a cell lysate. A reverse transcription reaction can be primed with the isolated RNA using random oligonucleotides, short homopolymers of dT, or autotaxin anti-sense oligomers. Oligo- dT primers offer the advantage that various mRNA nucleotide sequences are amplified that can provide control target sequences, autotaxin sequences are amplified by the polymerase chain reaction using two flanking oligonucleotide primers that are typically 20 bases in length. PCR amplification products can be detected using a variety of approaches. For example, PCR products can be fractionated by gel electrophoresis, and visualized by ethidium bromide staining. Alternatively, fractionated PCR products can be transferred to a membrane, hybridized with a detectably-labeled autotaxin probe, and examined by autoradiography. Additional alternative approaches include the use of digoxigenin-labeled deoxyribonucleic acid triphosphates to provide chemiluminescence detection, and the C-TRAK colorimetric assay.
Another approach for detection of autotaxin expression is cycling probe technology (CPT), in which a single-stranded DNA target binds with an excess of DNA-RNA-DNA chimeric probe to form a complex, the RNA portion is cleaved with RNAase H, and the presence of cleaved chimeric probe is detected (see, for example, Beggs et al, J. Clin. Microbiol. 34:2985 (1996), Bekkaoui et al, Biotechniques 20:240 (1996)). Alternative methods for detection of autotaxin sequences can utilize
approaches such as nucleic acid sequence-based amplification (NASBA), cooperative amplification of templates by cross-hybridization (CATCH), and the ligase chain reaction (LCR) (see, for example, Marshall et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,686,272 (1997), Dyer et al, J. Virol. Methods 60: 161 (1996), Ehricht et al, Eur. J. Biochem. 243:358 (1997), and Chadwick et al, J. Virol. Methods 70:59 (1998)). Other standard methods are known to those of skill in the art.
Autotaxin probes and primers can also be used to detect and to localize autotaxin gene expression in tissue samples. Methods for such in situ hybridization are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Choo (ed.), In Situ Hybridization Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1994), Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Cellular DNA or Abundance of mRNA by Radioactive In Situ Hybridization (RISH)," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 259-278 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997), and Wu et al. (eds.), "Localization of DNA or Abundance of mRNA by Fluorescence In Situ Hybridization (RISH)," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 279-289 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). Various additional diagnostic approaches are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Coleman and Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), and Elles, Molecular Diagnosis of Genetic Diseases (Humana Press, Inc., 1996)). Nucleic acid molecules comprising autotaxin nucleotide sequences can also be used to determine whether a subject's chromosomes contain a mutation in the autotaxin gene. Detectable chromosomal aberrations at the autotaxin gene locus include, but are not limited to, aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements. Of particular interest are genetic alterations that inactivate the autotaxin gene.
Aberrations associated with the autotaxin locus can be detected using nucleic acid molecules of the present invention by employing molecular genetic techniques, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis, short tandem repeat analysis employing PCR techniques, amplification-refractory mutation system analysis, single-strand conformation polymorphism detection, RNase cleavage methods, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, fluorescence-assisted mismatch analysis, and other genetic analysis techniques known in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Marian, Chest 705:255 (1995), Coleman and Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Human Press, Inc. 1996), Elles (ed.) Molecular Diagnosis of Genetic Diseases (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Landegren (ed.), Laboratory Protocols for Mutation Detection (Oxford University Press 1996), Birren et al. (eds.), Genome Analysis, Vol. 2:
Detecting Genes (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press 1998), Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics (John Wiley & Sons 1998), and Richards and Ward, "Molecular Diagnostic Testing," in Principles of Molecular Medicine, pages 83- 88 (Humana Press, Inc. 1998)). The protein truncation test is also useful for detecting the inactivation of a gene in which translation-terminating mutations produce only portions of the encoded protein (see, for example, Stoppa-Lyonnet et al, Blood 97:3920 (1998)). According to this approach, RNA is isolated from a biological sample, and used to synthesize cDNA. PCR is then used to amplify the autotaxin target sequence and to introduce an RNA polymerase promoter, a translation initiation sequence, and an in- frame ATG triplet. PCR products are transcribed using an RNA polymerase, and the transcripts are translated in vitro with a T7-coupled reticulocyte lysate system. The translation products are then fractionated by SDS-PAGE to determine the lengths of the translation products. The protein truncation test is described, for example, by Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics, pages 9.11.1 - 9.11.18 (John Wiley & Sons 1998).
The present invention also contemplates kits for performing a diagnostic assay for autotaxin gene expression or to detect mutations in the autotaxin gene. Such kits comprise nucleic acid probes, such as double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 1 or 8, or a portion thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOs:l or 8, or a portion thereof. Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like. Kits may comprise nucleic acid primers for performing PCR. Such a kit can contain all the necessary elements to perform a nucleic acid diagnostic assay described above. A kit will comprise at least one container comprising an autotaxin probe or primer. The kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of autotaxin sequences. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as radioactive labels, fluorochromes, chemiluminescent agents, and the like. A kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that the autotaxin probes and primers are used to detect autotaxin gene expression. For example, written instructions may state that the enclosed nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect either a nucleic acid molecule that encodes autotaxin, or a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to an autotaxin-encoding nucleotide sequence. The written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
11. Detection of Autotaxin Protein
The present invention contemplates the use of anti-autotaxin antibodies to screen biological samples in vitro for the presence of autotaxin. In one type of in vitro assay, anti-autotaxin antibodies are used in liquid phase. For example, the presence of autotaxin in a biological sample can be tested by mixing the biological sample with a trace amount of labeled autotaxin and an anti-autotaxin antibody under conditions that promote binding between autotaxin and its antibody. Complexes of autotaxin and anti- autotaxin in the sample can be separated from the reaction mixture by contacting the complex with an immobilized protein which binds with the antibody, such as an Fc antibody or Stαphylococcus protein A. The concentration of autotaxin in the biological sample will be inversely proportional to the amount of labeled autotaxin bound to the antibody and directly related to the amount of free labeled autotaxin.
Alternatively, in vitro assays can be performed in which anti-autotaxin antibody is bound to a solid-phase carrier. For example, antibody can be attached to a polymer, such as aminodextran, in order to link the antibody to an insoluble support such as a polymer-coated bead, a plate or a tube. Other suitable in vitro assays will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art.
In another approach, anti-autotaxin antibodies can be used to detect autotaxin in tissue sections prepared from a biopsy specimen. Such immunochemical detection can be used to determine the relative abundance of autotaxin and to determine the distribution of autotaxin in the examined tissue. General immunochemistry techniques are well established (see, for example, Ponder, "Cell Marking Techniques and Their Application " in Mammalian Development: A Practical Approach, Monk (ed.), pages 115-38 (IRL Press 1987), Coligan at pages 5.8.1-5.8.8, Ausubel (1995) at pages 14.6.1 to 14.6.13 (Wiley Interscience 1990), and Manson (ed.), Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol. 10: Immunochemical Protocols (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992)).
Immunochemical detection can be performed by contacting a biological sample with an anti-autotaxin antibody, and then contacting the biological sample with a detectably labeled molecule, which binds to the antibody. For example, the detectably labeled molecule can comprise an antibody moiety that binds to anti-autotaxin antibody. Alternatively, the anti-autotaxin antibody can be conjugated with avidin/streptavidin (or biotin) and the detectably labeled molecule can comprise biotin (or avidin/streptavidin). Numerous variations of this basic technique are well-known to those of skill in the art. Alternatively, an anti-autotaxin antibody can be conjugated with a detectable label to form an anti-autotaxin immunoconjugate. Suitable detectable labels
include, for example, a radioisotope. a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label or colloidal gold. Methods of making and detecting such detectably-labeled immunoconjugates are well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are described in more detail below. The detectable label can be a radioisotope that is detected by autoradiography. Isotopes that are particularly useful for the purpose of the present invention are 3H, ,2T, πιI, 5S and ,4C.
Anti-autotaxin immunoconjugates can also be labeled with a fluorescent compound. The presence of a fluorescently-labeled antibody is determined by exposing the immunoconjugate to light of the proper wavelength and detecting the resultant fluorescence. Fluorescent labeling compounds include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhoda- mine, phycoerytherin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde and fluorescamine.
Alternatively, anti-autotaxin immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by coupling an antibody component to a chemiluminescent compound. The presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged immunoconjugate is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction. Examples of chemiluminescent labeling compounds include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt and an oxalate ester.
Similarly, a bioluminescent compound can be used to label anti-autotaxin immunoconjugates of the present invention. Bioluminescence is a type of chemiluminescence found in biological systems in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence. Bioluminescent compounds that are useful for labeling include luciferin, luciferase and aequorin. Alternatively, anti-autotaxin immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by linking an anti-autotaxin antibody component to an enzyme. When the anti-autotaxin- enzyme conjugate is incubated in the presence of the appropriate substrate, the enzyme moiety reacts with the substrate to produce a chemical moiety, which can be detected, for example, by spectrophotometric, fluorometric or visual means. Examples of enzymes that can be used to detectably label polyspecific immunoconjugates include β-galac- tosidase, glucose oxidase, peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase.
Those of skill in the art will know of other suitable labels, which can be employed in accordance with the present invention. The binding of marker moieties to anti-autotaxin antibodies can be accomplished using standard techniques known to the art. Typical methodology in this regard is described by Kennedy et al, Chn Chim Acta 70:1 (1976), Schurs et al , Clin Chim Acta 57:1 (1977), Shih et al, Int'l J Cancer 46:1101 (1990), Stein et al , Cancer Res. 50. 1330 (1990), and Coligan, supra
Moreover, the convenience and versatility of immunochemical detection can be enhanced by using anti-autotaxin antibodies that have been conjugated with avidin, streptavidin, and biotin (see, for example, Wilchek et al. (eds.), "Avidin-Biotin Technology," Methods In Enzymology, Vol. 184 (Academic Press 1990), and Bayer et al, "Immunochemical Applications of Avidin-Biotin Technology," in Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, Manson (ed.), pages 149-162 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992).
Methods for performing immunoassays are well-established. See, for example, Cook and Self, "Monoclonal Antibodies in Diagnostic Immunoassays," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering, and Clinical Application, Ritter and Ladyman (eds.), pages 180-208, (Cambridge University Press, 1995), Perry, "The Role of Monoclonal Antibodies in the Advancement of Immunoassay Technology," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, Birch and Lennox (eds.), pages 107-120 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995), and Diamandis, Immunoassay (Academic Press, Inc. 1996). In a related approach, biotin- or FITC-labeled autotaxin can be used to identify cells that bind autotaxin. Such can binding can be detected, for example, using flow cytometry.
The present invention also contemplates kits for performing an immunological diagnostic assay for autotaxin gene expression. Such kits comprise at least one container comprising an anti-autotaxin antibody, or antibody fragment. A kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of autotaxin antibody or antibody fragments. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as a radioactive label, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label, colloidal gold, and the like. A kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that autotaxin antibodies or antibody fragments are used to detect autotaxin protein. For example, written instructions may state that the enclosed antibody or antibody fragment can be used to detect autotaxin. The written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
12. Therapeutic Uses of Polypeptides Having Autotaxin Activity
The present invention contemplates the use of polypeptides having autotaxin activity, such as autotaxin polypeptides, autotaxin analogs, and autotaxin fusion proteins, to treat metabolic diseases such as obesity, dyslipidemia, and diabetes, especially non-insulin dependent diabetes. Those skilled in the art are able to recognize the presence of such diseases in a subject (e.g., a mammalian subject, such as a human,
a domesticated animal, or an animal used in agriculture). Accordingly, the present invention includes the administration of autotaxin for veterinary or human therapeutic uses.
For example, dyslipidemia can be characterized by abnormal serum triglyceride levels. In humans, a level of 200 to 400 mg triglycerides/dl is considered "borderline high," while 400 to 1000 mg triglycerides/dl is "high," and levels greater than 1000 mg triglycerides/dl is considered "very high" (Garg and Grundy, Diabetes Reviews 5:425 (1997). As another example, insulin resistance can be inferred in diabetic subjects requiring large daily doses of insulin to control blood glucose levels. Severe insulin resistance may be suspected when the total daily insulin requirement exceeds 1.5 to 2 units per kilogram body weight (Whitelaw and Gilbey, Ann. Clin. Biochem. 55:567 (1998)).
In addition, the present invention includes the use of polypeptides having autotaxin activity to decrease circulating free fatty acid in the blood of a subject. The effect of such treatment can be observed as at least one of (1) a decrease in the level of serum triglycerides, or (2) a decrease in the amount of free fatty acid bound to albumin in the serum. As an illustration, a subject having elevated serum lipids is suitable for receiving a method of treatment described herein. Those skilled in the art can recognize such a subject in need of an autotaxin treatment of the present invention. For example, methods for measuring the presence of elevated serum lipids (e.g., triglycerides, cholesterol, phospholipids) are described by Denke, "Hyperlipoproteinemias," in Conn 's 1999 Current Therapy, Rakel (ed.), pages 566-571 (W.B. Saunders Company 1999), and Moss et al, U.S. patent No. 5,166,142.
As illustrated by the studies described in Example 3, autotaxin treatment can be used to increase the sensitivity of cells to insulin. Thus, autotaxin can be administered prior to, concomitantly with, or following, insulin treatment to either achieve a greater effect with a standard dose of insulin, or as a means of administering a decreased dosage of insulin.
In general, the dosage of administered autotaxin (or autotaxin analog or fusion protein) will vary depending upon such factors as the subject's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history. Typically, it is desirable to provide the recipient with a dosage of autotaxin, which is in the range of from about 1 pg/kg to 10 mg/kg (amount of agent/body weight of subject), although a lower or higher dosage also may be administered as circumstances dictate. Administration of a polypeptide having autotaxin activity to a subject can be intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intrapleural, intrathecal, by perfusion through a regional catheter, or by direct
intralesional injection. When administering therapeutic proteins by injection, the administration may be by continuous infusion or by single or multiple boluses.
Additional routes of administration include oral, mucosal-membrane, pulmonary, and transcutaneous. Oral delivery is suitable for polyester microspheres, zein microspheres, proteinoid microspheres, polycyanoacrylate microspheres, and lipid- based systems (see, for example, DiBase and Morrel, "Oral Delivery of Microencapsulated Proteins," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 255-288 (Plenum Press 1997)). The feasibility of an intranasal delivery is exemplified by such a mode of insulin administration (see, for example, Hinchcliffe and Ilium, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 55:199 (1999)). Dry or liquid particles comprising autotaxin can be prepared and inhaled with the aid of dry-powder dispersers, liquid aerosol generators, or nebulizers (e.g., Pettit and Gombotz, TIBTECH 16:343 (1998); Patton et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:235 (1999)). This approach is illustrated by the AERX diabetes management system, which is a hand-held electronic inhaler that delivers aerosolized insulin into the lungs. Studies have shown that proteins as large as 48,000 kDa have been delivered across skin at therapeutic concentrations with the aid of low-frequency ultrasound, which illustrates the feasibility of trascutaneous administration (Mitragotri et al, Science 269:850 (1995)). Transdermal delivery using electroporation provides another means to administer autotaxin (Potts et al, Pharm. Biotechnol 70:213 (1997)).
A pharmaceutical composition comprising autotaxin (or autotaxin analog or fusion protein) can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby the therapeutic proteins are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. A composition is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient patient. Sterile phosphate -buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Other suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art (see, for example, Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995)). For purposes of therapy, autotaxin (or autotaxin analog or fusion protein) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a subject in a therapeutically effective amount. A combination of an autotaxin (or autotaxin analog or fusion protein) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant. An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient subject. In the present context, an agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in alleviation of a symptom associated
with the diseases discussed above. For example, a pharmaceutical composition used to treat elevated serum lipids is physiologically significant if its administration results in a decreased level of serum triglycerides, or in a decrease in the amount of fatty acid bound to albumin in the serum. A pharmaceutical composition comprising autotaxin (or autotaxin analog or fusion protein) can be furnished in liquid form, in an aerosol, or in solid form. Liquid forms, are illustrated by injectable solutions and oral suspensions. Exemplary solid forms include capsules, tablets, and controlled-release forms. The latter form is illustrated by miniosmotic pumps and implants (Bremer et al, Pharm. Biotechnol 70:239 (1997); Ranade, "Implants in Drug Delivery," in Drug Delivery Systems, Ranade and Hollinger (eds.), pages 95-123 (CRC Press 1995); Bremer et al, "Protein Delivery with Infusion Pumps," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 239-254 (Plenum Press 1997); Yewey et al, "Delivery of Proteins from a Controlled Release Injectable Implant," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 93-1 17 (Plenum Press 1997)).
Liposomes provide one means to deliver autotaxin to a subject intravenously, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, or via oral administration, inhalation, or intranasal administration. Liposomes are microscopic vesicles that consist of one or more lipid bilayers surrounding aqueous compartments (see, generally, Bakker-Woudenberg et al, Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 12 (Suppl 1):S6X (1993), Kim, Drugs 46:6X8 (1993), and Ranade, "Site- Specific Drug Delivery Using Liposomes as Carriers," in Drug Delivery Systems, Ranade and Hollinger (eds.), pages 3-24 (CRC Press 1995)). Liposomes are similar in composition to cellular membranes and as a result, liposomes can be administered safely and are biodegradable. Depending on the method of preparation, liposomes may be unilamellar or multilamellar, and liposomes can vary in size with diameters ranging from 0.02 μm to greater than 10 μm. A variety of agents can be encapsulated in liposomes: hydrophobic agents partition in the bilayers and hydrophilic agents partition within the inner aqueous space(s) (see, for example, Machy et al, Liposomes In Cell Biology And Pharmacology (John Libbey 1987), and Ostro et al, American J. Hosp. Pharm. 46:1516 (1989)). Moreover, it is possible to control the therapeutic availability of the encapsulated agent by varying liposome size, the number of bilayers, lipid composition, as well as the charge and surface characteristics of the liposomes.
Liposomes can adsorb to virtually any type of cell and then slowly release the encapsulated agent. Alternatively, an absorbed liposome may be endocytosed by cells that are phagocytic. Endocytosis is followed by intralysosomal degradation of liposomal lipids and release of the encapsulated agents (Scherphof et al,
Ann. N Y. Acad. Sci. 446:368 (1985)). After intravenous administration, small liposomes (0.1 to 1.0 μm) are typically taken up by cells of the reticuloendothelial system, located principally in the liver and spleen, whereas liposomes larger than 3.0 μm are deposited in the lung. This preferential uptake of smaller liposomes by the cells of the reticuloendothelial system has been used to deliver chemotherapeutic agents to macrophages and to tumors of the liver.
The reticuloendothelial system can be circumvented by several methods including saturation with large doses of liposome particles, or selective macrophage inactivation by pharmacological means (Claassen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 502:428 (1984)). In addition, incorporation of glycolipid- or polyethelene glycol- derivatized phospholipids into liposome membranes has been shown to result in a significantly reduced uptake by the reticuloendothelial system (Allen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1068:133 (1991); Allen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1150:9 (1993)).
Liposomes can also be prepared to target particular cells or organs by varying phospholipid composition or by inserting receptors or ligands into the liposomes. For example, liposomes, prepared with a high content of a nonionic surfactant, have been used to target the liver (Hayakawa et al, Japanese Patent 04- 244,018; Kato et al., Biol. Pharm. Bull. 16:960 (1993)). These formulations were prepared by mixing soybean phospatidylcholine, α-tocopherol, and ethoxylated hydrogenated castor oil (HCO-60) in methanol, concentrating the mixture under vacuum, and then reconstituting the mixture with water. A liposomal formulation of dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine (DPPC) with a soybean-derived sterylglucoside mixture (SG) and cholesterol (Ch) has also been shown to target the liver (Shimizu et al, Biol. Pharm. Bull. 20:881 (1997)). Alternatively, various targeting ligands can be bound to the surface of the liposome, such as antibodies, antibody fragments, carbohydrates, vitamins, and transport proteins. For example, liposomes can be modified with branched type galactosyllipid derivatives to target asialoglycoprotein (galactose) receptors, which are exclusively expressed on the surface of liver cells (Kato and Sugiyama, Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 14:281 (1997): Murahashi et al, Biol. Pharm. Bull.20:259 (1997)). Similarly, Wu et al, Hepatology 27:112 (1998), have shown that labeling liposomes with asialofetuin led to a shortened liposome plasma half-life and greatly enhanced uptake of asialofetuin-labeled liposome by hepatocytes. On the other hand, hepatic accumulation of liposomes comprising branched type galactosyllipid derivatives can be inhibited by preinjection of asialofetuin (Murahashi et al, Biol. Pharm. Bull.20:259 (1997)). Polyaconitylated human serum albumin liposomes provide another approach for targeting liposomes to liver cells (Kamps et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA
94:11681 (1997)). Moreover, Geho, et al. U.S. Patent No. 4,603,044, describe a hepatocyte-directed liposome vesicle delivery system, which has specificity for hepatobiliary receptors associated with the specialized metabolic cells of the liver.
In a more general approach to tissue targeting, target cells are prelabeled with biotinylated antibodies specific for a ligand expressed by the target cell (Harasym et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 32:99 (1998)). After plasma elimination of free antibody, streptavidin-conjugated liposomes are administered. In another approach, targeting antibodies are directly attached to liposomes (Harasym et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 32:99 (1998)). Polypeptides having autotaxin activity and autotaxin antagonists can be encapsulated within liposomes using standard techniques of protein microencapsulation (see, for example, Anderson et al, Infect. Immun. 57:1099 (1981), Anderson et al, Cancer Res. 50: 1853 (1990), and Cohen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1063:95 (1991), Alving et al. "Preparation and Use of Liposomes in Immunological Studies," in Liposome Technology, 2nd Edition, Vol. Ill, Gregoriadis (ed.), page 317 (CRC Press 1993), Wassef et al, Meth. Enzymol. 749:124 (1987)). As noted above, therapeutically useful liposomes may contain a variety of components. For example, liposomes may comprise lipid derivatives of poly(ethylene glycol) (Allen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 7750:9 (1993)). Degradable polymer microspheres have been designed to maintain high systemic levels of therapeutic proteins, and therefore, can provide a means to administer autotaxin. Microspheres are prepared from degradable polymers such as poly(lactide-co-glycolide) (PLG), polyanhydrides, poly (ortho esters), nonbiodegradable ethylvinyl acetate polymers, in which proteins are entrapped in the polymer (Gombotz and Pettit, Bioconjugate Chem. 6:332 (1995); Ranade, "Role of Polymers in Drug Delivery," in Drug Delivery Systems, Ranade and Hollinger (eds.), pages 51-93 (CRC Press 1995); Roskos and Maskiewicz, "Degradable Controlled Release Systems Useful for Protein Delivery," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 45-92 (Plenum Press 1997); Bartus et al, Science 257:1161 (1998); Putney and Burke, Nature Biotechnology 76:153 (1998); Putney, Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 2:548 (1998)). Polyethylene glycol (PEG)-coated nanospheres can also provide carriers for intravenous administration of autotaxin (see, for example, Gref et al, Pharm. Biotechnol. 70:167 (1997)).
The present invention also contemplates chemically modified autotaxin compositions, in which an autotaxin polypeptide is linked with a polymer. Typically, the polymer is water soluble so that the autotaxin conjugate does not precipitate in an aqueous environment, such as a physiological environment. An example of a suitable
polymer is one that has been modified to have a single reactive group, such as an active ester for acylation, or an aldehyde for alkylation, In this way, the degree of polymerization can be controlled. An example of a reactive aldehyde is polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde, or mono-(C,-C10) alkoxy, or aryloxy derivatives thereof (see, for example, Harris, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,252,714). The polymer may be branched or unbranched. Moreover, a mixture of polymers can be used to produce autotaxin conjugates.
Autotaxin conjugates used for therapy can comprise pharmaceutically acceptable water-soluble polymer moieties. Many proteins and peptides have been conjugated with water-soluble polymers, such as PEG, to reduce renal clearance, enhance their systemic circulation half-lives, and reduce immunogenicity (Delgado et al, Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 9:249 (1992), Nieforth et al, Clin. Pharmacol. Ther. 59:636 (1996), and Monkarsh et al, Anal Biochem. 247:434 (1997)). Suitable water-soluble polymers include polyethylene glycol (PEG), monomethoxy-PEG, mono- (C,-C10)alkoxy-PEG, aryloxy-PEG, poly-(N -vinyl pyrrolidone)PEG, tresyl monomethoxy PEG, PEG propionaldehyde, bw-succinimidyl carbonate PEG, propylene glycol homopolymers, a polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymer, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), poly vinyl alcohol, dextran, cellulose, or other carbohydrate-based polymers. Suitable PEG may have a molecular weight from about 600 to about 60,000, including, for example, 5,000, 12,000, 20,000 and 25,000. An autotaxin conjugate can also comprise a mixture of such water-soluble polymers.
One example of an autotaxin conjugate comprises an autotaxin moiety and a polyalkyl oxide moiety attached to the N-terminus of the autotaxin moiety. PEG is one suitable polyalkyl oxide. As an illustration, autotaxin can be modified with PEG, a process known as "PEGylation." PEGylation of autotaxin can be carried out by any of the PEGylation reactions known in the art (see, for example, EP 0 154 316, Delgado et al, Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst 9:249 (1992), Duncan and Spreafico, Clin. Pharmacokinet. 27:290 (1994), and Francis et al, Int J Hematol 65:1 (1998)). For example, PEGylation can be performed by an acylation reaction or by an alkylation reaction with a reactive polyethylene glycol molecule. In an alternative approach, autotaxin conjugates are formed by condensing activated PEG, in which a terminal hydroxy or amino group of PEG has been replaced by an activated linker (see, for example, Karasiewicz et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,382,657).
PE ylation by acylation typically requires reacting an active ester derivative of PEG with an autotaxin polypeptide. An example of an activated PEG ester is PEG esterified to N-hydroxysuccinimide. As used herein, the term "acylation" includes the following types of linkages between autotaxin and a water soluble
polymer: amide, carbamate, urethane, and the like. Methods for preparing PEGylated autotaxin by acylation will typically comprise the steps of (a) reacting an autotaxin polypeptide with PEG (such as a reactive ester of an aldehyde derivative of PEG) under conditions whereby one or more PEG groups attach to autotaxin, and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s). Generally, the optimal reaction conditions for acylation reactions will be determined based upon known parameters and desired results. For example, the larger the ratio of PEG: autotaxin, the greater the percentage of polyPEGylated autotaxin product.
The product of PEGylation by acylation is typically a polyPEGylated autotaxin product, wherein the lysine ε-amino groups are PEGylated via an acyl linking group. An example of a connecting linkage is an amide. Typically, the resulting autotaxin will be at least 95% mono-, di-, or tri-pegylated, although some species with higher degrees of PEGylation may be formed depending upon the reaction conditions. PEGylated species can be separated from unconjugated autotaxin polypeptides using standard purification methods, such as dialysis, ultrafiltration, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, and the like.
PEGylation by alkylation generally involves reacting a terminal aldehyde derivative of PEG with autotaxin in the presence of a reducing agent. PEG groups are preferably attached to the polypeptide via a -CH2-NH group. Derivatization via reductive alkylation to produce a monoPEGylated product takes advantage of the differential reactivity of different types of primary amino groups available for derivatization. Typically, the reaction is performed at a pH that allows one to take advantage of the pKa differences between the ε-amino groups of the lysine residues and the α-amino group of the N-terminal residue of the protein. By such selective derivatization, attachment of a water-soluble polymer that contains a reactive group such as an aldehyde, to a protein is controlled. The conjugation with the polymer occurs predominantly at the N-terminus of the protein without significant modification of other reactive groups such as the lysine side chain amino groups. The present invention provides a substantially homogenous preparation of autotaxin monopolymer conjugates.
Reductive alkylation to produce a substantially homogenous population of monopolymer autotaxin conjugate molecule can comprise the steps of: (a) reacting an autotaxin polypeptide with a reactive PEG under reductive alkylation conditions at a pH suitable to permit selective modification of the α-amino group at the amino terminus of the autotaxin, and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s). The reducing agent used for reductive alkylation should be stable in aqueous solution and preferably be able to reduce only the Schiff base formed in the initial process of reductive alkylation.
Suitable reducing agents include sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, dimethylamine borane, trimethylamine borane, and pyridine borane.
For a substantially homogenous population of monopolymer autotaxin conjugates, the reductive alkylation reaction conditions are those, which permit the selective attachment of the water soluble polymer moiety to the N-terminus of autotaxin. Such reaction conditions generally provide for pKa differences between the lysine amino groups and the α-amino group at the N-terminus. The pH also affects the ratio of polymer to protein to be used. In general, if the pH is lower, a larger excess of polymer to protein will be desired because the less reactive the N-terminal α-group, the more polymer is needed to achieve optimal conditions. If the pH is higher, the polymeπautotaxin need not be as large because more reactive groups are available. Typically, the pH will fall within the range of 3 to 9, or 3 to 6.
Another factor to consider is the molecular weight of the water-soluble polymer. Generally, the higher the molecular weight of the polymer, the fewer number of polymer molecules which may be attached to the protein. For PEGylation reactions, the typical molecular weight is about 2 kDa to about 100 kDa, about 5 kDa to about 50 kDa, or about 12 kDa to about 25 kDa. The molar ratio of water-soluble polymer to autotaxin will generally be in the range of 1 :1 to 100:1. Typically, the molar ratio of water-soluble polymer to autotaxin will be 1 :1 to 20:1 for polyPEGylation, and 1 :1 to 5:1 for monoPEGylation.
General methods for producing conjugates comprising a therapeutic protein and water-soluble polymer moieties are known in the art. See, for example, Karasiewicz et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,382,657, Greenwald et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,738, 846, Nieforth et al, Clin. Pharmacol Ther. 59:636 (1996), Monkarsh et al, Anal Biochem. 247:434 (1997)).
Various other dosage forms of autotaxin can be devised by those skilled in the art, as shown, for example, by Ansel et al. , (eds.), Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, 6th Edition, (Williams & Wilkins 1995), Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995), and by Ranade and Hollinger, Drug Delivery Systems (CRC Press 1996).
As discussed above, the biological activities of autotaxin include the ability to bind a cell-surface receptor, the ability to bind integrin through an RGD binding site, and the production of adenosine. In certain cases, it may be desirable to administer a compound that only provides the RGD binding capability. Illustrative synthetic RGD peptides and RGD peptidomimetics include the GRGDSP hexapeptide, the RGDS tetrapeptide, N-(trifluoroacetyl)-O-methyl-ort 7 -(6-guanidino-caproyl)- amino-(L)-tyrosine, N-(trifluoroacetyl)-O-(3-aminopropyl)-ørt/2θ-(6-guanidino-
caproyl)-amino-(L)-tyrosine, and β-(2-((5-((aminoiminomethyl)amino)-l - oxopentyl)amino)- 1 -oxoethyl)amino-3-pyridinepropanoic acid, bistrifluoroacetate.( SC56631) (see, for example, Samanen et al, J. Med. Chem. 54:31 14 (1991); Ruoslahti et al, Annu. Rev. Cell Dev. Biol. 12:691 (1996); Bednar et al, Cytometry 25:58 (1997); Bruck et al, Yale J. Biol. Med. 70:391 (1997); Engleman et al, J. Clin. Invest. 99:2284 (1997); Boxus et al, Bioorg. Med. Chem. 6: 1577 (1998); Camenisch et al, Pharm. Res. 75: 1 174 (1998); Ripka and Rich, Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 2:441 (1998); Wang et al, Chem. Pharm. Bull. (Tokyo) 47:90 (1999)). Additional examples of synthetic RGD peptidomimetics and RGD peptides are known to those of skill in the art. To inhibit lipolysis, autotaxin can be supplemented with the administration of adenosine. An illustrative pharmaceutical composition that comprises adenosine is ADENOCARD (Medco Research, Inc.).
In subjects that over-express autotaxin, it will be desirable to inhibit autotaxin activity. These subjects can be treated with an autotaxin antagonist, such as an anti-autotaxin antibody, produced as described above. In addition, RGD peptides and RGD peptidomimetics can be used to block the binding of high concentrations of endogenously-produced autotaxin to integrin.
The present invention contemplates compositions comprising a peptide or polypeptide described herein. Such compositions can further comprise a carrier. The carrier can be a conventional organic or inorganic carrier. Examples of carriers include water, buffer solution, alcohol, propylene glycol, macrogol, sesame oil, corn oil, and the like. Moreover, the carrier can be a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Autotaxin pharmaceutical compositions can be supplied as a kit comprising a container that comprises autotaxin. Autotaxin can be provided in the form of an injectable composition for single or multiple doses, or as a sterile powder that will be reconstituted before administration. Alternatively, such a kit can include a dry- powder disperser, liquid aerosol generator, or nebulizer for administration of autotaxin. A kit can further comprise written information on indications and usage of the pharmaceutical composition. Moreover, such information may include a statement that the autotaxin composition is contraindicated in patients with known hypersensitivity to autotaxin.
13. Therapeutic Uses of Autotaxin Nucleotide Sequences
The present invention includes the use of autotaxin nucleotide sequences to enhance the production of autotaxin in a subject. In addition, a therapeutic
expression vector can be provided that inhibits autotaxin gene expression, such as an anti-sense molecule, a ribozyme, or an external guide sequence molecule.
There are numerous approaches to introduce an autotaxin gene to a subject, including the use of recombinant host cells that express autotaxin, delivery of naked nucleic acid encoding autotaxin, use of a cationic lipid carrier with a nucleic acid molecule that encodes autotaxin, and the use of viruses that express autotaxin, such as recombinant retroviruses, recombinant adeno-associated viruses, recombinant adenoviruses, and recombinant Herpes simplex viruses [HSV] (see, for example, Mulligan, Science 260:926 (1993), Rosenberg et al, Science 242:1575 (1988), LaSalle et al, Science 259:988 (1993), Wolff et al, Science 247:1465 (1990), Breakfield and Deluca, The New Biologist 5:203 (1991)). In an ex vivo approach, for example, cells are isolated from a subject, transfected with a vector that expresses an autotaxin gene, and then transplanted into the subject.
In order to effect expression of an autotaxin gene, an expression vector is constructed in which a nucleotide sequence encoding an autotaxin gene is operably linked to a core promoter, and optionally a regulatory element, to control gene transcription. The general requirements of an expression vector are described above. Those skilled in the art can direct expression of an autotaxin gene to a particular tissue type. As an illustration, Crystal et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,869,037, teach the use of the aP2 or pi 54 gene regulatory regions to effect adipocyte-specific expression.
Alternatively, an autotaxin gene can be delivered using recombinant viral vectors, including for example, adenoviral vectors (e.g., Kass-Eisler et al, Proc. Nat 'l Acad. Sci. USA 90:11498 (1993), Kolls et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 97:215 (1994), Li et al, Hum. Gene Ther. 4:403 (1993), Vincent et al, Nat. Genet. 5:130 (1993), and Zabner et al, Cell 75:201 (1993)), adenovirus-associated viral vectors (Flotte et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 90:10613 (1993)), alphaviruses such as Semliki Forest Virus and Sindbis Virus (Hertz and Huang, J. Vir. 66:851 (1992), Raju and Huang, J. Vir. 65:2501 (1991), and Xiong et al, Science 243:1188 (1989)), herpes viral vectors (e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,769,331, 4,859,587, 5,288,641 and 5,328,688), parvovirus vectors (Koering et al, Hum. Gene Therap. 5:457 (1994)), pox virus vectors (Ozaki et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 795:653 (1993), Panicali and Paoletti, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 79:4927 (1982)), pox viruses, such as canary pox virus or vaccinia virus (Fisher-Hoch et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 86:3X1 (1989), and Flexner et al, Ann. N Y. Acad. Sci. 569:86 (1989)), and retroviruses (e.g., Baba et al, J. Neurosurg 79:129 (1993), Ram et al, Cancer Res. 55:83 (1993), Takamiya et al, J. Neurosci. Res 55:493 (1992), Vile and Hart, Cancer Res. 53:962 (1993), Vile and Hart, Cancer Res. 55:3860 (1993), and Anderson et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,399,346). Within
various embodiments, either the viral vector itself, or a viral particle which contains the viral vector may be utilized in the methods and compositions described below.
As an illustration of one system, adenovirus, a double-stranded DNA virus, is a well-characterized gene transfer vector for delivery of a heterologous nucleic acid molecule (for a review, see Becker et al, Meth. Cell Biol. 45:161 (1994); Douglas and Curiel, Science & Medicine 4:44 (1997)). The adenovirus system offers several advantages including: (i) the ability to accommodate relatively large DNA inserts, (ii) the ability to be grown to high-titer, (iii) the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and (iv) the ability to be used with many different promoters including ubiquitous, tissue specific, and regulatable promoters. In addition, adeno viruses can be administered by intravenous injection, because the viruses are stable in the bloodstream.
Using adenovirus vectors where portions of the adenovirus genome are deleted, inserts are incorporated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co-transfected plasmid. In an exemplary system, the essential El gene is deleted from the viral vector, and the virus will not replicate unless the El gene is provided by the host cell. When intravenously administered to intact animals, adenovirus primarily targets the liver. Although an adenoviral delivery system with an El gene deletion cannot replicate in the host cells, the host's tissue will express and process an encoded heterologous protein. Host cells will also secrete the heterologous protein if the corresponding gene includes a secretory signal sequence. Secreted proteins will enter the circulation from tissue that expresses the heterologous gene (e.g., the highly vascularized liver).
Moreover, adenoviral vectors containing various deletions of viral genes can be used to reduce or eliminate immune responses to the vector. Such adenoviruses are El-deleted, and in addition, contain deletions of E2A or E4 (Lusky et al, J. Virol 72:2022 (1998); Raper et al, Human Gene Therapy 9:671 (1998)). The deletion of E2b has also been reported to reduce immune responses (Amalfrtano et al, J. Virol. 72:926 (1998)). By deleting the entire adenovirus genome, very large inserts of heterologous DNA can be accommodated. Generation of so called "gutless" adenoviruses, where all viral genes are deleted, are particularly advantageous for insertion of large inserts of heterologous DNA (for a review, see Yeh. and Perricaudet, FASEB J. 77:615 (1997)). Methods for adenoviral-mediated gene transfer to adipocytes, are described, for example, by Crystal et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,869,037. High titer stocks of recombinant viruses capable of expressing a therapeutic gene can be obtained from infected mammalian cells using standard methods. For example, recombinant HSV can be prepared in Vero cells, as described
by Brandt et al, J. Gen. Virol. 72:2043 (1991), Herold et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:121 1 (1994), Visalli and Brandt, Virology 185:4X9 (1991), Grau et al, Invest. Ophthalmol Vis. Sci. 50:2474 (1989), Brandt et al. J. Virol. Meth. 36:209 (1992), and by Brown and MacLean (eds.), HSV Virus Protocols (Humana Press 1997). Alternatively, an expression vector comprising an autotaxin gene can be introduced into a subject's cells by lipofection in vivo using liposomes. Synthetic cationic lipids can be used to prepare liposomes for in vivo transfection of a gene encoding a marker (Feigner et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 84:14X3 (1987); Mackey et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 55:8027 (1988)). The use of lipofection to introduce exogenous genes into specific organs in vivo has certain practical advantages. Liposomes can be used to direct transfection to particular cell types, which is particularly advantageous in a tissue with cellular heterogeneity, such as the pancreas, liver, kidney, and brain. Lipids may be chemically coupled to other molecules for the purpose of targeting. Targeted peptides (e.g., hormones or neurotransmitters), proteins such as antibodies, or non-peptide molecules can be coupled to liposomes chemically. Electroporation is another alternative mode of administration. For example, Aihara and Miyazaki, Nature Biotechnology 16:861 (1998), have demonstrated the use of in vivo electroporation for gene transfer into muscle.
In an alternative approach to gene therapy, a therapeutic gene may encode an autotaxin anti-sense RNA that inhibits the expression of autotaxin. Suitable sequences for anti-sense molecules can be derived from the nucleotide sequences of autotaxin disclosed herein.
Alternatively, an expression vector can be constructed in which a regulatory element is operably linked to a nucleotide sequence that encodes a ribozyme. Ribozymes can be designed to express endonuclease activity that is directed to a certain target sequence in a mRNA molecule (see, for example, Draper and Macejak, U.S. Patent No. 5,496,698, McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,525,468, Chowrira and McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,631,359, and Robertson and Goldberg, U.S. Patent No. 5,225,337). In the context of the present invention, ribozymes include nucleotide sequences that bind with autotaxin mRNA.
In another approach, expression vectors can be constructed in which a regulatory element directs the production of RNA transcripts capable of promoting RNase P-mediated cleavage of mRNA molecules that encode an autotaxin gene. According to this approach, an external guide sequence can be constructed for directing the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, which is subsequently cleaved by the cellular ribozyme (see, for example, Altaian et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,168,053, Yuan et al, Science 265:1269 (1994), Pace et al, international publication
No. WO 96/18733, George et al, international publication No. WO 96/21731, and Werner et al, international publication No. WO 97/33991). Preferably, the external guide sequence comprises a ten to fifteen nucleotide sequence complementary to autotaxin mRNA, and a 3'-NCCA nucleotide sequence, wherein N is preferably a purine. The external guide sequence transcripts bind to the targeted mRNA species by the formation of base pairs between the mRNA and the complementary external guide sequences, thus promoting cleavage of mRNA by RNase P at the nucleotide located at the 5'-side of the base-paired region.
In general, the dosage of a composition comprising a therapeutic vector having an autotaxin nucleotide acid sequence, such as a recombinant virus, will vary depending upon such factors as the subject's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history. Suitable routes of administration of therapeutic vectors include intravenous injection, intraarterial injection, intraperitoneal injection, intramuscular injection, intratumoral injection, and injection into a cavity that contains a tumor. As an illustration, Horton et al, Proc. Nat 'l Acad. Sci. USA 96:1553 (1999), demonstrated that intramuscular injection of plasmid DNA encoding interferon-α produces potent antitumor effects on primary and metastatic tumors in a murine model.
A composition comprising viral vectors, non-viral vectors, or a combination of viral and non-viral vectors of the present invention can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby vectors or viruses are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As noted above, a composition, such as phosphate-buffered saline is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient subject. Other suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art (see, for example, Remingto 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Ed. (Mack Publishing Co. 1995), and Gilman 's the Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 7th Ed. (MacMillan Publishing Co. 1985)).
For purposes of therapy, a therapeutic gene expression vector, or a recombinant virus comprising such a vector, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a subject in a therapeutically effective amount. A combination of an expression vector (or virus) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant. An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient subject. In the present context, an agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in alleviation of a symptom associated with the diseases discussed above. For example, a pharmaceutical composition used to treat elevated serum lipids is physiologically significant if its
administration results in a decrease level of serum triglycerides, or in a decrease in the amount of fatty acid bound to albumin in the serum.
When the subject treated with a therapeutic gene expression vector or a recombinant virus is a human, then the therapy is preferably somatic cell gene therapy. That is, the preferred treatment of a human with a therapeutic gene expression vector or a recombinant virus does not entail introducing into cells a nucleic acid molecule that can form part of a human germ line and be passed onto successive generations (i.e., human germ line gene therapy).
14. Production of Transgenic Mice
Transgenic mice can be engineered to over-express the autotaxin gene in all tissues or under the control of a tissue-specific or tissue-preferred regulatory element. These over-producers of autotaxin can be used to characterize the phenotype that results from over-expression, and the transgenic animals can serve as models for human metabolic disease caused by excess autotaxin. Transgenic mice that over- express autotaxin also provide model bioreactors for production of autotaxin in the milk or blood of larger animals. Methods for producing transgenic mice are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic Mice," in Overexpression and Knockout of Cytokines in Transgenic Mice, Jacob (ed.), pages 1 11-124 (Academic Press, Ltd. 1994), Monastersky and Robl (eds.), Strategies in Transgenic Animal Science (ASM Press 1995), and Abbud and Nilson, "Recombinant Protein Expression in Transgenic Mice," in Gene Expression Systems: Using Nature for the Art of Expression, Fernandez and Hoeffler (eds.), pages 367-397 (Academic Press, Inc. 1999)). For example, a method for producing a transgenic mouse that expresses an autotaxin gene can begin with adult, fertile males (studs) (B6C3fl, 2-8 months of age (Taconic Farms, Germantown, NY)), vasectomized males (duds) (B6D2fl, 2-8 months, (Taconic Farms)), prepubescent fertile females (donors) (B6C3fl, 4-5 weeks, (Taconic Farms)) and adult fertile females (recipients) (B6D2fl, 2-4 months, (Taconic Farms)). The donors are acclimated for one week and then injected with approximately 8 IU/mouse of Pregnant Mare's Serum gonadotrophin (Sigma Chemical Company; St. Louis, MO) I. P., and 46-47 hours later, 8 IU/mouse of human Chorionic Gonadotropin (hCG (Sigma)) I.P. to induce superovulation. Donors are mated with studs subsequent to hormone injections. Ovulation generally occurs within 13 hours of hCG injection. Copulation is confirmed by the presence of a vaginal plug the morning following mating.
Fertilized eggs are collected under a surgical scope. The oviducts are collected and eggs are released into urinanalysis slides containing hyaluronidase (Sigma). Eggs are washed once in hyaluronidase, and twice in Whitten's W640 medium (described, for example, by Menino and O'Claray, Biol. Reprod. 77:159 (1986), and Dienhart and Downs, Zygote 4:129 (1996)) that has been incubated with 5% CO2, 5% O , and 90% N at 37°C. The eggs are then stored in a 37°C/5% CO incubator until microinjection.
Ten to twenty micrograms of plasmid DNA containing an autotaxin encoding sequence is linearized, gel-purified, and resuspended in 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 0.25 mM EDTA (pH 8.0), at a final concentration of 5-10 nanograms per microliter for microinjection. For example, the autotaxin encoding sequences can encode amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:9.
Plasmid DNA is microinjected into harvested eggs contained in a drop of W640 medium overlaid by warm, CO -equilibrated mineral oil. The DNA is drawn into an injection needle (pulled from a 0.75mm ID, 1mm OD borosilicate glass capillary), and injected into individual eggs. Each egg is penetrated with the injection needle, into one or both of the haploid pronuclei.
Picoliters of DNA are injected into the pronuclei, and the injection needle withdrawn without coming into contact with the nucleoli. The procedure is repeated until all the eggs are injected. Successfully microinjected eggs are transferred into an organ tissue-culture dish with pre-gassed W640 medium for storage overnight in a 37°C/5% CO 2 incubator.
The following day, two-cell embryos are transferred into pseudopregnant recipients. The recipients are identified by the presence of copulation plugs, after copulating with vasectomized duds. Recipients are anesthetized and shaved on the dorsal left side and transferred to a surgical microscope. A small incision is made in the skin and through the muscle wall in the middle of the abdominal area outlined by the ribcage, the saddle, and the hind leg, midway between knee and spleen. The reproductive organs are exteriorized onto a small surgical drape. The fat pad is stretched out over the surgical drape, and a baby serrefine (Roboz, Rockville, MD) is attached to the fat pad and left hanging over the back of the mouse, preventing the organs from sliding back in.
With a fine transfer pipette containing mineral oil followed by alternating W640 and air bubbles, 12-17 healthy two-cell embryos from the previous day's injection are transferred into the recipient. The swollen ampulla is located and holding the oviduct between the ampulla and the bursa, a nick in the oviduct is made with a 28 g needle close to the bursa, making sure not to tear the ampulla or the bursa.
The pipette is transferred into the nick in the oviduct, and the embryos are blown in. allowing the first air bubble to escape the pipette. The fat pad is gently pushed into the peritoneum, and the reproductive organs allowed to slide in. The peritoneal wall is closed with one suture and the skin closed with a wound clip. The mice recuperate on a 37°C slide warmer for a minimum of four hours.
The recipients are returned to cages in pairs, and allowed 19-21 days gestation. After birth, 19-21 days postpartum is allowed before weaning. The weanlings are sexed and placed into separate sex cages, and a 0.5 cm biopsy (used for genotyping) is snipped off the tail with clean scissors. Genomic DNA is prepared from the tail snips using, for example, a
QIAGEN DNEASY kit following the manufacturer's instructions. Genomic DNA is analyzed by PCR using primers designed to amplify an autotaxin gene or a selectable marker gene that was introduced in the same plasmid. After animals are confirmed to be transgenic, they are back-crossed into an inbred strain by placing a transgenic female with a wild-type male, or a transgenic male with one or two wild-type female(s). As pups are born and weaned, the sexes are separated, and their tails snipped for genotyping.
To check for expression of a transgene in a live animal, a partial hepatectomy is performed. A surgical prep is made of the upper abdomen directly below the zyphoid process. Using sterile technique, a small 1.5-2 cm incision is made below the sternum and the left lateral lobe of the liver exteriorized. Using 4-0 silk, a tie is made around the lower lobe securing it outside the body cavity. An atraumatic clamp is used to hold the tie while a second loop of absorbable Dexon (American Cyanamid; Wayne, N.J.) is placed proximal to the first tie. A distal cut is made from the Dexon tie and approximately 100 mg of the excised liver tissue is placed in a sterile petri dish. The excised liver section is transferred to a 14 ml polypropylene round bottom tube and snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and then stored on dry ice. The surgical site is closed with suture and wound clips, and the animal's cage placed on a 37°C heating pad for 24 hours post operatively. The animal is checked daily post operatively and the wound clips removed 7-10 days after surgery. The expression level of autotaxin mRNA is examined for each transgenic mouse using an RNA solution hybridization assay or polymerase chain reaction.
In addition to producing transgenic mice that over-express autotaxin, it is useful to engineer transgenic mice with either abnormally low or no expression of the gene. Such transgenic mice provide useful models for diseases associated with a lack of autotaxin. As discussed above, autotaxin gene expression can be inhibited using anti-sense genes, ribozyme genes, or external guide sequence genes. To produce
transgenic mice that under-express the autotaxin gene, such inhibitory sequences are targeted to autotaxin mRNA. Methods for producing transgenic mice that have abnormally low expression of a particular gene are known to those in the art (see, for example, Wu et al, "Gene Underexpression in Cultured Cells and Animals by Antisense DNA and RNA Strategies," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 205- 224 (CRC Press 1997)).
An alternative approach to producing transgenic mice that have little or no autotaxin gene expression is to generate mice having at least one normal autotaxin allele replaced by a nonfunctional autotaxin gene. One method of designing a nonfunctional autotaxin gene is to insert another gene, such as a selectable marker gene, within a nucleic acid molecule that encodes autotaxin. Standard methods for producing these so-called "knockout mice" are known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic Mice," in Overexpression and Knockout of Cytokines in Transgenic Mice, Jacob (ed.), pages 111- 124 (Academic Press, Ltd. 1994), and Wu et al, "New Strategies for Gene Knockout," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 339-365 (CRC Press 1997)).
The present invention, thus generally described, will be understood more readily by reference to the following examples, which are provided by way of illustration and is not intended to be limiting of the present invention.
EXAMPLE 1
Adipocyte Differentiation Inhibition Assay
Indomethacin treatment induces the differentiation of 7F2 cells into adipocytes, which are detected by the Oil Red O staining of lipid droplets. 7F2 is a stromal cell line derived from the bone marrow of p53-deficient mice, as described by
Thompson et al, J. Bone Miner. Res. 75:195 (1998). In one study, cells were plated at
104 cells/500 μl well in collagen-coated 48 well plates, and incubated with α-MEM containing 10% fetal bovine serum, L-glutamine, and sodium pyruvate. Concentrated (50x) conditioned medium from cells transfected with a rat autotaxin expression vector was tested at a final concentration of O.lx, 0.5x, or 2x. Concentrated medium from cells that did not contain the autotaxin expression vector was included as a control. To induce differentiation, indomethacin was added to a final concentration of 50 μM. The cells received fresh medium after three days, and Oil Red O staining was performed on day 7.
As shown in the table below, medium from the transgenic autotaxin- producing cells ("ATX cells") inhibited adipocyte differentiation.
In another study, the cells were plated at 1.1 x 104 cells/500 μl well in collagen-coated 48 well plates, and incubated with α-MEM containing 10% fetal bovine serum, L-glutamine, and sodium pyruvate. Concentrated (50x) conditioned medium from cells transfected with a rat autotaxin expression vector was tested at a final concentration of O.lx, 0.5x, or 2x. Concentrated medium from cells that did not contain the autotaxin expression vector was included as a control. To induce differentiation, indomethacin was added to a final concentration of 50 μM. The cells received fresh medium after three days, and after five days. Oil Red O staining was performed on day 7. In the absence of treatment, 80-85% of the cells were Oil Red O positive, while treatment with conditioned medium of the transfected cells (2x concentration) inhibited differentiation to a level of 5-10%. In contrast, 55%> of cells treated with concentrated medium of control cells (2x concentration) stained with Oil Red O.
EXAMPLE 2 Purification of Autotaxin Using Concanavilin A Affinity Chromatography
Thirty liters of pooled medium were collected from BHK cells transfected with a rat autotaxin expression vector. The medium was concentrated to 1.5 liters using an AMICON 10,000 spiral cartridge that had been treated with bovine serum albumin. The 1.5 liters was further concentrated to 200 milliliters, and diafiltered into a Concanavilin A equilibration buffer, using an AGT Xampler filter that had a 30,000 molecular weight cut-off. The Concanavilin A equilibration buffer contained: 20mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 0.5 M NaCl, 1 mM Ca++, and 1 mM Mg++.
Fifty milliliters of Con A Sepharose 4B (AMERSHAM PHARMACIA BIOTECH, Inc.; Piscataway, NJ) were equilibrated with buffer, 175 milliliters of concentrated medium were added to equilibrated Con A Sepharose 4B, and the mixture was slowly stirred at 4°C for 24 hours. The mixture was then poured into a column (3.2cm x 6.1cm) and washed with three column volumes of equilibration buffer. The elution buffer, which contained 0.5 M α-D-methylglucoside, was held on the column for 30 minutes, and then, additional elution buffer was added to the column at a flow rate of 3.6 column volumes/hour. Eluate was collected in four tubes, and each was found to contain autotaxin. The autotaxin peak appeared in the third tube, which was equivalent to about one column volume of elution buffer (50 milliliters).
EXAMPLE 3 Synergetic Stimulation of Insulin-Mediated Glucose Uptake by Autotaxin
The induction of 3T3 LI cell differentiation was performed according to the method of Olson et al, Mol. Cell. Biol. 77:2425 (1997). Undifferentiated 3T3 LI cells were plated at a density of 40,000 cells/well on collagen coated 24 well plates, or at 10,000 cells/well on collagen coated 96 well plates (BioCoat™; BD; Franklin Lakes, NJ) in DMEM supplemented with 10% calf serum (HyClone Laboratories, Inc.; Logan, Utah). The cells were incubated overnight at 8% CO2 and 37°C. The following day, cells were differentiated with DMEM supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (HyClone), 1 μg/ml insulin, 1 μM dexamethasone (Sigma) and 0.5 mM IBMX (ICN Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; Costa Mesa, CA), and the cells were incubated for four days at 37°C and 8% CO2. Media were replaced with DMEM supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum and 1 μg/ml insulin, and the cells were incubated another four days at 37°C and 8% CO2. Media were replaced every four days with DMEM (5.6 mM glucose) and 10% fetal bovine serum until the cells were used in the glucose uptake assay.
Glucose uptake was measured following a modification of the method described by Walker et al, J. Biol Chem. 264:6581 (1989). In the glucose uptake assay, differentiated 3T3 LI cells were incubated overnight in DMEM (5.6 mM glucose) supplemented with 0.25% bovine serum albumin (Sigma RIA grade), 1 mM sodium pyruvate, and 20 mM Hepes buffer. On the following day, media were replaced with 500 μl per well DMEM (without glucose) supplemented with 0.25% bovine serum albumin, ImM sodium pyruvate, 20 mM Hepes, and 50 μM 2 deoxy-D- glucose (Sigma; St. Louis, MO). Samples of recombinant human insulin (Boehringer Mannheim) and autotaxin were diluted to 20 times the final desired concentration, and 25 μl were added to the 500 μl well volume. Samples were incubated at 37°C for 30
minutes. Cells were pulsed for 10 minutes with 25 μl of 2-deoxy-D-[l- 14 C] glucose
(Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Inc.; Piscataway NJ) to provide a final concentration of
0.2 μCi/ml. The cells were then rinsed three times with 500 μl cold phosphate-buffered saline/well. The cells were lysed with 250 μl/well 1 N NaOH, and solubilized cells were transferred to scintillation vials. Any residual radioactivity was rinsed from the wells with 500 μl phosphate-buffered saline/well, which were added to scintillation vials. After adding ten milliliters of Optifluor scintillation cocktail (Packard Instrument Company; Meriden, CT) to the vials, counts were measured using a Beckman LS 6500 scintillation counter. As shown in Figures 1 and 2, autotaxin treatment sensitized the cells to insulin treatment.
In another study, differentiated 3T3 LI cells were incubated with various concentrations of autotaxin (5 nM to 100 nM) for three and one-half hours, followed by a 30 minute incubation with recombinant human insulin (200 pM), and a ten minute 2- deoxy-D-[l- 14 C] glucose pulse. The results showed that pre-incubation with all doses of autotaxin stimulated a dose-dependent increase in insulin-mediated glucose uptake.
Moreover, glucose uptake was observed when cells were incubated with 100 nM autotaxin in the absence of subsequent insulin treatment.
Claims
1. An isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence that is at least 70% identical to amino acid residues 32 to 858 of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the isolated polypeptide specifically binds with an antibody that specifically binds with a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, with the provision that the isolated polypeptide is not an autotaxin selected from the group consisting of human melanoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L35594), human teratocarcinoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L46720), and rat brain autotaxin (GenBank accession Nos. 1083752 and BAA05910).
2. The isolated polypeptide of claim 1 , wherein the isolated polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 80% identical, or at least 90% identical, to amino acid residues 32 to 858 of SEQ ID NO:2.
3. An isolated polypeptide, comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) the amino acid sequence of amino acid residues 32 to 858 of SEQ ID NO:2, (b) the amino acid sequence of amino acid residues 45 to 859 of SEQ ID NO:9, and (c) the amino acid sequence of amino acid residues 149 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2.
4. An isolated nucleic acid molecule, wherein the nucleic acid molecule is either (a) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, or (b) a nucleic acid molecule that remains hybridized following stringent wash conditions to a nucleic acid molecule consisting of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or the complement of SEQ ID NO:l, with the provision that the isolated nucleic acid molecule does not encode an autotaxin selected from the group consisting of human melanoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L35594), human teratocarcinoma autotaxin (GenBank accession No. L46720), and rat brain autotaxin (GenBank accession Nos. 1083752 and BAA05910).
5. An isolated nucleic acid molecule that encodes the polypeptide of claim 3, wherein the isolated nucleic acid molecule comprises the nucleotide sequence of either nucleotides 223 to nucleotide 2703 of SEQ ID NO:l or nucleotides 237 to 2681 of SEQ ID NO:9.
6. A vector, comprising the isolated nucleic acid molecule of claim 5.
7. An expression vector, comprising the isolated nucleic acid molecule of claim 5, a transcription promoter, and a transcription terminator, wherein the promoter is operably linked with the nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the nucleic acid molecule is operably linked with the transcription terminator.
8. A recombinant host cell comprising the expression vector of claim 7, wherein the host cell is selected from the group consisting of bacterium, yeast cell, fungal cell, insect cell, mammalian cell, avian cell, and plant cell.
9. A method of using the expression vector of claim 7 to produce autotaxin protein, the method comprising the step of culturing recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector and that produce autotaxin.
10. An antibody or antibody fragment that specifically binds with an autotaxin polypeptide of claim 3, wherein the antibody or antibody fragment binds an autotaxin epitope comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of amino acid residues 143 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 149 to 158 of SEQ ID NO:2, and amino acid residues 585 to 595 of SEQ ID NO:2.
11. An anti-idiotype antibody, or anti-idiotype antibody fragment, that specifically binds with an antibody that specifically binds the polypeptide of claim 3.
12. A recombinant virus, comprising the expression vector of claim 7.
13. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of the expression vector of claim 7 or a recombinant virus that comprises the expression vector of claim 7.
14. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising the isolated polypeptide of claim 3 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
15. A method of stimulating glucose uptake by a cell, comprising the administration of autotaxin, or an autotaxin analog, to the cell.
16. The method of claim 15, further comprising administering insulin to the cell, wherein the insulin is administered prior to the administration of autotaxin, or the autotaxin analog.
17. The method of claim 15, further comprising administering insulin to the cell, wherein the insulin is administered concomitantly with the administration of autotaxin, or the autotaxin analog.
18. The method of claim 15, further comprising administering insulin to the cell, wherein the insulin is administered after the administration of autotaxin, or the autotaxin analog.
19. The method of claim 15, wherein the autotaxin, or autotaxin analog, is administered to a cultured cell, and wherein the administration decreases the concentration of glucose in the culture medium.
20. The method of claim 15, wherein the autotaxin, or autotaxin analog, is administered to a mammalian subject, and wherein the administration decreases the concentration of glucose in the blood of the subject.
21. The method of claim 20, wherein the subject has diabetes.
22. The method of claim 21, wherein the diabetes is non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus.
23. The method of claim 20, wherein the subject is human.
24. The method of claim 20, wherein the autotaxin is administered as a pharmaceutical composition that comprises autotaxin polypeptide and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
25. The method of claim 20, wherein the autotaxin is selected from the group consisting of: (a) recombinant autotaxin, (b) natural autotaxin, and (c) a combination of recombinant autotaxin and natural autotaxin.
26. Tne method of claim 20, wherein the autotaxin, or autotaxin analog, further comprises a water-soluble polymer conjugated to autotaxin, or autotaxin analog.
27. The method of claim 20, wherein the autotaxin is a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of (a) amino acid residues 45 to 859 of SEQ ID NO:9, (b) amino acid residues 32 to 858 of SEQ ID NO:2, (c) amino acid residues 49 to 915 of SEQ ID NO:4, (d) amino acid residues 49 to 863 of SEQ ID NO:5, and (e) amino acid residues 36 to 885 of SEQ ID NO:6.
28. The method of claim 20, wherein the autotaxin or autotaxin analog is administered as a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a nucleic acid molecule encoding either an autotaxin or autotaxin analog.
29. The method of claim 28, wherein the pharmaceutical composition further comprises at least one of (a) an expression vector that comprises the nucleic acid molecule, a transcription promoter, and a transcription terminator, wherein the promoter is operably linked with the nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the nucleic acid molecule is operably linked with the transcription terminator, or (b) a recombinant virus that comprises the expression vector of (a).
30. A recombinant virus, comprising an expression vector that comprises a nucleic acid molecule that encodes autotaxin or an autotaxin analog, a transcription promoter, and a transcription terminator, wherein the promoter is operably linked with the nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the nucleic acid molecule is operably linked with the transcription terminator.
31. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of a recombinant virus of claim 30, or an expression vector that comprises a nucleic acid molecule that encodes autotaxin or an autotaxin analog, a transcription promoter, and a transcription terminator, wherein the promoter is operably linked with the nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the nucleic acid molecule is operably linked with the transcription terminator.
32. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of autotaxin and an autotaxin analog.
33. A composition, comprising an autotaxin polypeptide for use as a medicament.
34. The use of an autotaxin polypeptide for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a condition associated with an elevated serum glucose level, an elevated serum lipid level, or an elevated serum free fatty acid level.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US306979 | 1981-09-29 | ||
| US30697999A | 1999-05-07 | 1999-05-07 | |
| PCT/US2000/012402 WO2000068386A1 (en) | 1999-05-07 | 2000-05-05 | Autotaxin variants and uses to treat diseases of metabolism |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| EP1177298A1 true EP1177298A1 (en) | 2002-02-06 |
Family
ID=23187734
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| EP00930429A Withdrawn EP1177298A1 (en) | 1999-05-07 | 2000-05-05 | Autotaxin variants and uses to treat diseases of metabolism |
Country Status (7)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP1177298A1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP2002543789A (en) |
| AU (1) | AU4825000A (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2372805A1 (en) |
| IL (1) | IL146237A0 (en) |
| NZ (1) | NZ515193A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2000068386A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (9)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2002053569A1 (en) * | 2000-12-28 | 2002-07-11 | Azwell Inc. | Method of assaying lysophospholipase d activity |
| US20050222070A1 (en) | 2002-05-29 | 2005-10-06 | Develogen Aktiengesellschaft Fuer Entwicklungsbiologische Forschung | Pancreas-specific proteins |
| JP2003284574A (en) * | 2001-10-03 | 2003-10-07 | Pfizer Prod Inc | Nucleic acid molecules, polypeptides, and uses thereof including diagnosis and treatment of Alzheimer's disease |
| JPWO2003031615A1 (en) * | 2001-10-04 | 2005-01-27 | 株式会社アプロサイエンス | Lysophosphatidic acid synthase inhibitor |
| EP2275118A3 (en) * | 2002-05-29 | 2011-10-19 | DeveloGen Aktiengesellschaft | Pancreas-specific proteins |
| CA2609208C (en) * | 2005-06-10 | 2016-10-18 | Per-Ake Albertsson | Use of plant cell membrane for the treatment of obesity |
| EP2581743A1 (en) * | 2006-08-03 | 2013-04-17 | The University of Tokyo | Method and reagent for detecting chronic liver disease by measurement of autotaxin |
| JP5864918B2 (en) * | 2011-07-06 | 2016-02-17 | 国立大学法人東北大学 | Autotaxin isoform-specific antibody and detection method |
| EP2825199A4 (en) * | 2012-03-15 | 2016-01-27 | Janssen Biotech Inc | Human autotaxin antibodies and methods of use |
Family Cites Families (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5731167A (en) * | 1992-01-17 | 1998-03-24 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Autotaxin: motility stimulating protein useful in cancer diagnosis and therapy |
-
2000
- 2000-05-05 WO PCT/US2000/012402 patent/WO2000068386A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2000-05-05 CA CA002372805A patent/CA2372805A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2000-05-05 IL IL14623700A patent/IL146237A0/en unknown
- 2000-05-05 AU AU48250/00A patent/AU4825000A/en not_active Abandoned
- 2000-05-05 NZ NZ515193A patent/NZ515193A/en unknown
- 2000-05-05 EP EP00930429A patent/EP1177298A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2000-05-05 JP JP2000616352A patent/JP2002543789A/en active Pending
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| See references of WO0068386A1 * |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JP2002543789A (en) | 2002-12-24 |
| WO2000068386A1 (en) | 2000-11-16 |
| IL146237A0 (en) | 2002-07-25 |
| AU4825000A (en) | 2000-11-21 |
| CA2372805A1 (en) | 2000-11-16 |
| NZ515193A (en) | 2003-05-30 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| EP1190056B1 (en) | Human cytokine receptor | |
| US7910701B2 (en) | Interleukin-17 receptor homologue | |
| US20080213831A1 (en) | Human cytokine receptor | |
| EP1177298A1 (en) | Autotaxin variants and uses to treat diseases of metabolism | |
| US20020156259A1 (en) | Human adenosine deaminase | |
| US20020146763A1 (en) | Murine cytokine receptor | |
| AU2002324476A8 (en) | Human cytokine receptor | |
| WO2001044281A2 (en) | Human secretin-like g-protein coupled receptor | |
| US20020151492A1 (en) | Testis specific protein | |
| US20030092117A1 (en) | Zalpha13: a human secreted protein | |
| US20020095022A1 (en) | Human secretin-like receptor | |
| WO2000059934A2 (en) | Testis specific protein | |
| EP1171600A2 (en) | Zalpha13: a human secreted protein | |
| WO2000043516A1 (en) | Zsig67: a member of the human secretin-glucagon-vip hormone family | |
| HK1145698A (en) | Monoclonal antibody against a human cytokine receptor | |
| HK1115607B (en) | Human cytokine receptor |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
| 17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20011105 |
|
| AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE |
|
| AX | Request for extension of the european patent |
Free format text: AL;LT;LV;MK;RO;SI |
|
| 17Q | First examination report despatched |
Effective date: 20030605 |
|
| STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN |
|
| 18D | Application deemed to be withdrawn |
Effective date: 20031216 |